UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.  20549

FORM 10-K

 

(MARK ONE)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For Fiscal Year Ended March 2 8 , 201 5

 

OR

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Commission File Number 0-19357

 

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

New York

 

16-0838627

 

 

(State of incorporation)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

200 Holleder Parkway,

 

 

 

 

Rochester, New York

 

14615

 

 

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip code)

 

 

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:

(585) 647-6400

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $.01 per share

Name of each exchange on which registered: The NASDAQ Stock Market

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

NONE

(Title of Class)

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes     No 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes     No 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes     No 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes     No 

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or a ny amendment to this Form 10-K.  

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of  “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “small reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

 

Large Accelerated Filer 

Accelerated Filer 

Non-Accelerated Filer 

Smaller Reporting Company 

 

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes     No 

 

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price as of the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, September 2 7 , 201 4 , was appro ximately $1,475,500,000 .

 

As of May 8 , 201 5 ,   31,828,585 shares of the registrant's Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, were outstanding.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE :

Portions of the registrant's definitive proxy statement (to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A) for the 201 5 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the "Proxy Statement") are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.

 

 

 


 

Table of Contents

 

TA BLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page

P ART  I  

 

Item 1.  

Business

Item 1A.  

Risk Factors

11 

Item 1B.  

Unresolved Staff Comments

16 

Item 2.  

Properties

16 

Item 3.  

Legal Proceedings

16 

Item 4.  

Mine Safety Disclosures

16 

P ART II  

 

Item 5.  

Market for the Company's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

16 

Item 6.  

Selected Financial Data

18 

Item 7.  

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

19 

Item 7A.  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

24 

Item 8.  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

25 

Item 9.  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

58 

Item 9A.  

Controls and Procedures

58 

Item 9B.  

Other Information

59 

P ART III  

 

Item 10.  

Directors and Executive Officers of the Company and Corporate Governance

60 

Item 11.  

Executive Compensation

60 

Item 12.  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

60 

Item 13.  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

60 

Item 14.  

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

60 

P ART IV  

 

Item 1 5.  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

61 

Signatures  

62 

Index to Exhibits  

63 

 

 

 

 

2


 

Table of Contents

 

PA RT I

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

The statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not historical facts, including (without limitation) statements made in this Item and in “Item 1 – Business”, may contain statements of future expectations and other forward-looking statements made pursuant to the Safe Harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  When used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the words “anticipates”, “believes”, “contemplates”, “see”, “could”, “estimate”, “intend”, “plans” and variations thereof and similar expressions, are intended to identify forward-looking statements.  Forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed.  These factors include, but are not necessarily limited to, product demand, dependence on and competition within the primary markets in which Monro Muffler Brake, Inc.’s (“Monro”, the “Company”, “we”, “us”, or “our”) stores are located, the need for and costs associated with store renovations and other capital expenditures, the effect of economic conditions, the impact of competitive services and pricing, parts supply restraints or difficulties, industry regulation, risks relating to leverage and debt service (including sensitivity to fluctuations in interest rates), continued availability of capital resources and financing, disruption or unauthorized access to our computer systems, risks relating to protection of customer and employee personal data, risks relating to litigation, risks relating to integration of acquired businesses , including goodwill impairment and the risks set forth in “Item 1A.  Risk Factors”.  Except as required by law, we do not undertake to update any forward-looking statement that may be made from time to time by us or on our behalf.

 

It em 1. Business

 

GENERAL

 

Monro is a chain of 999 Company-operated stores (as of March 28, 2015), one franchised location and 14 dealer-operated stores providing automotive undercar repair and tire services in the United States.  At March 28, 2015, Monro operated Company stores in 25 states, including Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Missouri, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Tennessee, Vermont, Virginia, West Virginia and Wisconsin , primarily under the names “Monro Muffler Brake & Service”, “Tread Quarters Discount Tire”, “Mr. Tire”, “Autotire Car Care Center”, “Tire Warehouse”, “Tire Barn Warehouse”, “Ken Towery’s Tire & Auto Care” and “The Tire Choice” (together, the “Company Stores”).  Company Stores typically are situated in high-visibility locations in suburban areas and small towns, as well as in major metropolitan areas.  Company Stores serviced approximately 5.5 million vehicles in fiscal 2015.  (References herein to fiscal years are to the Company's year ended fiscal March [e.g., references to "fiscal 2015" are to the Company's fiscal year ended March 28, 2015].)

 

The predecessor to the Company was founded by Charles J. August in 1957 as a Midas Muffler franchise in Rochester, New York, specializing in mufflers and exhaust systems.  The Company was incorporated in the State of New York in 1959.  In 1966, we discontinued our affiliation with Midas Muffler, and began to diversify into a full line of undercar repair services.  An investor group led by Peter J. Solomon and Donald Glickman purchased a controlling interest in the Company in July 1984.  At that time, Monro operated 59 stores, located primarily in upstate New York, with approximately $21 million in sales in fiscal 1984.  Since 1984, we have continued our growth and have expanded our marketing area to include 24 additional states.

 

In December 1998, Monro appointed Robert G. Gross as President and Chief Executive Officer, who began full-time responsibilities on January 1, 1999.  Effective October 1, 2012, Mr. Gross assumed the role of Executive Chairman and John W. Van Heel was appointed Chief Executive Officer.

 

The Company's principal executive offices are located at 200 Holleder Parkway, Rochester, New York 14615, and our telephone number is (585) 647-6400.

 

Monro provides a broad range of services on passenger cars, light trucks and vans for brakes; mufflers and exhaust systems; and steering, drive train, suspension and wheel alignment.  Monro also provides other products and services, including tires and routine maintenance services, including state inspections.  Monro specializes in the repair and replacement of parts which must be periodically replaced as they wear out.  Normal wear on these parts generally is not covered by new car warranties.  Monro typically does not perform under-the-hood repair services except for oil change services, various “flush and fill” services and some minor tune-up services.  Monro does not sell parts or accessories to the do-it-yourself market. 

 

All of the Company’s stores, except Tire Warehouse and Tire Barn Warehouse stores, provide the services described above.  Tire Warehouse and Tire Barn Warehouse stores only sell tires and tire related services and alignments.  However, a growing number of our stores are more specialized in tire replacement and service and, accordingly, have a higher mix of sales in the tire category.  These stores are described below as tire stores, whereas the remaining stores are described as service stores.  (See additional discussion under “Operating Strategy”.)  At March 28, 2015, there were 509 stores designated as service stores and 490 as tire stores.

 

3


 

Table of Contents

 

Our sales mix for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service Stores

 

Tire Stores

 

Total Company

 

 

FY15

 

FY14

 

FY13

 

FY15

 

FY14

 

FY13

 

FY15

 

FY14

 

FY13

Brakes

 

25 

%

 

24 

%

 

24 

%

 

10 

%

 

%

 

%

 

15 

%

 

15 

%

 

15 

%

Exhaust

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Steering

 

11 

 

 

11 

 

 

12 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10 

 

 

 

 

10 

 

Tires

 

19 

 

 

18 

 

 

17 

 

 

57 

 

 

60 

 

 

60 

 

 

44 

 

 

44 

 

 

42 

 

Maintenance

 

36 

 

 

38 

 

 

38 

 

 

23 

 

 

22 

 

 

22 

 

 

28 

 

 

28 

 

 

29 

 

Total

 

100 

%

 

100 

%

 

100 

%

 

100 

%

 

100 

%

 

100 

%

 

100 

%

 

100 

%

 

100 

%

 

At March 28, 2015, the Company had one wholly-owned subsidiary, Monro Service Corporation, which is a Delaware corporation qualified to do business in the states of Illinois, Kentucky, Maryland, New Hampshire, New York and Virginia.

 

Monro Service Corporation holds all assets, rights, responsibilities and liabilities associated with our warehousing, purchasing, advertising, accounting, office services, payroll, cash management and certain other operations that are performed in the aforementioned states.  We believe that this structure has enhanced operational efficiency and provides cost savings.

 

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

 

According to industry reports, demand for automotive repair services, including undercar repair and tire services, has increased due to the general increase in the number of vehicles registered, the increase in the average age of vehicles and the increased complexity of vehicles, which makes it more difficult for a vehicle owner to perform do-it-yourself repairs.

 

At the same time as demand for automotive repair services has grown, the number of general repair outlets has decreased, principally because fewer gas stations now perform repairs, and because there are fewer new car dealers as a result of dealership closures by car manufacturers, such as Chrysler and General Motors.  We believe that these factors present opportunities for increased sales by the Company, even though the number of specialized repair outlets (such as those operated by Monro and our direct competitors) has increased to meet growing demand.

 

EXPANSION STRATEGY

 

Monro has experienced significant growth in recent years due to acquisitions and, to a lesser extent, the opening of new stores.  Management believes that the continued growth in sales and profits of the Company is dependent, in large part, upon our continued ability to open/acquire and operate new stores on a profitable basis.  Overall profitability of the Company may not meet expectations if acquired or new stores do not attain expected profitability.

 

Monro believes that there are significant expansion opportunities in new as well as existing market areas, which may result from a combination of constructing stores on vacant land and acquiring existing store locations.  We believe that, as the industry consolidates due to the increasingly complex nature of automotive repair, the expanded capital requirements for state-of-the-art equipment and aging of existing shop owners, there will be increasing opportunities for acquisitions of existing businesses or store structures.

 

In that regard, we have completed several acquisitions, including:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Acquisition

 

Seller

 

Number of Stores Acquired (a) (b)

 

Location of Stores

 

Current Brand (f)

March 2004

 

Atlantic Automotive Corp.

 

26 

 

 

MD, VA

 

Mr. Tire

October 2004

 

Rice Tire, Inc.

 

 

 

MD

 

Mr. Tire/Tread Quarters

March 2005

 

Henderson Holdings, Inc.

 

10 

 

 

MD

 

Mr. Tire

April 2006

 

ProCare Automotive Service Solutions LLC

 

75 

 

 

OH, PA

 

Monro/Mr. Tire

July 2007

 

Valley Forge Tire & Auto Centers

 

11 

 

 

PA

 

Mr. Tire

July 2007

 

Craven Tire & Auto

 

 

 

VA

 

Mr. Tire

January 2008

 

Broad Elm Group

 

 

 

NY

 

Mr. Tire

June 2009

 

Am-Pac Tire Distributors

 

26 

 

 

IL, MO

 

Autotire

September 2009

 

Midwest Tire & Auto Repair

 

 

 

IN

 

Tire Warehouse

October 2009

 

Tire Warehouse Central, Inc.

 

41 

(c)

 

ME, MA, NH, RI, VT

 

Tire Warehouse

March 2010

 

Import Export Tire, Co.

 

 

 

PA

 

Mr. Tire

November 2010

 

Courthouse Tire

 

 

 

VA

 

Mr. Tire

4


 

June 2011

 

Vespia Tire Centers, Inc.

 

24 

 

 

NJ, PA

 

Mr. Tire

October 2011

 

Terry's Tire Town

 

 

 

PA, OH

 

Mr. Tire

April 2012

 

Kramer Tire Co.

 

20 

(d)

 

VA

 

Kramer Tire/Tread Quarters

June 2012

 

Colony Tire Corporation

 

18 

 

 

NC

 

Mr. Tire/Tread Quarters

August 2012

 

Tuffy Associates Corp.

 

17 

 

 

SC, WI

 

Monro/Tread Quarters

October 2012

 

ChesleyCo, Inc.

 

 

 

NY

 

Monro/Mr. Tire

November 2012

 

Everybody's Oil Corporation

 

31 

 

 

IL, IN, TN

 

Tire Barn Warehouse

December 2012

 

Ken Towery's Auto Care of Kentucky, Inc./Ken Towery's Auto Care of Indiana, Inc.

 

27 

(e)

 

IN, KY

 

Ken Towery Tire & Auto Care

December 2012

 

Tire King of Durham, Inc.

 

 

 

NC

 

Mr. Tire

December 2012

 

Enger Auto Service, Inc.

 

12 

 

 

OH

 

Mr. Tire

August 2013

 

Curry's Automotive Group

 

10 

 

 

MD, VA

 

Curry's/Mr. Tire

November 2013

 

S & S Firestone, Inc.

 

 

 

KY

 

Ken Towery Tire & Auto Care

November 2013

 

Carl King Tire Co., Inc.

 

 

 

DE, MD

 

Mr. Tire

June 2014

 

Kan Rock Tire Company, Inc.

 

(g)

 

MI

 

Monro

June 2014

 

Lentz U.S.A. Service Centers, Inc.

 

10 

(g)

 

MI

 

Monro

August 2014

 

Hennelly Tire & Auto, Inc.

 

35 

 

 

FL

 

The Tire Choice

September 2014

 

Wood & Fullerton Stores, LLC

 

 

 

GA

 

Mr. Tire

December 2014

 

Gold Coast Tire & Auto Centers

 

 

 

FL

 

The Tire Choice

March 2015

 

Martino Tire Stores

 

 

 

FL

 

The Tire Choice

 

_________________

(a)

Table includes only acquisitions of three or more stores.

(b)

Twenty- two stores were subsequently closed due to redundancies or failure to achieve an acceptable level of profitability.  See additional discussion under “Store Additions and Closings”.

(c)

Six franchised locations were also acquired.  Prior to March 29, 2014, three were subsequently purchased by Monro and converted to Company -operated stores.  During April 2014, two additional franchise locations were purchased and converted.

(d)

Two heavy truck tire and truck repair stores, two wholesale operations and a retread facility were also acquired and subsequently sold.

(e)

One wholesale operation was also acquired and is operating under the America’s Best Tires name.

(f)

In this table, “Monro” refers to the brand of “Monro Brake/Tires” or “Monro Muffler Brake & Service”, not the corporation.

(g)

One acquired store was never opened.

 

As of March 2 8, 2015, Monro had 999 Company-operated stores, one franchised location and 14 dealer locations located in 25 states.  The following table shows the growth in the number of Company-operated stores over the last five fiscal years:

STORE ADDITIONS AND CLOSINGS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended Fiscal March

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

Stores open at beginning of year

 

953 

 

 

937 

 

 

803 

 

 

781 

 

 

777 

 

Stores added during year

 

92 

(b)

 

29 

(c)

 

144 

(d)

 

36 

(e)

 

12 

(f)

Stores closed during year (a)

 

(46)

 

 

(13)

 

 

(10)

 

 

(14)

 

 

(8)

 

Stores open at end of year

 

999 

 

 

953 

 

 

937 

 

 

803 

 

 

781 

 

Service (including BJ’s) stores

 

509 

 

 

532 

 

 

540 

 

 

536 

 

 

547 

 

Tire stores

 

490 

 

 

421 

 

 

397 

 

 

267 

 

 

234 

 

 

_________________

(a)

Generally, stores were closed because they failed to achieve or maintain an acceptable level of profitability or because a new Company Store was opened in the same market at a more favorable location.  Additionally, in fiscal 2015, we closed the 34 remaining stores operated in BJ’s Wholesale Clubs.  In fiscal 2012, we sold all of our seven stores in the Long Island market to Mavis Tire for $2.0 million.

(b)

Includes 8 5 stores acquired in the fiscal 2015 Acquisitions. (Excludes the Kan Rock and Lentz stores that were never opened.)

(c)

Includes 24 stores acquired in the fiscal 2014 Acquisitions.

(d)

Includes 140 stores acquired in the fiscal 2013 Acquisitions.

(e)

Includes 32 stores acquired in the fiscal 2012 Acquisitions.

5


 

Table of Contents

 

(f)

Includes 10 stores acquired in the fiscal 2011 Acquisitions.

 

We plan to add approximately nine new greenfield stores in fiscal 2016 and to pursue appropriate acquisition candidates. 

 

In April 2015, we completed the acquisition of the Car-X brand, a chain of 146 franchised auto service centers, from Car-X Associates Corp., a subsidiary of Tuffy Associates Corp.  The Car-X stores are owned and operated by 32 independent Car-X franchisees.  We will operate as the franchisor.

 

Key factors in market and site selection for selecting new greenfield store locations include population, demographic characteristics, vehicle population and the intensity of competition.  Monro attempts to cluster stores in market areas in order to achieve economies of scale in advertising, supervision and distribution costs.  All new greenfield sites presently under consideration are within Monro's established market areas.

 

As a result of extensive analysis of our historical and projected store opening strategy, we have established major market profiles, as defined by market awareness: mature, existing and new markets.  Over the next several years, we expect to build a greater percentage of stores in mature and existing markets in order to capitalize on our market presence and consumer awareness.  During fiscal 2015, 11 of the stores added (including acquired stores) were located in existing markets and 81 stores were added in new markets.

 

We believe that management and operating improvements implemented over the last several fiscal years have enhanced our ability to sustain our growth.  Monro has a chain-wide computerized inventory control and electronic point-of-sale (“POS”) management information system, which has increased management's ability to monitor operations as the number of stores has grown. 

 

We have customized the POS system to specific service and tire store requirements and deploy the appropriate version in each type of store.  Being Windows-based, the system has simplified training of new employees. Additionally, the system includes the following:

 

·

Electronic mail and electronic cataloging, which allows store managers to electronically research the specific parts needed for the make and model of the car being serviced;

·

Electronic repair manuals that allow for instant access to a single source of accurate, up to date, original equipment manufacturer-direct diagnosis, repair and maintenance information;

·

Software which contains data that mirrors the scheduled maintenance requirements in vehicle owner’s manuals, specifically by make, model, year and mileage for every major automobile brand.  Management believes that this software facilitates the presentation and sale of scheduled maintenance services to customers;

·

Streamlining of estimating and other processes;

·

Graphic catalogs;

·

A feature which facilitates tire searches by size;

·

Direct mail support;

·

Appointment scheduling;

·

Customer service history;

·

A thermometer graphic which guides store managers on the profitability of each job;

·

The ability to view inventory of up to the closest 14 stores or warehouse; and

·

Expanded monitoring of price changes. This requires more specificity on the reason for a discount, which management believes helps to control discounting.

 

Enhancements will continue to be made to the POS system annually in an effort to increase efficiency, improve the quality and timeliness of store reporting and enable us to better serve our customers.

 

The financing to open a new greenfield service store location may be accomplished in one of three ways: a store lease for the land and building (in which case, land and building costs will be financed primarily by the lessor), a land lease with the building constructed by Monro (with building costs paid by Monro), or a land purchase with the building constructed by Monro.  In all three cases, for service stores, each new store also will require approximately $225,000 for equipment (including a POS system and a truck) and approximately $55,000 in inventory.  Because we generally do not extend credit to our customers, stores generate almost no receivables and a new store's actual net working capital investment is nominal.  Total capital required to open a new greenfield service store ranges, on average, from $360,000 to $990,000 depending on the location and which of the three financing methods is used.  In general, tire stores are larger and have more service bays than Monro’s traditional service stores and, as a result, construction costs are at the high end of the range of new store construction costs.  Total capital required to open a new greenfield tire (land and building leased) location costs, on average, approximately $600,000, including $250,000 for equipment and $150,000 for inventory.  In instances where Monro acquires an existing business, it may pay additional amounts for intangible assets such as customer lists, covenants not-to-compete, trade names and goodwill, but generally will pay less per bay for equipment and real property. 

 

At March 28, 2015, we leased the land and/or the building at approximately 69% of our store locations and owned the land and building at the remaining locations.  Monro's policy is to situate new stores in the best locations, without regard to the form of ownership required to develop the locations.

6


 

Table of Contents

 

 

New service and tire stores, (excluding acquired stores), have average sales of approximately $390,000 and $1,015,000, respectively, in their first 12 months of operation, or $65,000 and $145,000, respectively, per bay.

 

STORE OPERATIONS

 

Store Format

 

The typical format for a Monro store is a free-standing building consisting of a sales area, fully-equipped service bays and a parts/tires storage area.  Most service bays are equipped with above-ground electric vehicle lifts.  Generally, each store is located within 25 miles of a “key” store which carries approximately double the inventory of a typical store and serves as a mini-distribution point for slower moving inventory for other stores in its area.  Individual store sizes, number of bays and stocking levels vary greatly, even within the service and tire store groups, and are dependent primarily on the availability of suitable store locations, population, demographics and intensity of competition among other factors . (See additional discussion under “Store Additions and Closings”).  A summary of average store data for service and tire stores is presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

 

 

 

of Stock

 

 

Number

 

Square

 

Average

 

Keeping

 

 

of Bays

 

Feet

 

Inventory

 

Units (SKUs)

Service stores (excluding ProCare)

 

 6

 

4,500

 

$

103,000

 

2,600

Tire stores (excluding Tire Warehouse and Tire Barn
     Warehouse stores)

 

 8

 

6,300

 

$

139,000

 

1,400

 

Data for the acquired ProCare service stores has been excluded because the stores’ stock rooms are smaller than those in typical service stores and therefore, they generally carry approximately half the amount of inventory of a typical service store.

 

Data for the Tire Warehouse and Tire Barn Warehouse stores has been excluded because these locations primarily install new tires and wheels and many perform alignments.  Additionally, most Tire Warehouse stores have no indoor service bays.  The store building houses a waiting room, storage area and an area to mount and balance tires on the car’s wheels once the wheels and tires have been removed from the car.  Removal of old tires and wheels from, and installation of new tires and wheels on, customers’ cars are performed outdoors under a carport.  A growing number of Tire Warehouse stores have an indoor bay to perform alignments.  The average inventory carried by the Tire Warehouse and Tire   Barn Warehouse stores is $226,000 per store.

 

Stores generally are situated in high-visibility locations in suburban areas, major metropolitan areas or small towns and offer easy customer access.  The typical store is open from 7:30 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. on Monday through Friday and from 7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Saturday.  A majority of store locations are also open Sundays from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

 

Inventory Control and Management Information System

 

All Company Stores communicate daily with the central office and warehouse by computerized inventory control and electronic POS management information systems, which enable us to collect sales and operational data on a daily basis, to adjust store pricing to reflect local conditions and to control inventory on a near "real-time" basis.  Additionally, each store has access, through the POS system, to the inventory carried by up to the 14 stores or warehouse nearest to it.  Management believes that this feature improves customer satisfaction and store productivity by reducing the time required to locate out-of-stock parts and tires.  It also improves profitability because it reduces the amount of inventory which must be purchased outside Monro from local vendors.

 

Quality Control and Warranties

 

To maintain quality control, we conduct audits to rate our employees' telephone sales manner and the accuracy of pricing information given.

 

We have a customer survey program to monitor customer attitudes toward service quality, friendliness, speed of service, and several other factors for each store.  Customer concerns are addressed by customer service and field management personnel.

 

Monro uses a “Double Check for Accuracy Program” as part of our routine store procedures.  This quality assurance program requires that a technician and supervisory-level employee independently inspect a customer’s vehicle, diagnose and document the necessary repairs, and agree on an estimate before presenting it to a customer.  This process is formally documented on the written estimate by store personnel. 

 

7


 

Table of Contents

 

We are an active member of the Automotive Maintenance & Repair Association (“AMRA”).  AMRA is an organization of automotive retailers, wholesalers and manufacturers which was established as part of an industry-wide effort to address the ethics and business practices of companies in the automotive repair industry through the Motorist Assurance Program (“MAP”).  Participating companies commit to improving consumer confidence and trust in the automotive repair industry by adopting “Uniform Inspection Communication Standards” (“UICS”) established by MAP.  These “UICS” are available in our stores and serve to provide consistent recommendations to customers in the diagnosis and repair of a vehicle.

 

We offer limited warranties on substantially all of the products and services that we provide.  We believe that these warranties are competitive with industry practices and serve as a marketing tool to increase repeat business at our stores.

 

Store Personnel and Training

 

Monro supervises store operations primarily through our Divisional Vice Presidents who oversee Zone Managers who, in turn, oversee Market Managers.  The typical service store is staffed by a Store Manager and four to six technicians, one of whom serves as the Assistant Manager.  The typical tire store, except Tire Warehouse stores, is staffed by a Store Manager, an Assistant Manager and/or Service Manager, and four to eight technicians.  Larger volume service and tire stores may also have one or two sales people.  The higher staffing level at many tire stores is necessary to support their higher sales volume.  Tire Warehouse stores are generally staffed by a Store Manager and two to four technicians, one of whom serves as the Assistant Manager.  All Store Managers receive a base salary and Assistant Managers receive either hourly or salaried compensation.  In addition, Store Managers and Assistant Managers may receive other compensation based on their store's customer relations, gross profit, labor cost controls, safety, sales volume and other factors via a monthly or quarterly bonus based on performance in these areas.

 

We believe that the ability to recruit and retain qualified technicians is an important competitive factor in the automotive repair industry, which has historically experienced a high turnover rate.  We make a concerted effort to recruit individuals who will have a long-term commitment to the Company and offer an hourly rate structure and additional compensation based on productivity; a competitive benefits package including health, dental, life and disability insurance; a 401(k)/profit-sharing plan; as well as the opportunity to advance within the Company.  Many of our Store Managers and Market Managers started with the Company as technicians.

 

Many of our new technicians join the Company in their early twenties as trainees or apprentices.  As they progress, many are promoted to technician and eventually master technician, the latter requiring Automotive Service Excellence (“ASE”) certification in both brakes and suspension.  We offer a tool purchase program through which trainee technicians can acquire their own set of tools.  We also will reimburse technicians for the cost of ASE certification registration fees and test fees and encourage all technicians to become certified by providing a higher hourly wage rate following their certification.

 

Our training program provides multiple training sessions to both Store Managers and technicians in each store, each year. 

 

Management training courses are developed and delivered by our dedicated training department and Operations management, and are supplemented with live and on-line vendor training courses.  Management training covers customer service, sales, human resources (counseling, recruiting, interviewing, etc.), leadership, scheduling, financial and operational areas, and is delivered on a regular basis.  We believe that involving Operations management in the development and delivery of these sessions results in more relevant and actionable training for Store Managers, and helps to improve overall performance and staff retention. 

 

Our training department develops and coordinates technical training courses on critical areas of automotive repair to Monro technicians (e.g. Antilock braking systems (“ABS”) brake repair, drivability, tire pressure monitoring system (“TPMS”), etc.) and also conducts required technical training to maintain compliance with state inspection licenses, where applicable, and AMRA/MAP accreditation.  Additionally, our training department holds periodic field technical clinics for store personnel and coordinates technician attendance at technical clinics offered by our vendors.  We have electronic repair manuals installed in all of our stores for daily reference.  We also issue technical bulletins to all stores on innovative or complex repair processes, and maintain a centralized database for technical repair problems.  In addition, Monro has established a telephone technical help line to provide assistance to store personnel in resolving problems encountered while diagnosing and repairing vehicles.  The help line is available during all hours of store operation.

 

Monro also maintains an employee website that contains many resources for both managers and technicians to reference including Human Resource information and forms.  Additionally, there is a Facilities section containing important environmental and equipment information, as well as a Training section that contains training programs and documents for both managers and technicians.

 

OPERATING STRATEGY

 

Monro's operating strategy is to provide our customers with a wide range of dependable, high-quality automotive services at a competitive price by emphasizing the following key elements.

 

8


 

Table of Contents

 

Products and Services

 

The typical store provides a full range of undercar repair services for brakes, steering, mufflers and exhaust systems, drive train, suspension and wheel alignment, as well as tire replacement and service.  These services apply to all makes and models of domestic and foreign cars, light trucks and vans.  As a percentage of sales, the service stores provide significantly more brake and exhaust service than tire stores, and tire stores provide substantially more tire replacement and related services than service stores.

 

Stores generally provide many of the routine maintenance services (except engine diagnostic), which automobile manufacturers suggest or require in the vehicle owner’s manuals, and which fulfill manufacturers’ requirements for new car warranty compliance.  We offer "Scheduled Maintenance" services in our stores whereby the aforementioned services are packaged and offered to consumers based upon the year, make, model and mileage of each specific vehicle.  Management believes that we are able to offer this service in a more convenient and cost competitive fashion than auto dealers can provide.

 

Included in maintenance services are oil change services, heating and cooling system "flush and fill" service, belt installation, fuel system service and a transmission "flush and fill" service.  Additionally, most stores replace and service batteries, starters and alternators.  Stores in Georgia, Maine, Maryland, Missouri, New Hampshire, New York, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont, Virginia, West Virginia and Wisconsin perform annual state inspections.  Approximately 52% of our stores also offer air conditioning services.

 

The format of the Tire Warehouse and Tire Barn Warehouse stores, acquired in fiscal year 2010 and fiscal year 2013, respectively, are slightly different from Monro’s typical service or tire stores (as described above) in that, generally, over 93% of the stores’ sales involve tire services, including the mounting and balancing of tires, and the sale of road hazard warranties.  All stores provide the installation of wiper blades.  Currently, 31 Tire Warehouse and 24 Tire Barn Warehouse stores perform alignments.  In fiscal year 2016, Monro plans to expand the number of Tire Warehouse and Tire Barn Warehouse stores offering alignment services to a total of 62 stores.

 

Customer Satisfaction

 

Monro’s vision of being the dominant auto service provider in the markets we serve is supported by a set of values displayed in each Company Store emphasizing TRUST:

 

·

T otal Customer Satisfaction

·

R espect, Recognize and Reward (employees who are committed to these values)

·

U nparalleled Quality and Integrity

·

S uperior Value and

·

T eamwork

 

Also displayed in each Company Store are guiding principles in support of our commitment to customer service: only present needed work; fix vehicles right the first time; complete vehicle service on time; and exceed the customer’s expectations.

 

Additionally, each Company-operated store operates under the following set of customer satisfaction principles: free inspection of brakes, tires, shocks, front end and exhaust systems (as applicable); item-by-item review with customers of problem areas; free written estimates; written guarantees; drive-in service without an appointment; fair and reasonable prices; a 30-day best price guarantee; and repairs by professionally-trained undercar and tire specialists.  (See additional discussion under “Store Operations: Quality Control and Warranties”.)

 

Competitive Pricing, Advertising and Co-branding Initiatives

 

Monro seeks to set competitive prices for quality services and products.   We support our pricing strategy by advertising through direct mail coupon inserts and in-store promotional signage and displays. In addition, to increase consumer awareness of the services we offer, Monro advertises through radio, yellow pages, newspapers, service reminders and digital marketing.   Our digital marketing efforts include email marketing, paid search on all major search engines, search remarketing, and banner and mobile advertising.   We also manage social media profiles for all Monro brands on Twi tter, Facebook and Foursquare.

 

Our websites include www.Monro.com ,   www.MrTire.com ,   www.TQTire.com ,   www.AutoTire.com ,   www.TireWarehouse.net ,   www.KenTowery.com ,   www.TireBarn.com ,   www.CurrysAuto.com , and www.TheTireChoice.com .  These sites help customers search for store locations, print coupons, make service appointments, shop for tires and access information on our services and products, as well as car care tips.

 

Monro currently maintains mobile apps on the iPhone and Android platforms for the Monro, Mr. Tire , Tire Warehouse ,   and The Tire Choice brands.   Our mobile apps enable customers to manage vehicle service records on their smart phones and access information, coupons and specials, as they do on our websites.

9


 

Table of Contents

 

 

Centralized Control

 

While we both operate and franchise stores, we believe that direct operation of stores enhances our ability to compete by providing centralized control of such areas of operations as service quality, store appearance, promotional activity and pricing.  We also believe our experience in operating stores makes us a more valuable partner to our franchisees.  A high level of competence is maintained throughout the Company, as we require, as a condition of employment, that employees participate in periodic training programs, including sales, management, customer service and changes in automotive technology.  Additionally, purchasing, distribution, merchandising, advertising, accounting and other store support functions are centralized primarily in Monro's corporate headquarters in Rochester, New York, and are provided through our subsidiary, Monro Service Corporation.  The centralization of these functions results in efficiencies and gives management the ability to closely monitor and control costs.

 

Comprehensive Training

 

We provide ongoing, comprehensive training to our store employees.  We believe that such training provides a competitive advantage by enabling our technicians to provide quality service to our customers in all areas of undercar repair and tire service.  (See additional discussion under “Store Operations: Store Personnel and Training”.)

 

PURCHASING AND DISTRIBUTION

 

Through our wholly-owned subsidiary Monro Service Corporation, we select and purchase tires, parts and supplies for all Company-operated stores on a centralized basis through an automatic replenishment system.  Although purchases outside the centralized system (“outside purchases”) are made when needed at the store level, these purchases are low by industry standards, and accounted for approximately 20% of all parts and tires used in fiscal 2015.

 

Our ten largest vendors accounted for approximately 79% of our parts and tire purchases, with the largest vendor accounting for approximately 21% of total stocking purchases in fiscal 2015.  In fiscal 2015, Monro imported approximately 32 % of our parts and tire purchases.  We purchase parts and tires from approximately 100 vendors.  Management believes that our relationships with vendors are excellent and that alternative sources of supply exist, at comparable cost, for substantially all parts used in our business.  We routinely obtain bids from vendors to ensure we are receiving competitive pricing and terms.

 

Most parts are shipped by vendors to our primary warehouse facility in Rochester, New York, and are distributed to stores by the Monro-operated tractor/trailer fleet.  The majority of tires are shipped to our stores directly by vendors pursuant to orders placed by our headquarters staff.  During fiscal 2013, we completed an expansion of our Rochester warehouse from 80,000 square feet to 135,000 square feet.  Stores are replenished at least bi-weekly from this warehouse, and such replenishment fills, on average, 93% of all items ordered by the stores' automatic POS-driven replenishment system.  The Rochester warehouse stocks approximately 3,900 SKUs.  Monro also operates warehouses in Maryland, Virginia, Illinois, New Hampshire and Kentucky.  These warehouses carry, on average, 700; 200; 300; 700 and 1,000 SKUs, respectively.

 

We enter into contracts with certain parts and tire suppliers, some of which require us to buy (at market prices) up to 100% of our annual purchases of specific products.  These agreements expire at various dates through July 2017.  We believe these agreements provide us with high quality, branded merchandise at preferred pricing, along with strong marketing and training support.

 

COMPETITION

 

Monro competes in the retail automotive service and tire industry.  This industry is generally highly competitive and fragmented, and the number, size and strength of competitors vary widely from region to region.  We believe that competition in this industry is based on customer service and reputation, store location, name awareness and price.  Monro's primary competitors include national and regional undercar, tire specialty and general automotive service chains, both franchised and company-operated; car dealerships, mass merchandisers’ operating service centers; and, to a lesser extent, gas stations, independent garages and Internet tire sellers.  Monro considers TBC Corporation (operating under the NTB, Merchant’s Tire, Midas and Tire Kingdom brands), Firestone Complete Auto Care service stores and Meineke Discount Mufflers Inc. to be direct competitors.  In most of the new markets that we have entered, at least one competitor was already present.  In identifying new markets, we analyze, among other factors, the intensity of competition.  (See "Expansion Strategy” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations".)

 

EMPLOYEES

 

As of March 28, 2015, Monro had 6,557 employees, of whom 6,204 were employed in the field organization, 117 were employed at the warehouses, 197 were employed at our corporate headquarters and 39 were employed in other offices.  Monro's employees are not members of any union.  We believe that our relations with our employees are good.

 

10


 

Table of Contents

 

REGULATION

 

Monro stores new oil and recycled antifreeze and generates and/or handles used tires and automotive oils, antifreeze and certain solvents, which are disposed of by licensed third-party contractors.  In certain states, as required, we also recycle oil filters.  Thus, we are subject to a number of federal, state and local environmental laws including the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”).  In addition, the United States Environmental Protection Agency (the "EPA"), under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act ("RCRA"), and various state and local environmental protection agencies regulate our handling and disposal of waste.  The EPA, under the Clean Air Act, also regulates the installation of catalytic converters by Monro and all other repair stores by periodically spot checking repair jobs, and has the power to fine businesses that use improper procedures or materials.  The EPA has the authority to impose sanctions, including civil penalties up to $37,500 per violation (or up to $37,500 per day for certain willful violations or failures to cooperate with authorities), for violations of RCRA and the Clean Air Act. 

 

We are subject to various laws and regulations concerning workplace safety, zoning and other matters relating to our business.  We maintain programs to facilitate compliance with these laws and regulations.  We believe that we are in substantial compliance with all applicable environmental and other laws and regulations and that the cost of such compliance is not material to the Company.

 

Monro is environmentally conscious, and takes advantage of recycling opportunities at our offices, warehouses and stores.  Cardboard, plastic shrink wrap and parts’ cores are returned to the warehouse by the stores on Monro stock trucks.  There, they are accumulated for sale to recycling companies or returned to parts manufacturers for credit.

 

SEASONALITY

 

Although our business is not highly seasonal, customers do purchase more undercar service during the period of March through October than the period of November through February, when miles driven tend to be lower.  In the tire stores, the better sales months are typically May through August, and October through December.  The slowest months are typically January through April and September.  As a result, profitability is typically lower during slower sales months, or months where mix is more heavily weighted toward tires, which is a lower margin category.  Additionally, since our stores are primarily located in the northeastern and midwestern United States, profitability tends to be lower in the winter months when certain costs, such as utilities and snow plowing, are typically higher.

 

COMPANY INFORMATION AND SEC FILINGS

 

Monro maintains a website at www.monro.com and makes its annual, quarterly and periodic Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings available through the Investor Information section of that website.  Monro ’s SEC filings are available through this website free of charge, via a direct link to the SEC website at www.sec.gov Monro ’s filings with the SEC are also available to the public at the SEC Public Reference Room at 100 F St reet, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 or by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

 

Ite m 1A. Risk Factors

 

In addition to the risks discussed elsewhere in this annual report, the following are the important factors that could cause Monro’s actual results to differ materially from those projected in any forward looking statements:

 

We operate in the highly competitive automotive repair industry.

 

The automotive repair industry in which we operate is generally highly competitive and fragmented, and the number, size and strength of our competitors varies widely from region to region.  We believe that competition in the industry is based primarily on customer service, reputation, store location, name awareness and price.  Our primary competitors include national and regional undercar, tire specialty and general automotive service chains, both franchised and company-operated, car dealerships, mass merchandisers’ operating service centers and, to a lesser extent, gas stations, independent garages and Internet tire sellers.  Some of our competitors have greater financial resources, are more geographically diverse and have better name recognition than we do, which might place us at a competitive disadvantage to those competitors.  Because we seek to offer competitive prices, if our competitors reduce prices, we may be forced to reduce our prices, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  Further, our success within this industry also depends upon our ability to respond in a timely manner to changes in customer demands for both products and services.  We cannot assure that we, or any of our stores, will be able to compete effectively.  If we are unable to compete successfully in new and existing markets, we may not achieve our projected revenue and profitability targets.

 

We are subject to seasonality and cycles in the general economy and customers’ use of vehicles, which may impact demand for our products and services.

 

Although our business is not highly seasonal, our customers typically purchase more undercar services during the period of March through October than the period of November through February, when miles driven tend to be lower. Further, customers may defer or

11


 

Table of Contents

 

forego vehicle maintenance at any time during periods of inclement weather. In the tire stores, the better sales months are typically May through August, and October through December. The slowest months are typically January through April and September. As a result, profitability is typically lower during slower sales months, or months where mix is more heavily weighted toward tires, which is a lower margin category.

 

Additionally, since our stores are primarily located in the northeastern and midwestern United States, profitability tends to be lower in the winter months when certain costs, such as utilities and snow plowing, are typically higher.

 

The automotive repair industry is subject to fluctuations in the general economy. During a downturn in the economy, customers may defer or forego vehicle maintenance or repair. During periods of good economic conditions, consumers may decide to purchase new vehicles rather than having their older vehicles serviced.

 

Further, our industry is influenced by the number of miles driven by automobile owners.  Factors that may cause the number of miles driven by automobile owners to decrease include the weather, travel patterns, gas prices and, as discussed above, fluctuations in the general economy.  Should a significant reduction in the number of miles driven by automobile owners occur, it would likely have an adverse effect on the demand for our products and services. For example, when the retail cost of gasoline increases, the number of miles driven by automobile owners may decrease, which could result in less frequent service intervals and fewer repairs.  Accordingly, a significant reduction in the number of miles driven by automobile owners could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

We depend on our relationships with our vendors, including foreign sources, for certain inventory.  Our business may be negatively affected by the risks associated with such relationships and international trade.

 

We depend on close relationships with our vendors for parts, tires and supplies and for our ability to purchase products at competitive prices and terms.  Our ability to purchase at competitive prices and terms results from the volume of our purchases from these vendors.  We have entered into various contracts with parts suppliers that require us to buy from them (at market prices) up to 100% of our annual purchases of specific products.  These agreements expire at various dates through July 2017. 

 

We believe that alternative sources exist for most of the products we sell or use at our stores, and we would not expect the loss of any one supplier to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.  Our dependence on a small number of suppliers, however, subjects us to the risks of shortages and interruptions.  If any of our suppliers do not perform adequately or otherwise fail to distribute parts or other supplies to our stores, our inability to replace the suppliers in a timely manner and on acceptable terms could increase our costs and could cause shortages or interruptions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

 

Further, we depend on a number of products (e.g. brake parts, tires, oil filters) produced in foreign markets. We face risks associated with the delivery of inventory originating outside the United States, including:

 

·

potential economic and political instability in countries where our suppliers are located;

 

·

increases in shipping costs;

 

·

transportation delays and interruptions;

 

·

changes in U.S. and foreign laws affecting the importation and taxation of goods, including duties, tariffs and quotas, or changes in th e enforcement of those laws;

 

·

compliance with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which generally prohibits U.S. companies from engaging in bribery or making other prohibite d payments to foreign officials; and

 

·

significant fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies.

 

Our industry is subject to environmental, consumer protection and other regulation.

 

We are subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws, building and zoning requirements, employment laws and other governmental regulations regarding the operation of our business.  For example, we are subject to rules governing the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous substances contained in some of the products such as motor oil that we sell and use at our stores, the recycling of batteries, tires and used lubricants, and the ownership and operation of real property.  These laws and regulations can impose fines and criminal sanctions for violations and require the installation of pollution control equipment or operational changes to decrease the likelihood of accidental hazardous substance releases.  Accordingly, we could become subject to material liabilities relating to the investigation and cleanup of contaminated properties, and to claims alleging personal injury or property damage as a result of exposure to, or release of, hazardous substances.  In addition, stricter interpretation of existing laws and regulations, new laws

12


 

Table of Contents

 

and regulations, the discovery of previously unknown contamination or the imposition of new or increased requirements could require us to incur costs or become the basis of new or increased liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

National automotive repair chains have also been the subject of investigations and reports by consumer protection agencies and the Attorneys General of various states.  Publicity in connection with these kinds of investigations could have an adverse effect on our sales and, consequently, our business, financial condition and results of operations.  State and local governments have also enacted numerous consumer protection laws with which we must comply.

 

The costs of operating our stores may increase if there are changes in laws governing minimum hourly wages, working conditions, overtime, workers’ compensation and health insurance rates, unemployment tax rates or other laws and regulations.  A material increase in these costs that we were unable to offset by increasing our prices or by other means could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are involved in litigation from time to time arising from the operation of our business and, as such, we could incur substantial judgments, fines, legal fees or other costs.

 

We are sometimes the subject of complaints or litigation from customers, employees or other third parties for various actions.  From time to time, we are involved in litigation involving claims related to, among other things, breach of contract, negligence, tortious conduct and employment law matters, including payment of wages.  The damages sought against us in some of these litigation proceedings could be substantial.  Although we maintain liability insurance for some litigation claims, if one or more of the claims were to greatly exceed our insurance coverage limits or if our insurance policies do not cover a claim, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Business interruptions may negatively impact our store operations, availability of products and/or the operability of our computer systems, which may have a material negative effect on our business and results of operations.  A breach of our computer systems could damage our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

If any of our locations in a particular region are unexpectedly closed permanently or for a period of time, it could have a negative impact on our business.  Such closures could occur as a result of circumstances out of our control, including war, acts of terrorism, extreme weather conditions and other natural disasters.  Further, if our ability to obtain products and merchandise for use in our stores is impeded, it could have a negative impact on our business.  Factors that could negatively affect our ability to obtain products and merchandise include the sudden inability to import goods into the United States, for any reason and the curtailment or delay of commercial transportation. While we do maintain business interruption insurance, there is no guarantee that we will be able to use such insurance for any particular location closure or other interruption in operations.

 

Additionally, given the number of individual transactions we process each year ,   it is critical that we maintain uninterrupted operation of our computer and communications hardware and software systems. Our systems could be subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, security breaches, including breaches of our transaction processing or other systems that result in the compromise of confidential customer data, catastrophic events such as fires, tornadoes and hurricanes, and usage errors by our employees. If our systems are breached, damaged or cease to function properly, we may have to make a significant investment to fix or replace them, we may suffer interruptions in our operations in the interim, we may face costly litigation, and our reputation with our customers may be harmed.  The risk of disruption is increased in periods where complex and significant systems changes are undertaken Any material interruption in our computer operations may have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

 

If we experience a data security breach and confidential customer or employee information is disclosed, we may be subject to penalties and experience negative publicity, which could affect our customer relationships and have a material adverse effect on our business.  We may incur increasing costs in an effort to minimize these cybersecurity risks .

 

The nature of our business involves the receipt and storage of personally identifiable data of our customers and employees.  This type of data is subject to legislation and regulation in various jurisdictions. Data security breaches suffered by well-known companies and institutions have attracted a substantial amount of media attention, prompting state and federal legislative proposals addressing data privacy and security. We may become exposed to potential liabilities with respect to the data that we collect, manage and process, and may incur legal costs if our information security policies and procedures are not effective or if we are required to defend our methods of collection, processing and storage of personal data. Future investigations, lawsuits or adverse publicity relating to our methods of handling personal data could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows due to the costs and negative market reaction relating to such developments.

 

We may not have the resources or technical expertise to anticipate or prevent rapidly evolving types of cyber attacks. Attacks may be targeted at us, our customers, or others who have entrusted us with information. Actual or anticipated attacks may cause us to incur increasing costs, including costs to hire additional personnel, purchase additional protection technologies, train employees, and engage

13


 

Table of Contents

 

third-party experts and consultants. In addition, data and security breaches can also occur as a result of non-technical issues, including breach by us or by persons with whom we have commercial relationships that result in the unauthorized release of personal or confidential information. Any compromise or breach of our security could result in violation of applicable privacy and other laws, significant legal and financial exposure, and a loss of confidence in our security measures, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our reputation.

 

Our business is affected by advances in automotive technology.

 

The demand for our products and services could be adversely affected by continuing developments in automotive technology.  Automotive manufacturers are producing cars that last longer and require service and maintenance at less frequent intervals in certain cases.  Quality improvement of manufacturers’ original equipment parts has in the past reduced, and may in the future reduce, demand for our products and services, adversely affecting our sales.  For example, manufacturers’ use of stainless steel exhaust components has significantly increased the life of those parts, thereby decreasing the demand for exhaust repairs and replacements.  Longer and more comprehensive warranty or service programs offered by automobile manufacturers and other third parties also could adversely affect the demand for our products and services.  We believe that a majority of new automobile owners have their cars serviced by a dealer during the period that the car is under warranty.  In addition, advances in automotive technology continue to require us to incur additional costs to update our diagnostic capabilities and technical training programs.

 

We may not be successful in integrating new and acquired stores.

 

Management believes that our continued growth in sales and profit is dependent, in large part, upon our ability to open/acquire and operate new stores on a profitable basis.  In order to do so, we must find reasonably priced new store locations and acquisition candidates that meet our criteria and we must integrate any new stores (opened or acquired) into our system.  Our growth and profitability could be adversely affected if we are unable to open or acquire new stores or if new or existing stores do not operate at a sufficient level of profitability.  If new stores do not achieve expected levels of profitability, this may adversely impact our ability to remain in compliance with our debt covenants or to make required payments under our credit facility.

 

Any impairment of goodwill, other intangible assets or long-lived assets could negatively impact our results of operations.

 

Our goodwill, other intangible assets or long-lived assets, are subject to an impairment test on an annual basis and are also tested whenever events and circumstances indicate that goodwill, intangible assets and/or long-lived assets may be impaired.  Any excess goodwill resulting from the impairment test must be written off in the period of determination.  Intangible assets (other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets) and other long-lived assets are generally amortized or depreciated over the useful life of such assets.  In addition, from time to time, we may acquire or make an investment in a business that will require us to record goodwill based on the purchase price and the value of the acquired tangible and intangible assets.  We have significantly increased our goodwill as a result of our acquisitions.  We may subsequently experience unforeseen issues with the businesses we acquire, which may adversely affect the anticipated returns of the business or value of the intangible assets and trigger an evaluation of recoverability of the recorded goodwill and intangible assets.  Future determinations of significant write-offs of goodwill, intangible assets or other long-lived assets, as a result of an impairment test or any accelerated amortization or depreciation of other intangible assets or other long-lived assets could have a material negative impact on our results of operations and financial condition.  We have completed our annual impairment test for goodwill, and have concluded that we do not have any impairment of goodwill for the year ended March 28, 2015.

 

Store closings result in acceleration of costs.

 

From time to time, in the ordinary course of our business, we close certain stores, generally based on considerations of store profitability, competition, strategic factors and other considerations.  Closing a store could subject us to costs including the write-down of leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture and fixtures.  In addition, we could remain liable for future lease obligations.

 

We rely on an adequate supply of skilled field personnel.

 

In order to continue to provide high quality services, we require an adequate supply of skilled field managers and technicians.  Trained and experienced automotive field personnel are in high demand, and may be in short supply in some areas.  We cannot assure that we will be able to attract, motivate and maintain an adequate skilled workforce necessary to operate our existing and future stores efficiently, or that labor expenses will not increase as a result of a shortage in the supply of skilled field personnel, thereby adversely impacting our financial performance.  While the automotive repair industry generally operates with high field employee turnover, any material increases in employee turnover rates in our stores or any widespread employee dissatisfaction could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

14


 

Table of Contents

 

If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows from our operations, our liquidity will suffer and we may be unable to satisfy our obligations.

 

We currently rely on cash flow from operations and our Revolving Credit Facility to fund our business.  Amounts outstanding on the Revolving Credit Facility are reported as debt on our balance sheet.  While we believe that we have the ability to sufficiently fund our planned operations and capital expenditures for the foreseeable future, various risks to our business could result in circumstances that would materially affect our liquidity.  For example, cash flows from our operations could be affected by changes in consumer spending habits, the failure to maintain favorable vendor payment terms or our inability to successfully implement sales growth initiatives, among other factors.  We may be unsuccessful in securing alternative financing when needed on terms that we consider acceptable.

 

In addition, a significant increase in our leverage could have the following risks:

 

·

our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, store renovations, acquisitions or general corporate purposes may be impaired in the future;

 

·

our failure to comply with the financial and other restrictive covenants governing our debt, which, among other things, require us to comply with certain financial ratios and limit our ability to incur additional debt and sell assets, could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations; and

 

·

our exposure to certain financial market risks, including fluctuations in interest rates associated with bank borrowings could become more significant.

 

If we do not perform in accordance with our debt covenants, our lenders may restrict our ability to draw on our Revolving Credit Facility.  We cannot assure that we will remain in compliance with our debt covenants in the future.

 

We depend on the services of key executives.

 

Our senior executives are important to our success because they have been instrumental in setting our strategic direction, operating our business, identifying, recruiting and training key personnel, identifying expansion opportunities and arranging necessary financing.  Losing the services of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business until a suitable replacement could be found.  It may be difficult to replace them quickly with executives of equal experience and capabilities.  Although we have employment agreements with selected executives, we cannot prevent them from terminating their employment with us.  Other executives are not bound by their employment agreements with us.

 

New accounting guidance or changes in the interpretation or application of existing accounting guidance could affect our financial performance adversely.

 

New accounting guidance may require systems and other changes that could increase our operating costs and/or change our financial statements.  For example, implementing future accounting guidance related to leases and other areas impacted by the current convergence project between the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) could require us to make significant changes to our lease management system or other accounting systems, and could result in changes to our financial statements.  Additionally, implementing future accounting guidance related to leases or other items could potentially impact certain performance metrics and financial ratios, and potentially require the renegotiation of debt covenants.

 

Unanticipated changes in the interpretation or application of existing accounting guidance could result in material charges or restatements of our financial statements, which may further result in litigation or regulatory actions which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The effect of recent changes to U.S. healthcare laws may increase our healthcare costs and negatively impact our financial results.

 

We offer eligible employees the opportunity to enroll in healthcare coverage subsidized by us. For various reasons, many of our eligible employees currently choose not to participate in our healthcare plans. However, unde r the comprehensive U.S. health care reform law enacted in 2010, the Affordable Care Act, changes that became effective in 2014, and the employer mandate and employer penalties that became effective January 1, 2015, may significantly increase our labor costs. Changes in the law that took effect in 2014, including the imposition of a penalty on individuals who do not obtain healthcare coverage, may result in more eligible employees deciding to enroll in our healthcare plans, which may increase our healthcare costs in the future.  In 2015, we provided a qualifying plan under the Affordable Care Act for our benefit- eligible employees, which may further increase our healthcare expenses. Additionally, implementing the requirements of the Affordable Care Act has imposed some additional administrative costs on us, and those costs may increase over time. The costs and other effects of these new healthcare requirements cannot be determined with certainty, but they may have a material adverse effect on our financial and operating results.

15


 

Table of Contents

 

 

It em 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

 

None.

 

Ite m 2. Properties

 

The Company, through Monro Service Corporation, owns its office/warehouse facility of approximately 165,000 square feet, which is located on 12.7 acres of land in Holleder Technology Park, in Rochester, New York.  Monro Service Corporation also owns a second office/warehouse facility of approximately 28,000 square feet, which is located on 11.8 acres of land in Swanzey, New Hampshire.  We lease additional warehouse space in Maryland, Virginia, Illinois and Kentucky.

 

Of Monro's 999 Company-operated stores at March 28, 2015, 312 were owned, 585 were leased and for 102 stores, only the land was leased.  In general, we lease store sites for a ten-year period with several five-year renewal options.  Giving effect to all renewal options, approximately 60% of the leases (413 stores) expire after 2025.  Certain of the leases provide for contingent rental payments if a percentage of annual gross sales exceeds the base fixed rental amount.  The highest contingent percentage rent of any lease is 6.75%, and no such lease has adversely affected profitability of the store subject thereto.  An officer of Monro or members of his family are the lessors, or have interests in entities that are the lessors, with respect to five of the leases.  No related party leases, other than the five remaining leases assumed as part of the Mr. Tire Acquisition in March 2004, have been entered into, and no new related party leases are contemplated.

 

Ite m 3. Legal Proceedings

 

Monro currently and from time to time is involved in litigation incidental to the conduct of our business, including employment-related litigation arising from claims by current and former employees.  Although we diligently defend against these claims, we may enter into discussions regarding settlement of these and other lawsuits, and may enter into settlement agreements, if management believes settlement is in the best interests of Monro and our shareholders.  Although the amount of liability that may result from these matters cannot be ascertained, management does not currently believe that, in the aggregate, they will result in liabilities material to Monro’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

It em 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

 

Not applicable.

 

PAR T II

 

Ite m 5. Market for the Company's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

 

MARKET INFORMATION

 

Monro’s common stock, par value $.01 per share, (the “Common Stock”) is traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol "MNRO".  The following table sets forth, for each quarter during the last two fiscal years, the range of high and low sales prices on the NASDAQ Stock Market for the Common Stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2015

 

Fiscal 2014

Quarter Ended

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

June

 

$

57.99 

 

$

50.28 

 

$

50.66 

 

$

37.88 

September

 

$

55.06 

 

$

48.67 

 

$

51.12 

 

$

41.35 

December

 

$

59.17 

 

$

46.93 

 

$

56.00 

 

$

43.87 

March

 

$

67.93 

 

$

55.44 

 

$

62.11 

 

$

53.85 

 

HOLDERS

 

At May 8, 2015, Monro’s Common Stock was held by approximately 4,600 shareholders of record or through nominee or street name accounts with brokers.

 

16


 

Table of Contents

 

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

 

As of March 28, 2015, Monro maintained stock option plans under which employees and non-employee directors could be granted Common Stock options to purchase shares of Monro’s Common Stock.  The following table contains information relating to such plans as of March 28, 2015.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remaining Available for

 

 

Number of Securities

 

 

 

 

Future Issuance Under

 

 

To Be Issued

 

Weighted Average

 

Equity Compensation

 

 

Upon Exercise of

 

Exercise Price of

 

Plans (Excluding Securities

 

 

Outstanding Options

 

Outstanding Options

 

Reflected in Column (a))

Plan Category

 

(a)

 

(b)

 

(c)

Equity compensation plans approved

     by security holders

 

1,518,330 

 

$

34.21 

 

1,963,763 

Equity compensation plans not approved
     by security holders

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 -

Total

 

1,518,330 

 

$

34.21 

 

1,963,763 

 

DIVIDENDS

 

In May 2013, Monro’s Board of Directors declared its intention to pay a regular quarterly cash dividend of $.11 per common share or common share equivalent to be paid beginning with the first quarter of fiscal 2014.

 

In May 2014, Monro’s Board of Directors declared its intention to pay a regular quarterly cash dividend of $.13 per common share or common share equivalent to be paid beginning with the first quarter of fiscal 2015.

 

In May 2015, Monro’s Board of Directors declared its intention to pay a regular quarterly cash dividend of $.15 per common share or common share equivalent to be paid to shareholders of record as of June 1, 2015.  The dividend will be paid on June 11, 2015.

 

The declaration of and determination as to the payment of future dividends will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, compliance with charter and contractual restrictions, and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant.  Under our Revolving Credit Facility, we are not permitted to pay cash dividends in excess of 50% of our preceding year’s net income.  For additional information regarding our Revolving Credit Facility, see Note 6 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

17


 

Table of Contents

 

Ite m 6. Selected Financial Data

 

The following table sets forth selected financial and operating data of Monro for each fiscal year in the five-year period ended March 28, 2015.  The financial data and certain operating data have been derived from Monro’s audited financial statements.  This data should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes included under Item 8 of this report and in conjunction with other financial information included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended Fiscal March

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)

Income Statement Data :  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales    

 

 

$

894,492 

 

 

$

831,432 

 

 

$

731,997 

 

 

$

686,552 

 

 

$

636,678 

 

Cost of sales, including distribution
     and occupancy costs    

 

 

 

541,142 

 

 

 

511,458 

 

 

 

453,850 

 

 

 

410,155 

 

 

 

379,166 

 

Gross profit    

 

 

 

353,350 

 

 

 

319,974 

 

 

 

278,147 

 

 

 

276,397 

 

 

 

257,512 

 

Operating, selling, general and
     administrative expenses    

 

 

 

243,561 

 

 

 

224,627 

 

 

 

204,442 

 

 

 

184,981 

 

 

 

179,127 

 

Operating income    

 

 

 

109,789 

 

 

 

95,347 

 

 

 

73,705 

 

 

 

91,416 

 

 

 

78,385 

 

Interest expense, net    

 

 

 

11,342 

 

 

 

9,470 

 

 

 

7,213 

 

 

 

5,220 

 

 

 

5,095 

 

Other income, net    

 

 

 

(908)

 

 

 

(659)

 

 

 

(332)

 

 

 

(490)

 

 

 

(647)

 

Income before provision for income taxes    

 

 

 

99,355 

 

 

 

86,536 

 

 

 

66,824 

 

 

 

86,686 

 

 

 

73,937 

 

Provision for income taxes    

 

 

 

37,556 

 

 

 

32,077 

 

 

 

24,257 

 

 

 

32,074 

 

 

 

28,096 

 

Net income    

 

 

$

61,799 

 

 

$

54,459 

 

 

$

42,567 

 

 

$

54,612 

 

 

$

45,841 

 

Earnings per share

Basic (a)

 

$

1.94 

 

 

$

1.72 

 

 

$

1.36 

 

 

$

1.77 

 

 

$

1.52 

 

 

Diluted (a)

 

$

1.88 

 

 

$

1.67 

 

 

$

1.32 

 

 

$

1.69 

 

 

$

1.44 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares and equivalents

Basic

 

 

31,605 

 

 

 

31,394 

 

 

 

31,067 

 

 

 

30,716 

 

 

 

30,200 

 

 

Diluted

 

 

32,944 

 

 

 

32,642 

 

 

 

32,308 

 

 

 

32,237 

 

 

 

31,807 

 

Cash dividends per common share
     or common share equivalent

 

 

$

0.52 

 

 

$

0.44 

 

 

$

0.40 

 

 

$

0.35 

 

 

$

0.28 

 

Selected Operating Data:  (b)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales growth:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total 

 

 

 

7.6 

%

 

 

13.6 

%

 

 

6.6 

%

 

 

7.8 

%

 

 

12.8 

%

Comparable store (c)

 

 

 

(1.4)

%

 

 

(0.5)

%

 

 

(7.3)

%

 

 

2.0 

%

 

 

4.2 

%

Stores open at beginning of year  

 

 

 

953 

 

 

 

937 

 

 

 

803 

 

 

 

781 

 

 

 

777 

 

Stores open at end of year  

 

 

 

999 

 

 

 

953 

 

 

 

937 

 

 

 

803 

 

 

 

781 

 

Capital Expenditures (d)

 

 

$

34,750 

 

 

$

32,150 

 

 

$

34,185 

 

 

$

28,556 

 

 

$

17,507 

 

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net working capital  

 

 

$

19,491 

 

 

$

31,375 

 

 

$

28,280 

 

 

$

24,506 

 

 

$

19,343 

 

Total assets  

 

 

 

907,794 

 

 

 

759,956 

 

 

 

739,433 

 

 

 

510,092 

 

 

 

451,840 

 

Long-term obligations    

 

 

 

255,688 

 

 

 

187,040 

 

 

 

214,809 

 

 

 

51,164 

 

 

 

41,990 

 

Shareholders’ equity     

 

 

 

473,611 

 

 

 

415,984 

 

 

 

365,042 

 

 

 

327,499 

 

 

 

280,249 

 

 

_________________

(a)

See Note 10 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, included under Item 8 of this report, for calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013 .

(b)

Includes Company-operated stores only – no dealer or franchise locations.

(c)

Comparable store sales data (not adjusted for days) is calculated based on the change in sales of only those stores o pen as of the beginning of the preceding fiscal year.

(d)

Amount does not include the funding of the purchase price of acquisitions.

 

18


 

Table of Contents

 

Item 7. Manag ement's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth income statement data of Monro expressed as a percentage of sales for the fiscal years indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended Fiscal March

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

Sales 

 

100.0 

%

 

100.0 

%

 

100.0 

%

Cost of sales, including distribution and occupancy costs 

 

60.5 

 

 

61.5 

 

 

62.0 

 

Gross profit 

 

39.5 

 

 

38.5 

 

 

38.0 

 

Operating, selling, general and administrative expenses 

 

27.2 

 

 

27.0 

 

 

27.9 

 

Operating income 

 

12.3 

 

 

11.5 

 

 

10.1 

 

Interest expense, net 

 

1.3 

 

 

1.1 

 

 

1.0 

 

Other income, net 

 

(0.1)

 

 

(0.1)

 

 

 —

 

Income before provision for income taxes 

 

11.1 

 

 

10.4 

 

 

9.1 

 

Provision for income taxes 

 

4.2 

 

 

3.9 

 

 

3.3 

 

Net income 

 

6.9 

%

 

6.5 

%

 

5.8 

%

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

We believe that the accounting policies listed below are those that are most critical to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations, and that required management’s most difficult, subjective and complex judgments in estimating the effect of inherent uncertainties.  This section should be read in conjunction with Note 1 to the C onsolidated F inancial S tatements which includes other significant accounting policies.

 

Inventory

 

We evaluate whether inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market based on historical experience with the carrying value and life of inventory.  The assumptions used in this evaluation are based on current market conditions and we believe inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market in the consolidated financial statements.  In addition, historically we have been able to return excess items to vendors for credit or sell such inventory to wholesalers.  Future changes by vendors in their policies or willingness to accept returns of excess inventory could require a revision in the estimates.

 

Business Combinations

 

We use the acquisition method in accounting for acquired businesses. Under the acquisition method, our financial statements reflect the operations of an acquired business starting from the completion of the acquisition. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective estimated fair values at the date of the acquisition. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Significant judgment is often required in estimating the fair value of assets acquired, particularly intangible assets. As a result, in the case of significant acquisitions , we normally obtain the assistance of a third-party valuation specialist in estimating fair values of tangible and intangible assets. The fair value estimates are based on available historical information and on expectations and assumptions about the future, considering the perspective of marketplace participants. While we believe those expectations and assumptions are reasonable, they are inherently uncertain. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur, which could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions.

 

Carrying Values of Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

 

We ha ve a history of growth through acquisitions.  Assets and liabilities of acquired businesses are recorded at their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition.  Goodwill represents costs in excess of fair values assigned to the underlying net assets of acquired businesses.  The carrying value of goodwill is subject to annual impairment reviews, which we typically perform in the third quarter of the fiscal year.  Impairment reviews may also be triggered by any significant events or changes in circumstances affecting our business.

 

We have one reporting unit which encompasses all operations including new acquisitions. The goodwill impairment test consists of a two-step process, if necessary. We perform a qualitative assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying value of goodwill.  The qualitative assessment includes a review of business changes, economic outlook, financial trends and forecasts, growth rates, industry data, market capitalization and other relevant qualitative factors. If the qualitative factors are triggered, we perform the two-step process.  The first step is to compare the fair value of our invested capital to the book value of our invested capital. If the fair value is less than its carrying value, the second step of the impairment test must be performed in order to determine the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment charge is recognized in an

19


 

Table of Contents

 

amount equal to that excess. The loss recognized cannot exceed the carrying amount of goodwill.  We believe there is little risk of impairment.

 

Intangible assets primarily represent allocations of purchase price to identifiable intangible assets of acquired businesses and are amortized over their estimated useful lives.  All intangibles and other long-lived assets are reviewed when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable.  If such indicators are present, it is determined whether the sum of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows attributable to such assets is less than their carrying values.

 

A deterioration of macroeconomic conditions may not only negatively impact the estimated operating cash flows used in our cash flow models, but may also negatively impact other assumptions used in our analyses, including, but not limited to, the estimated cost of capital and/or discount rates.  Additionally, as discussed above, we are required to ensure that assumptions used to determine fair value in our analyses are consistent with the assumptions a hypothetical marketplace participant would use.  As a result, the cost of capital and/or discount rates used in our analyses may increase or decrease based on market conditions and trends, regardless of whether our actual cost of capital has changed.  Therefore, we may recognize an impairment of an intangible asset or assets even though realized actual cash flows are approximately equal to or greater than our previously forecasted amounts.

 

Self-Insurance Reserves

 

We are largely self-insured with respect to workers’ compensation, general liability and employee medical claims.  In order to reduce our risk and better manage our overall loss exposure, we purchase stop-loss insurance that covers individual claims in excess of the deductible amounts, and caps total losses in a fiscal year.  We maintain an accrual for the estimated cost to settle open claims as well as an estimate of the cost of claims that have been incurred but not reported.  These estimates take into consideration the historical average claim volume, the average cost for settled claims, current trends in claim costs, changes in our business and workforce, and general economic factors.  These accruals are reviewed on a quarterly basis, or more frequently if factors dictate a more frequent review is warranted.  For more complex reserve calculations, such as workers compensation, we use the services of an actuary on an annual basis to assist in determining the required reserve for open claims.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model that uses the following assumptions.  Expected volatilities are based on historical changes in the market price of the Company’s Common Stock.  The expected term of options granted is derived from the terms and conditions of the award, as well as historical exercise behavior, and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.  The risk-free rate is calculated using the implied yield on zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bonds with a remaining maturity equal to the expected term of the awards.  We use historical data to estimate forfeitures.  The dividend yield is based on historical experience and expected future changes.

 

Income Taxes

 

Our provision for income taxes and effective tax rates are calculated by legal entity and jurisdiction and are based on a number of factors, including our income, tax planning strategies, differences between tax laws and accounting rules, statutory tax rates and credits, uncertain tax positions and valuation allowances.  We use significant judgment and estimates in evaluating our tax positions.

 

Tax law and accounting rules often differ as to the timing and treatment of certain items of income and expense.  As a result, the tax rate reflected in our tax return (the current or cash tax rate) is different from the tax rate reflected in our Consolidated Financial Statements.  Some of the differences are permanent, while other differences are temporary as they reverse over time.  We record deferred tax assets and liabilities for any temporary differences between the tax reflected in our Consolidated Financial Statements and tax bases.  We establish valuation allowances when we believe it is more-likely-than-not that some portion of our deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

At any one time, our tax returns for several tax years are subject to examination by U.S. federal and state taxing jurisdictions.  We establish tax liabilities in accordance with the accounting guidance on income taxes.  Under the accounting guidance, the impact of an uncertain tax position taken or expected to be taken on an income tax return must be recognized in the financial statements at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained.  An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized in the financial statements unless it is more-likely-than-not to be sustained.  We adjust these tax liabilities, as well as the related interest and penalties, based on the latest facts and circumstances, including recently published rulings, court cases and outcomes of tax audits.  To the extent our actual tax liability differs from our established tax liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits, our effective tax rate may be materially impacted.  While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome of, the timing of, or the tax treatment of any particular tax position or deduction, we believe that our tax balances reflect the more-likely-than-not outcome of known tax contingencies.

 

20


 

Table of Contents

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Fiscal 201 5 As Compared To Fiscal 201 4

 

Sales for fiscal 2015 increased $63.1 million or 7.6% to $894.5 million as compared to $831.4 million in fiscal 2014.  The increase was due to an increase of $78.8 million related to new stores, of which $70.5 million came from the fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015 acquisitions.  Partially offsetting this was a decrease in comparable store sales of 1.4%.  Additionally, there was a decrease in sales from closed stores amounting to $9.4 million.  There were 361 selling days in both fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014. 

 

During fiscal 2015, barter sales totaled approximately $5.0 million.  There were no similar transactions in fiscal 2014.

 

During the year, 92 stores were added and 46 were closed, including 34 locations located in BJ’s Wholesale Clubs.  At March 28, 2015, we had 999 Company-operated stores in operation.

 

We believe that the decrease in comparable store sales for fiscal 2015 resulted primarily from continued weak economic conditions. 

 

For the year, comparable store traffic and average ticket were down slightly.  Comparable sto re tire , maintenance and exhaust sales declined in fiscal 2015.  However, other service categories, including brakes, oil changes, front end/shocks and alignments increased on a comparable store basis as compared to the prior year, demonstrating our belief that needed repairs cannot be deferred indefinitely.

 

Harsh winter weather also negatively impacted sales during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, which resulted in stores being closed for periods of time, and consumers reluctant to travel.

 

Gross profit for fiscal 2015 was $353.3 million or 39.5% of sales as compared with $320.0 million or 38.5% of sales for fiscal 2014.  The increase in gross profit for fiscal 2015, as a percentage of sales, is due to a decrease in total material costs as compared to the prior year, particularly in tires. 

 

Labor costs were relatively flat as a percentage of sales as compared to the prior year through focused payroll control.  Labor productivity, as measured by sales per man hour, improv ed slightly over the prior year

 

Partially offsetting the gross profit improvement was an increase in distribution and occupancy costs as compared to the prior year, in part due to increased warehousing costs related to building inventory ahead of the tariff to lower the impact on overall tire costs.  Additionally, there was margin pressure due to fixed costs against a decrease in comparable store sales.

 

Operating expenses for fiscal 2015 were $243.6 million or 27.2% of sales compared with $224.6 million or 27.0% of sales for fiscal 2014.  The increase as a percentage of sales is due to the decline in comparable store sales, as well as an increase in due diligence costs as compared to the prior year, partially offset by focused cost control.

 

Operating income in fiscal 2015 of $109.8 million increased 15.1% compared to operating income of $95.3 million in fiscal 2014, and increased as a percentage of sales from 11.5% to 12.3% for the reasons described above. 

 

Net interest expense for fiscal 2015 increased by approximately $1.9 million as compared to the prior year, and increased as a percentage of sales from 1.1% to 1.3%.  The weighted average debt outstanding for the year ended March 28, 2015 increased by approximat ely $46 million from fiscal 2014 , primarily related to an increase in debt outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility to fund the purchase of our acquisitions, as well as increased capital leases related to our fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015 acquisitions.  Partially offsetting this increase was a decrease in the weighted average interest rate of approximately 10 basis points from the prior year. 

 

Our effective tax rate was 37.8% and 37.1%, respectively, of pre-tax income in fiscal 2015 and 2014.  The difference primarily relates to the accounting for uncertain tax positions which may vary from year to year.

 

Net income for fiscal 2015 increased by $7.3 million, or 13.5%, from $54.5 million in fiscal 2014, to $61.8 million in fiscal 2015, and earnings per diluted share increased by 12.6% from $1.67 to $1.88 due to the factors discussed above.

 

Fiscal 201 4 As Compared To Fiscal 201 3

 

Sales for fiscal 201 4 increased $ 99.4 million or 13.6 % to $ 831.4 million as compared to $ 732.0 million in fiscal 201 3.  The increase was due to an increase of $ 110 million rela ted to new stores, of which $107 million came from the fiscal 201 3 and fiscal 201 4 acquisitions.  Partially o ffsetting this was a decrease in comparable store sales of .5%.  Additionally, there was a decrease in sales from closed stores amounting to $5.0 million T here were 361 selling days in both fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013.

 

During the year, 29 stores were added and 13 were closed.  At March 29 , 20 14 ,   we had 953   C ompan y-operated stores in operation.

21


 

 

We believe that the slight decrease in comparable store sales for fiscal 2014 resulted primarily from continued weak economic conditions.  We believe that consumers continue to defer service repairs and tire replacements, especially on higher ticket items. 

 

For the year, comparable store traffic was up slightly while average ticket was down.  On a comparable store basis for the year, the brake, exhaust and shock categories each increased by about 1%, while the tire category declined about 1% as consumers traded down from higher priced tires.  However, tire unit sales increased approximately 1% on a comparable store basis.

 

Harsh winter weather also negatively impacted sales during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, which resulted in stores being closed for periods of time, and consumers reluctant to travel.

 

Gross profit for fiscal 201 4 was $ 320.0 million or 38.5 % of sales as compared with $2 78 . 1 million or 38.0 % of sales for fiscal 201 3 .  The in crease in gross profit for fiscal 201 4 , as a percentage of sales, is due to several factors.  Labor costs decreased as a percentage of sales as compared to the prior year through focused payroll control.  Labor productivity, as measured by sales per man hour, improved over the prior year as well

 

Dis tribution and occupancy costs de creased as a percentage of sales from the prior year as we leveraged these largely fixed costs with the increase in sales from acquired stores.

 

Total material costs were relatively flat as a percentage of sales as compared to the prior year.  This was due to a shift in mix to the lower margin service and tire categories, the latter due primarily to the acquisition of more tire stores, offset by a meaningful decline in product costs, particularly tires.

 

Operating expenses for fiscal 201 4 were $ 224.6 million or 27.0 % of sales compared with $ 204.4 million or 27.9 % of sales for fiscal 201 3 Excluding the increase in operating expenses related to the stores acquired in fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 , operating expenses actually decreased by approximately $ 2.2 million .  This demonstrates that we experienced leverage in this line on a comparable store basis through focused cost control and pay plans which appropriately adjust for performance .

 

Operating income in fiscal 201 4 of $95.3 million in creased 29.4 % compared to operating income of $73.7 million in fiscal 201 3 , and in creased as a percentage of sales from 10.1 % to 1 1.5 % for the reasons described above.    

 

Net interest expense for fiscal 2014 increased by approximately $ 2.3 million as compared to the prior year, and increased as a percentage of sales from 1.0% to 1.1% .  The weighted average debt outstanding for the year ended March 29, 2014 increased by approximately $ 61 million from fiscal 201 3 , primarily related to a n   in crease in debt outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility to fund the purchase of our acquisitions, as well as increased capital leases related to our fiscal 2013 acquisitions Partially offsetting this increase was a decrease in the weighted average interest rate of approximately 40 basis points from the prior year due to a shift in the percentage of debt (revolver vs. capital leases) outstanding at a lower rate. 

 

Our effective tax rate was 37.1 % and 3 6 . 3 %, respectively, of pre-tax income in fiscal 201 4 and 201 3 .  The difference primarily relates to the accounting for uncertain tax positions which may vary from year to year.

 

Net income for fiscal 2014 increased by $11.9 million, or 27.9%, from $42.6 million in fiscal 2013, to $54.5 million in fiscal 2014, and earnings per diluted share increased by 26.5% from $1.32 to $1.67 due to the factors discussed above .

 

CAPITAL RESOURCES, CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND LIQUIDITY

 

Capital Resources

 

Our primary capital requirements for fiscal 2015 were divided among the funding of acquisitions for $8 4.4 million, as well as the upgrading of facilities and systems and the funding of our store expansion program totaling $34.8 million.  In fiscal 2014, our primary capital requirements were divided among the funding of acquisitions for $27.5 million, as well as the upgrading of facilities and systems, and the funding of our store expansion program totaling $32.2 million.  In both fiscal years 2015 and 2014, capital requirements were primarily met by cash flow from operations and from our revolving credit facility.

 

In fiscal 2016, we intend to open approximately nine new greenfield stores.  Total capital required to open a new greenfield service store ranges, on average, from $3 6 0,000 to $9 9 0,000 depending on whether the store is leased, owned or land leased.  Total capital required to open a new greenfield tire (land and building leased) location costs, on average, approximately $600,000, including $2 50 ,000 for equipment and $150,000 for inventory.

 

Monro paid dividends of $16.8 million in fiscal 2015.  In May 2015, Monro’s Board of Directors declared its intention to pay a regular quarterly cash dividend of $.15 per common share or common share equivalent beginning with the first quarter of fiscal 2016.

 

22


 

We also plan to continue to seek suitable acquisition candidates.  Management believes that we have sufficient resources available (including cash flow from operations and bank financing) to expand our business as currently planned for the next several years.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Payments due by period under long-term debt, other financing instruments and commitments are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within

 

1 to

 

3 to

 

After

 

 

Total

 

1 Year

 

3 Years

 

5 Years

 

5 Years

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Principal payments on long-term debt

 

$

122,543 

 

 

 

 

$

122,543 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital lease commitments/financing obligations

 

 

142,053 

 

$

8,908 

 

 

18,799 

 

$

21,767 

 

$

92,579 

Operating lease commitments

 

 

153,147 

 

 

34,836 

 

 

53,324 

 

 

26,877 

 

 

38,110 

Total

 

$

417,743 

 

$

43,744 

 

$

194,666 

 

$

48,644 

 

$

130,689 

 

We believe that we can fulfill our contractual commitments utilizing our cash flow from operations and, if necessary, bank financing.

 

Liquidity

 

In June 2011, we entered into a five-year, $175 million Revolving Credit Facility agreement with seven banks (the “Credit Facility”).  The Credit Facility amended and restated, in its entirety, the Credit Facility agreement previously entered into by Monro as of July 2005 and amended from time to time.  The Credit Facility also provided an accordion feature permitting us to request an increase in availability of up to an additional $75 million. 

 

In December 2012, the Credit Facility was amended to include the following: the committed sum was increased by $75 million to $250 million; the term was extended for another one and a half years, such that the Credit Facility now expires in December 2017; and the $75 million accordion feature was maintained. There were no other changes in terms including those related to covenants or interest rates.  There are now six banks participating in the syndication.  There was $122.5 million outstanding under the Credit Facility at March 28, 2015.  We were in compliance with all debt covenants as of March 28, 2015.

 

At March 29, 2014 and March 28, 2015, the interest rate was 125 basis points over LIBOR. 

 

Within the Credit Facility, we have a sub-facility of $40 million for the purpose of issuing standby letters of credit.  The line requires fees aggregating 1.375% annually of the face amount of each standby letter of credit, payable quarterly in arrears.  There was $23.7 million in an outstanding letter of credit at March 28, 2015.

 

The net availability under the Credit Facility at March 28, 2015 was $103.8 million.

 

Specific terms of the Credit Facility permit the payment of cash dividends not to exceed 50% of the prior year’s net income, and permit mortgages and specific lease financing arrangements with other parties with certain limitations.  Additionally, the Credit Facility is not secured by our real property, although we have agreed not to encumber our real property, with certain permissible exceptions.  The agreement also requires the maintenance of specified interest and rent coverage ratios.

 

In addition, we have financed certain store properties with capital leases/financing obligations, which amount to $142.1 million and are due in installments through 2045.

 

During fiscal 1995, Monro purchased 12.7 acres of land for $.7 million from the City of Rochester, New York, on which its office/warehouse facility is located.  The City had provided financing for 100% of the cost of the land via a 20-year non-amortizing, non-interest bearing mortgage.  The mortgage was paid in full in fiscal 2015.

 

INFLATION

 

We do not believe our operations have been materially affected by inflation.  Monro has been successful, in many cases, in mitigating the effects of merchandise cost increases principally through the use of volume discounts and alternative vendors, as well as selling price increases.  See additional discussion under Risk Factors.

 

FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

 

See “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the impact of recently issued accounting standards on our Consolidated Financial Statements as of March 28, 2015 and for the year then ended, as well as the expected impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements for future periods.

23


 

 

It em 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

Monro is exposed to market risk from potential changes in interest rates.  There was no fixed rate debt outstanding at March 28, 2015.  Given a 1% change in LIBOR, our cash flow exposure on floating rate debt interest expense would result in interest expense fluctuating approximately $1.2 million based upon our debt position at fiscal year ended March 28, 2015.

 

Debt financing, including current portion, had a carrying amount and a fair value of $122.5 million as of March 28, 2015, as compared to a carrying amount and a fair value of $106.5 million as of March 29, 2014. 

 

24


 

Table of Contents

 

It em 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

 

 

 

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

26 

Audited Financial Statements:

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014  

27 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal three years ended March 28, 2015  

28 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the fiscal three years ended March 28, 2015  

29 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal three years ended March 28, 2015  

30 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

31 

Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)  

57 

 

25


 

Table of Contents

 

Re port of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Monro Muffler Brake, Inc.:

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. and its subsidiary at March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 28, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 28, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework   ( 2013 ) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A.  Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits.  We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Rochester, New York

May 27, 2015

 

 

 

26


 

Table of Contents

M ONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 28,

 

March 29,

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents

 

$

7,730 

 

$

1,205 

Trade receivables

 

 

2,561 

 

 

2,728 

Federal and state income taxes receivable

 

 

 —

 

 

2,171 

Inventories

 

 

129,727 

 

 

124,920 

Deferred income tax assets

 

 

13,942 

 

 

13,710 

Other current assets

 

 

21,324 

 

 

23,382 

Total current assets

 

 

175,284 

 

 

168,116 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

592,206 

 

 

531,505 

Less - Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(265,454)

 

 

(249,622)

Net property, plant and equipment

 

 

326,752 

 

 

281,883 

Goodwill

 

 

349,088 

 

 

270,039 

Intangible assets

 

 

34,555 

 

 

29,371 

Other non-current assets

 

 

11,947 

 

 

10,547 

Long-term deferred income tax assets

 

 

10,168 

 

 

 —

Total assets

 

$

907,794 

 

$

759,956 

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt, capital leases and financing obligations

 

$

8,908 

 

$

7,552 

Trade payables

 

 

62,920 

 

 

53,321 

Federal and state income taxes payable

 

 

385 

 

 

 —

Accrued payroll, payroll taxes and other payroll benefits

 

 

22,265 

 

 

20,206 

Accrued insurance

 

 

32,373 

 

 

32,353 

Warranty reserves

 

 

10,752 

 

 

9,557 

Other current liabilities

 

 

18,190 

 

 

13,752 

Total current liabilities

 

 

155,793 

 

 

136,741 

Long-term capital leases and financing obligations

 

 

133,145 

 

 

81,199 

Long-term debt

 

 

122,543 

 

 

105,841 

Accrued rent expense

 

 

5,342 

 

 

5,700 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

14,458 

 

 

11,558 

Long-term deferred income tax liabilities

 

 

 —

 

 

140 

Long-term income taxes payable

 

 

2,902 

 

 

2,793 

Total liabilities

 

 

434,183 

 

 

343,972 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class C Convertible Preferred Stock, $1.50 par value, $.064 conversion value;
      150,000 shares authorized;   32,500 shares issued and outstanding

 

 

49 

 

 

49 

Common Stock, $.01 par value, 65,000,000 shares authorized; 38,007,537 and
      37,567,902 shares issued at March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014, respectively

 

 

380 

 

 

376 

Treasury Stock, 6,180,489 and 6,076,951 shares at March 28, 2015 and
     March 29, 2014, respectively, at cost

 

 

(95,638)

 

 

(90,241)

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

160,880 

 

 

141,365 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(4,584)

 

 

(3,135)

Retained earnings

 

 

412,524 

 

 

367,570 

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

473,611 

 

 

415,984 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

 

$

907,794 

 

$

759,956 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

27


 

Table of Contents

M ONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended Fiscal March

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

(Amounts in thousands, except

 

 

per share data)

Sales

 

$

894,492 

 

$

831,432 

 

$

731,997 

Cost of sales, including distribution and occupancy costs

 

 

541,142 

 

 

511,458 

 

 

453,850 

Gross profit

 

 

353,350 

 

 

319,974 

 

 

278,147 

Operating, selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

243,561 

 

 

224,627 

 

 

204,442 

Operating income

 

 

109,789 

 

 

95,347 

 

 

73,705 

Interest expense, net of interest income

 

 

11,342 

 

 

9,470 

 

 

7,213 

Other income, net

 

 

(908)

 

 

(659)

 

 

(332)

Income before provision for income taxes

 

 

99,355 

 

 

86,536 

 

 

66,824 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

37,556 

 

 

32,077 

 

 

24,257 

Net income

 

$

61,799 

 

$

54,459 

 

$

42,567 

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in pension, net of tax (benefit) provision of ($888) ,   $556

     and ($299) , respectively

 

 

(1,449)

 

 

908 

 

 

(488)

Other comprehensive (loss) income

 

 

(1,449)

 

 

908 

 

 

(488)

Comprehensive income

 

$

60,350 

 

$

55,367 

 

$

42,079 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

1.94 

 

$

1.72 

 

$

1.36 

Diluted

 

$

1.88 

 

$

1.67 

 

$

1.32 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in
     computing earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

31,605 

 

 

31,394 

 

 

31,067 

Diluted

 

 

32,944 

 

 

32,642 

 

 

32,308 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

28


 

Table of Contents

M ONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class C

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred

 

Common

 

Treasury

 

Paid-In

 

Retained

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

Stock

 

Stock

 

Stock

 

Capital

 

Earnings

 

Loss

 

Total

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Balance at March 31, 2012

 

$

49 

 

$

368 

 

$

(86,493)

 

$

119,690 

 

$

297,440 

 

$

(3,555)

 

$

327,499 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,567 

 

 

 

 

 

42,567 

Other comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension liability adjustment

     [ ($787) pre-tax]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(488)

 

 

(488)

Dividends (1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(304)

 

 

 

 

 

(304)

Common

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,436)

 

 

 

 

 

(12,436)

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,764 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,764 

Exercise of stock options (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,571)

 

 

5,922 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,356 

Stock option compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,084 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,084 

Balance at March 30, 2013

 

 

49 

 

 

373 

 

 

(90,064)

 

 

131,460 

 

 

327,267 

 

 

(4,043)

 

 

365,042 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54,459 

 

 

 

 

 

54,459 

Other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension liability adjustment

      ( $1,464 pre-tax) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

908 

 

 

908 

Dividends (1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(334)

 

 

 

 

 

(334)

Common

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13,822)

 

 

 

 

 

(13,822)

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,866 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,866 

Exercise of stock options (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(177)

 

 

4,488 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,314 

Stock option compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,551 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,551 

Balance at March 29, 2014

 

 

49 

 

 

376 

 

 

(90,241)

 

 

141,365 

 

 

367,570 

 

 

(3,135)

 

 

415,984 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

61,799 

 

 

 

 

 

61,799 

Other comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension liability adjustment

    [ ($2,337) pre-tax]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,449)

 

 

(1,449)

Dividends (1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(395)

 

 

 

 

 

(395)

Common

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(16,450)

 

 

 

 

 

(16,450)

Stock issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14)

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,208 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,208 

Exercise of stock options (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,397)

 

 

14,057 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,664 

Stock option compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,264 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,264 

Balance at March 28, 2015

 

$

49 

 

$

380 

 

$

(95,638)

 

$

160,880 

 

$

412,524 

 

$

(4,584)

 

$

473,611 

 

_________________

(1)

Dividends paid per common share or common share equivalent were $.52 ,   $.44 and $.40 , respectively, for the years ended March 28, 2015, March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013.

(2)

Includes the receipt of treasury stock in connection with the exercise of stock options and to partially satisfy tax withholding obligations.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

29


 

Table of Contents

M ONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended Fiscal March

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

Increase (Decrease) in Cash

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

61,799 

 

$

54,459 

 

$

42,567 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided

     by operating activities -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

35,721 

 

 

31,688 

 

 

27,500 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

3,264 

 

 

3,551 

 

 

3,084 

Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements

 

 

(121)

 

 

(195)

 

 

(441)

Net change in deferred income taxes

 

 

6,338 

 

 

4,520 

 

 

(375)

Gain on bargain purchase

 

 

(386)

 

 

(217)

 

 

 —

Loss on disposal of assets

 

 

265 

 

 

373 

 

 

375 

Change in operating assets and liabilities (excluding acquisitions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade receivables

 

 

168 

 

 

107 

 

 

(511)

Inventories

 

 

805 

 

 

(5,192)

 

 

(5,968)

Other current assets

 

 

2,622 

 

 

5,149 

 

 

(7,176)

Other non-current assets

 

 

(498)

 

 

1,844 

 

 

5,468 

Trade payables

 

 

9,599 

 

 

(7,685)

 

 

15,657 

Accrued expenses

 

 

2,937 

 

 

3,656 

 

 

3,826 

Federal and state income taxes payable

 

 

4,764 

 

 

2,031 

 

 

1,779 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

(1,037)

 

 

491 

 

 

(844)

Long-term income taxes payable

 

 

109 

 

 

(637)

 

 

(505)

Total adjustments

 

 

64,550 

 

 

39,484 

 

 

41,869 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

126,349 

 

 

93,943 

 

 

84,436 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

 

(34,750)

 

 

(32,150)

 

 

(34,185)

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

 

(84,367)

 

 

(27,467)

 

 

(163,326)

Proceeds from the disposal of assets

 

 

409 

 

 

3,916 

 

 

3,037 

Net cash used for investing activities

 

 

(118,708)

 

 

(55,701)

 

 

(194,474)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from borrowings

 

 

343,561 

 

 

304,321 

 

 

371,031 

Principal payments on long-term debt, capital leases and financing obligations

 

 

(336,617)

 

 

(333,174)

 

 

(253,445)

Exercise of stock options

 

 

8,664 

 

 

4,314 

 

 

2,957 

Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements

 

 

121 

 

 

195 

 

 

441 

Dividends paid

 

 

(16,845)

 

 

(14,156)

 

 

(12,740)

Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities

 

 

(1,116)

 

 

(38,500)

 

 

108,244 

Increase (decrease) in cash

 

 

6,525 

 

 

(258)

 

 

(1,794)

Cash at beginning of year

 

 

1,205 

 

 

1,463 

 

 

3,257 

Cash at end of year

 

$

7,730 

 

$

1,205 

 

$

1,463 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

30


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

N OTE 1 – SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Background

 

Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Monro Service Corporation (together, “Monro”, “we”, “us”, or “our”), are engaged principally in providing automotive undercar repair and tire services in the United States.  Monro had 999 Company-operated stores, one franchised location and 14 dealer-operated automotive repair centers located in 25 states as of March 28, 2015.  Monro’s operations are organized and managed in one operating segment.

 

Accounting estimates

 

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with such principles requires the use of estimates by management during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Fiscal year

 

Monro reports its results on a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on the last Saturday of March of each year.  The following are the dates represented by each fiscal period:

 

“Year ended Fiscal March 2015”: March 30, 2014 – March 28, 2015 (52 weeks)

“Year ended Fiscal March 2014”: March 31, 2013 – March 29, 2014 (52 weeks)

“Year ended Fiscal March 2013”: April 1, 2012 – March 30, 2013 (52 weeks)

 

Consolidation

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements include Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Monro Service Corporation, after the elimination of intercompany transactions and balances.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain amounts in these financials statements have been reclassified to maintain comparability among the periods presented.

 

Revenue recognition

 

Sales are recorded upon completion of automotive undercar repair and tire services provided to customers.  The following was Monro’s sales mix for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended Fiscal March

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

Brakes

 

15 

%

 

15 

%

 

15 

%

Exhaust

 

 

 

 

 

 

Steering

 

10 

 

 

 

 

10 

 

Tires

 

44 

 

 

44 

 

 

42 

 

Maintenance

 

28 

 

 

28 

 

 

29 

 

Total

 

100 

%

 

100 

%

 

100 

%

 

Revenue from the sale of tire road hazard warranty agreements is recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract period or other method when costs are not incurred ratably.

 

Cash equivalents

 

We consider all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

 

Inventories

 

Our inventories consist of automotive parts and tires.  Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market value using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

31


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

 

Barter credits

 

We value barter credits at the fair market value of the inventory exchanged, as determined by reference to price lists for buying groups and jobber pricing.  We use these credits primarily to pay vendors for purchases (mainly inventory vendors for the purchase of parts and tires) or to purchase other goods or services from the barter company such as advertising and travel.

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is provided on a straight-line basis.  Buildings and improvements related to owned locations are depreciated over lives varying from 10 to 39 years; machinery, fixtures and equipment over lives varying from 5 to 15 years; and vehicles over lives varying from 4 to 10 years.  Computer hardware and software is depreciated over lives varying from 3 to 7 years.  Buildings and improvements related to leased locations are depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life or the reasonably assured lease term, as defined in the accounting guidance on leases.  When property is sold or retired, the cost and accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and a gain or loss is recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.  Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.  (See Note 4.)

 

Long-lived assets

 

We evaluate the ability to recover long-lived assets whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable.  In the event assets are impaired, losses are recognized to the extent the carrying value exceeds the fair value.  In addition, we report assets to be disposed of at the lower of the carrying amount or the fair market value.

 

Store opening and closing costs

 

New store opening costs are charged to expense in the fiscal year when incurred.  When we close a store, the estimated unrecoverable costs, including the remaining lease obligation net of sublease income, if any, are charged to expense.

 

Leases

 

Financing Obligations –

 

We are often involved in the construction of leased stores.  In some cases, we are responsible for construction cost over runs or non-standard tenant improvements.  As a result of this involvement, we are deemed the “owner” for accounting purposes during the construction period, requiring us to capitalize the construction costs on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.  Upon completion of the project, we perform a sale-leaseback analysis pursuant to guidance on accounting for leases to determine if we can remove the assets from our Consolidated Balance Sheet.  For some of these leases, we are considered to have “continuing involvement”, which precludes us from derecognizing the assets from our Consolidated Balance Sheet when construction is complete (“failed sale-leaseback”).  In conjunction with these leases, we capitalize the construction costs on our Consolidated Balance Sheet and also record financing obligations representing payments owed to the landlord.  We do not report rent expense for the properties which are owned for accounting purposes.  Rather, rental payments under the lease are recognized as a reduction of the financing obligation and as interest expense.

 

Additionally, since we often assume leases in acquisition transactions, the accounting for a seller who was involved in the construction of leased stores passes to us.

 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013, Monro conducted a review of its lease accounting practices as it relates to certain sale-leaseback transactions.

 

In connection with this review, we recorded an out of period adjustment to record previously unrecognized failed sale-leaseback transactions.  The adjustment resulted in the recognition of additional property of $.4 million and capital leases and financing obligations of $.7 million on our March 2013 Consolidated Balance Sheet.  As some of the stores impacted related to prior year acquisitions, we also recorded increases in goodwill of $1.9 million, deferred income tax assets of $1.2 million and other long- term liabilities of $2.3 million in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 30, 2013.  The impact to the fiscal 2013 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income was recorded in the fourth quarter as a decrease of $1.0 million in occupancy costs and an increase of $.5 million in interest expense.  The Company determined that this adjustment was not material to its fiscal 2013 or prior period Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

32


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Capital Leases –

 

Some of our property is held under capital leases.  These assets are included in property, plant and equipment and depreciated over the term of the lease.  We do not report rent expense for capital leases.  Rather, rental payments under the lease are recognized as a reduction of the capital lease obligation and interest expense.

 

Operating Leases –

 

All other leases are considered operating leases.  Rent expense, including rent escalations, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the reasonably assured lease term, as defined in the accounting guidance on leases.  Generally, the lease term is the base lease term plus certain renewal option periods for which renewal is reasonably assured.

 

Goodwill and intangible assets

 

We have a history of growth through acquisitions.  Assets and liabilities of acquired businesses are recorded at their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition.  Goodwill represents costs in excess of fair values assigned to the underlying net assets of acquired businesses.  The carrying value of goodwill is subject to annual impairment reviews in accordance with accounting guidance on goodwill, which we typically perform in the third quarter of the fiscal year.  Impairment reviews may also be triggered by any significant events or changes in circumstances affecting our business.

 

We have one reporting unit which encompasses all operations including new acquisi tions. The goodwill impairment test consists of a t wo-step process, if necessary. We perform a qualitative assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than t he carrying value of goodwill.  The qualitative assessment includes a review of business changes, economic outlook, financial trends and forecasts, growth rates, industry data, market capitalization and other relevant qualitative factors. If the qualitative factors are triggered, we perform the two-step process.  The first step is to compare the fair value of our invested capital to the book value of our invested capital. If the fair value is less than its carrying value, the second step of the impairment test must be performed in order to determine the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill.  If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment charge is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.  The loss recognized cannot exceed th e carrying amount of goodwill. 

 

Intangible assets primarily represent allocations of purchase price to identifiable intangible assets of acquired businesses and are amortized over their estimated useful lives.  All intangibles and other long-lived assets are reviewed when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable.  If such indicators are present, it is determined whether the sum of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows attributable to such assets is less than their carrying amounts.  No such indicators were present in fiscal 2015, 2014 or 2013.

 

A deterioration of macroeconomic conditions may not only negatively impact the estimated operating cash flows used in our cash flow models, but may also negatively impact other assumptions used in our analyses, including, but not limited to, the estimated cost of capital and/or discount rates.  Additionally, as discussed above, in accordance with accounting guidance, we are required to ensure that assumptions used to determine fair value in our analyses are consistent with the assumptions a hypothetical market participant would use.  As a result, the cost of capital and/or discount rates used in our analyses may increase or decrease based on market conditions and trends, regardless of whether our actual cost of capital has changed.  Therefore, we may recognize an impairment of an intangible asset or assets even though realized actual cash flows are approximately equal to or greater than its previously forecasted amounts.

 

As a result of our annual qualitative assessment performed in the third quarter of fiscal 2015, there were no impairments.  There have been no triggering events during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015.

 

Self-insurance reserves

 

We are largely self-insured with respect to workers’ compensation, general liability and employee medical claims.  In order to reduce our risk and better manage our overall loss exposure, we purchase stop-loss insurance that covers individual claims in excess of the deductible amounts , and caps total losses in a fiscal year .  We maintain an accrual for the estimated cost to settle open claims as well as an estimate of the cost of claims that have been incurred but not reported.  These estimates take into consideration the historical average claim volume, the average cost for settled claims, current trends in claim costs, changes in our business and workforce, and general economic factors.  These accruals are reviewed on a quarterly basis, or more frequently if factors dictate a more frequent review is warranted.  For more complex reserve calculations, such as workers’ compensation, we use the services of an actuary on an annual basis to assist in determining the required reserve for open claims.

 

33


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Warranty

 

We provide an accrual for estimated future warranty costs for parts that we install based upon the historical relationship of warranty costs to sales.  Warranty expense related to all product warranties at and for the years ended March 2015, 2014 and 2013 was not material to our financial position or results of operations.  See additional discussion of tire road hazard warranty agreements under the “Revenue recognition” section of this footnote.

 

Comprehensive income

 

As it relates to Monro, comprehensive income is defined as net earnings as adjusted for pension liability adjustments and is reported net of related taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity.

 

Income taxes

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using tax rates based on currently enacted rules and legislation and anticipated rates that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The accounting guidance for uncertainties in income tax prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns.  Monro recognizes a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits and a consideration of the relevant taxing authority's administrative practices and precedents.  (See Note 7.)

 

Treasury stock

 

Treasury stock is accounted for using the par value method.  During the year ended March 30, 2013, Monro’s current Chief Executive Officer surrendered 43,000 shares of Monro’s Common Stock at fair market value to pay the exercise price and to partially satisfy tax withholding obligations on the exercise of 113,000 stock options.  There was no activity for the Chief Executive Officer during the year ended March 29, 2014.  During the year ended March 28, 2015, Monro’s Chief Executive Officer surrendered 77,000 shares of Monro’s Common Stock at fair market value to pay the exercise price on the exercise of 113,000 stock options.

 

Stock-based compensation

 

We measure compensation cost arising from the grant of share-based payments to an employee at fair value, and recognize such cost in income over the period during which the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, usually the vesting period.  Forfeitures are estimated on the grant date and revised in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

 

We recognize compensation expense related to stock options using the straight-line approach.  Option awards generally vest equally over the service period established in the award, typically four years.  We estimate fair value using the Black-Scholes valuation model.  Assumptions used to estimate the compensation expense are determined as follows:

 

·

Expected life of an award is based on historical experience and on the terms and conditions of the stock awards granted to employees;

 

·

Expected volatility is measured using historical changes in the market price of Monro’s Common Stock;

 

·

Risk-free interest rate is equivalent to the implied yield on zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bonds with a remaining maturity equal to the expected term of the awards;

 

·

Forfeitures are based substantially on the history of cancellations of similar awards granted by Monro in prior years; and

 

·

Dividend yield is based on historical experience and expected future changes.

 

34


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The weighted average fair value of options granted during fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $11.27 ,   $10.10 and $8.67 , respectively.  The fair values of the options granted were estimated on the date of their grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended Fiscal March

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

Risk-free interest rate

 

1.23 

%

 

.86

%

 

.53

%

Expected life, in years

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected volatility

 

27.7 

%

 

29.7 

%

 

34.0 

%

Expected dividend yield

 

.99

%

 

.97

%

 

1.14 

%

 

Total stock-based compensation expense included in cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses in Monro’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended March 28, 2015, March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013 was $3.3 million, $3.6 million and $3.1 million, respectively.  The related income tax benefit was $1.2 million, $1.3 million and $1.2 million, respectively. 

 

Earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income less preferred stock dividends by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding during the year.  Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock and equivalents outstanding during the year.  Common Stock equivalents represent shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of stock options.  (See Note 10.)

 

Advertising

 

We expense the production costs of advertising the first time the advertising takes place, except for direct response advertising which is capitalized and amortized over its expected period of future benefits.

 

Direct response advertising consists primarily of coupons for Monro’s services.  The capitalized costs of this advertising are amortized over the period of the coupon’s validity, which is typically two months.

 

Prepaid advertising at March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014, and advertising expense for the years ended March 2015, 2014 and 2013, were not material to these financial statements.

 

Vendor rebates and cooperative advertising credits

 

We account for vendor rebates and cooperative advertising credits as a reduction of the cost of products purchased, except where the rebate or credit is a reimbursement of costs incurred to sell the vendor’s product, in which case it is offset against the costs incurred. 

 

35


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Guarantees

 

At the time we issue a guarantee, we recognize an initial liability for the fair value, or market value, of the obligation we assume under that guarantee.

 

Recent accounting pronouncements

 

In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new accounting guidance for the reporting of discontinued operations. This guidance eliminates certain exceptions from reporting discontinued operations that exist under current guidance, and also requires several new disclosures about disposals that qualify as discontinued operations. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning on or after December   15, 2014, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not anticipated to have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued new accounting guidance for the reporting of revenue from contracts with customers. This guidance provides guidelines a company will apply to determine the measurement of revenue and timing of when it is recognized. In April 2015, the FASB proposed the deferral of the effective date by one year.  Under the proposal, t his guidance is effective for the first interim period within annual reporting periods beginning after December   15, 2017.  Early adoption is permitted, but not before years beginning after December 15, 2016. We are currently evaluating the potential effect of the adoption of this guidance on our Consolidated Financial Statements.  

 

In January 2015, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to the disclosure requirements for extraordinary items.  The standard eliminates the concept of extraordinary items on the income statement.   This pronouncement is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years begi nning after December 15, 2015.   The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In February 2015, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that is intended to improve targeted areas of consolidation guidance for reporting organizations that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. This standard simplifies consolidation accounting by reducing the number of consolidation models and will require all entities to re-evaluate consolidation conclusions regarding variable interest entities.    This pronouncement is effective for fiscal years and for interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2015.    The adoption of this guidance is not anticipated to have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to the presentation of debt issuance costs.    This standard will require debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability to be presented on the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the debt liability rather than as an asset.    These costs will continue to be amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method.    This pronouncement is effective for fiscal years and for interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2015.  Retrospective adoption is required.     We do not expect this pronouncement to have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to the measurement date of an employer's defined benefit obligation and plan assets.  The new guidance permits a reporting entity with a fiscal year-end that does not coincide with a month-end to measure defined benefit plan assets and obligations using the month-end that is closest to the entity's fiscal year-end and apply that practical expedient consistently from year to year. The standard is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The new guidance should be applied on a prospective basis. The adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Other recent authoritative guidance issued by the FASB (including technical corrections to the Accounting Standards Codification) and the Securities and Exchange Commission did not, or are not expected to have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.  

 

NOTE 2 – ACQUISITIONS

 

Monro ’s acquisitions are strategic moves in our plan to fill in and expand our presence in our existing and contiguous markets, and leverage fixed operating costs such as distribution and advertising.

 

36


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Subsequent Events

 

On April 25, 2015 , we acquired the Car-X Brand, as well as the franchise rights for 146 auto service centers from Car-X Associates Corp., a subsidiary of Tuffy Associa tes Corp.  The Car-X stores are owned and operated by 32 independent Car-X franchisees in Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kentucky, Minnesota, Missouri, Ohio, T ennessee, Texas and Wisconsin. The stores will continue to be operated under the Car-X name.   The acquisition was financed through our existing credit facility.

 

Fiscal 2015

 

During fiscal 2015, we acquired the following businesses for an aggregate purchase price of $87.9 million.  The acquisitions were financed through our existing credit facility.  The results of operations for these acquisitions are included in Monro’s financial results from the respective acquisition dates.

 

·

On March 1, 2015, we acquired eight retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Florida from Martino Tire Stores.  These stores operate under The Tire Choice name.

 

·

On December 7, 2014, we acquired nine retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Florida from Gold Coast Tire & Auto Centers. These stores operate under The Tire Choice name.

 

·

During July and December 2014 and March 2015, we acquired five retail tire and automotive repair stores located in New York, Georgia and New Jersey through five separate transactions. These stores operate under the Mr. Tire name.

 

·

On September 28, 2014, we acquired nine retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Georgia from Wood & Fullerton Stores, LLC. These stores operate under the Mr. Tire name.

 

·

On August 8, 2014, we acquired 35 retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Florida from Hennelly Tire & Auto, Inc. These stores operate under The Tire Choice name.

 

·

On June 15, 2014, we acquired ten and nine retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Michigan from Lentz U.S.A. Service Centers, Inc. and Kan Rock Tire Company, Inc., respectively.  Two of the acquired stores were never opened. These stores operate under the Monro Brake & Tire name.

 

·

On April 13, 2014, we acquired two retail tire and automotive repair stores located in New Hampshire from Bald Tire & Auto, Inc. These stores were previously Tire Warehouse franchise locations and continue to operate under the Tire Warehouse name.

 

The acquisitions resulted in goodwill related to, among other things, growth opportunities, synergies and economies of scale expected from combining these businesses with ours, and unidentifiable intangible assets. All of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. We have recorded finite-lived intangible assets at their estimated fair value related to customer relationships, trade name and favorable leases.

 

We expensed all costs related to acquisitions during fiscal 2015. The total costs related to completed acquisitions were $1.1 million for the year ended March 28, 2015.  These costs are included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income primarily under operating, selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

Sales and net income for the fiscal 2015 acquired entities totaled $52.2 million and approximately $.5 million, respectively, for the period from acquisition date through March 28, 2015.

 

Supplemental pro forma information for the current or prior reporting periods has not been presented due to the impracticability of obtaining detailed, accurate or reliable data for the periods the acquired entities were not owned by Monro.

 

The preliminary fair values of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed were based on preliminary valuation data and estimates. The excess of the net purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets acquired was recorded as goodwill.  Where

37


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets exceeds the net purchase price, a gain was recorded.  The preliminary allocation of the aggregate purchase price as of March 28, 2015 was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of Acquisition Date

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Inventories

 

$

5,648 

Other current assets

 

 

567 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

31,271 

Intangible assets

 

 

9,216 

Deferred income tax assets

 

 

15,354 

Other non-current assets

 

 

128 

Total assets acquired

 

 

62,184 

Warranty reserves

 

 

925 

Other current liabilities

 

 

2,837 

Long-term capital leases and financing obligations

 

 

47,803 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

1,639 

Total liabilities assumed

 

 

53,204 

Total net identifiable assets acquired

 

$

8,980 

Total consideration transferred

 

$

87,910 

Plus: gain on bargain purchase

 

 

386 

Less: total net identifiable assets acquired

 

 

8,980 

Goodwill

 

$

79,316 

 

The following are the intangible assets acquired and their respective fair values and weighted average useful lives.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of Acquisition Date

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

Dollars

 

Average

 

 

in  thousands

 

Useful Life

Customer lists

 

$

4,073 

 

7 years

Trade name

 

 

3,548 

 

14 years

Favorable leases

 

 

1,595 

 

17 years

Total

 

$

9,216 

 

11 years

 

We continue to refine the valuation data and estimates related to road hazard warranty, intangible assets, real estate and real property leases for the fiscal 2015 acquisitions and expect to complete the valuations no later than the first anniversary date of the respective acquisition.  We anticipate that adjustments will continue to be made to the fair values of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed and those adjustments may or may not be material.

 

Fiscal 2014

 

During fiscal 2014, we acquired the following businesses for an aggregate purchase price of $27.5 million.  The acquisitions were financed through our existing credit facility.  The results of operations for these acquisitions are included in Monro’s financial results from the respective acquisition dates.

 

·

On March 2, 2014, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Kentucky from Hometown Tire Company, Inc.  This store operates under the Ken Towery Tire and Auto Care name.

 

·

On November 17, 2013, we acquired six retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Maryland and Delaware from Carl King Tire Co., Inc.  These stores operate under the Mr. Tire name.

 

·

On November 17, 2013, we acquired four retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Kentucky from S&S Firestone, Inc.  These stores operate under the Ken Towery Tire and Auto Care name.

38


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

 

·

On October 20, 2013, we acquired two retail tire and automotive repair stores located in North Carolina from XL Tire, Inc.  These stores operate under the Tread Quarters name.

 

·

On August 18, 2013, we acquired ten retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Virginia and Maryland from Curry’s Automotive Group.  These stores operate under the Curry’s/Mr. Tire name.

 

·

On August 11, 2013, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in New Jersey from Mitchell Tire Service.  This store operates under the Mr. Tire name.

 

The acquisitions resulted in goodwill related to, among other things, growth opportunities, synergies and economies of scale expected from combining these businesses with ours, and unidentifiable intangible assets. All of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. We have recorded finite-lived intangible assets at their fair value related to customer relationships, trade name, favorable leases and a non-compete agreement.

 

We expensed all costs related to acquisitions during fiscal 2014. The total costs related to completed acquisitions were not material to the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.  These costs are included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income primarily under operating, selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

Sales and net income for the fiscal 2014 acquired entities totaled $15.1 million and approximately $.1 million, respectively, for the period from acquisition date through March 29, 2014.

 

Supplemental pro forma information for the current or prior reporting periods has not been presented due to the impracticability of obtaining detailed, accurate or reliable data for the periods the acquired entities were not owned by Monro.

 

We finalized the purchase accounting relative to the fiscal 2014 acquisitions during fiscal 2015. As a result of the final purchase price allocations, certain of the fair value amounts previously estimated were adjusted during the measurement period. These measurement period adjustments related to updated valuation reports and appraisals received from our external valuation specialists, as well as revisions to internal estimates. The changes in estimates recorded in fiscal 2015 include an increase in property, plant and equipment of $1.2 million; an increase in intangible assets of $.8 million; an increase in the long-term deferred income tax assets of $.6 million; an increase in the current portion of long-term debt, capital leases and financing obligations of $.1 million; an increase in long-term capital leases and financing obligations of $2.9 million; and a decrease in other liabilities of $.7 million. The measurement period adjustments resulted in a decrease to goodwill of $.3 million.

 

 

We have recorded the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair values as of their respective acquisition dates, with the remainder recorded as goodwill as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of Acquisition Date

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Inventories

 

$

1,513 

Other current assets

 

 

120 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

9,786 

Intangible assets

 

 

2,069 

Deferred income tax assets

 

 

748 

Other non-current assets

 

 

94 

Total assets acquired

 

 

14,330 

Warranty reserves

 

 

176 

Other current liabilities

 

 

801 

Long-term capital leases and financing obligations

 

 

2,958 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

369 

Total liabilities assumed

 

 

4,304 

Total net identifiable assets acquired

 

$

10,026 

Total consideration transferred

 

$

27,482 

Plus: gain on bargain purchase

 

 

217 

Less: total net identifiable assets acquired

 

 

10,026 

Goodwill

 

$

17,673 

 

39


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The following are the intangible assets acquired and their respective fair values and weighted average useful lives.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of Acquisition Date

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

Dollars

 

Average

 

 

in  thousands

 

Useful Life

Customer lists

 

$

776 

 

7 years

Trade name

 

 

500 

 

7 years

Favorable leases

 

 

778 

 

10 years

Non-compete agreement

 

 

15 

 

3 years

Total

 

$

2,069 

 

8 years

 

NOTE 3 – OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

 

The composition of other current assets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended Fiscal March

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Vendor rebates receivable

 

$

10,530 

 

$

7,258 

Other

 

 

10,794 

 

 

16,124 

 

 

$

21,324 

 

$

23,382 

 

NOTE 4 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

The major classifications of property, plant and equipment are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 28, 2015

 

March 29, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

Assets Under

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets Under

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Lease/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Lease/

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

Financing

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

Financing

 

 

 

 

 

Owned

 

Obligations

 

Total

 

Owned

 

Obligations

 

Total

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Land

 

$

77,499 

 

 

 

 

$

77,499 

 

$

69,836 

 

 

 

 

$

69,836 

Buildings and improvements

 

 

204,523 

 

$

89,148 

 

 

293,671 

 

 

186,093 

 

$

66,057 

 

 

252,150 

Equipment, signage and fixtures

 

 

196,039 

 

 

 

 

 

196,039 

 

 

183,373 

 

 

 

 

 

183,373 

Vehicles

 

 

21,803 

 

 

 

 

 

21,803 

 

 

19,632 

 

 

67 

 

 

19,699 

Construction-in-progress

 

 

3,194 

 

 

 

 

 

3,194 

 

 

6,447 

 

 

 

 

 

6,447 

 

 

 

503,058 

 

 

89,148 

 

 

592,206 

 

 

465,381 

 

 

66,124 

 

 

531,505 

Less - Accumulated
     depreciation and amortization

 

 

239,474 

 

 

25,980 

 

 

265,454 

 

 

226,870 

 

 

22,752 

 

 

249,622 

 

 

$

263,584 

 

$

63,168 

 

$

326,752 

 

$

238,511 

 

$

43,372 

 

$

281,883 

 

Depreciation expense totaled $32.1 million, $28.6 million and $24.7 million for the fiscal years ended March 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Amortization expense recorded under capital leases and financing obligations and included in depreciation expense above totaled $5.7 million, $5.2 million and $3.9 million for the fiscal years ended March 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

40


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

NOTE 5 – GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

The changes in goodwill during fiscal 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollars in thousands

Balance at March 30, 2013

 

$

249,803 

Fiscal 2014 acquisitions

 

 

17,940 

Adjustments to fiscal 2013 purchase accounting

 

 

2,296 

Balance at March 29, 2014

 

 

270,039 

Fiscal 2015 acquisitions

 

 

79,316 

Adjustments to fiscal 2014 purchase accounting

 

 

(267)

Balance at March 28, 2015

 

$

349,088 

 

The composition of other intangible assets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended Fiscal March

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Accumulated

 

Carrying

 

Accumulated

 

 

Amount

 

Amortization

 

Amount

 

Amortization

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Customer lists

 

$

23,648 

 

$

11,024 

 

$

19,566 

 

$

8,548 

Trade names

 

 

17,550 

 

 

5,791 

 

 

14,003 

 

 

4,648 

Favorable leases

 

 

15,074 

 

 

4,925 

 

 

12,700 

 

 

3,751 

Other intangible assets

 

 

660 

 

 

637 

 

 

660 

 

 

611 

Total intangible assets

 

$

56,932 

 

$

22,377 

 

$

46,929 

 

$

17,558 

 

41


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Monro’s intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives.  The weighted average useful lives of Monro’s intangible assets are approximately nine years for customer lists, 14 years for trade names, 15 years for favorable leases and five years for other intangible assets.

 

Amortization of intangible assets, excluding amortization of favorable leases included in rent expense, during fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 totaled $3.6 million, $3.1 million and $2.8 million, respectively.

 

Estimated future amortization of intangible assets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer lists/

 

 

 

 

 

Trade names/

 

Favorable

Year Ending Fiscal March 

 

Other

 

Leases

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

2016 

 

$

3,750 

 

$

1,086 

2017 

 

 

3,601 

 

 

1,029 

2018 

 

 

3,533 

 

 

1,002 

2019 

 

 

3,272 

 

 

962 

2020

 

 

2,244 

 

 

940 

 

NOTE 6 – LONG-TERM DEBT, CAPITAL LEASES AND FINANCING OBLIGATIONS

 

Long-term debt, capital leases and financing obligations consist of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 28,

 

March 29,

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Revolving Credit Facility, LIBOR-based (a)

 

$

122,543 

 

$

105,841 

Long-term debt

 

$

122,543 

 

$

105,841 

Obligations under capital leases and financing obligations at various
     interest rates, due in installments through 2045

 

$

142,053 

 

$

88,091 

Mortgage Note Payable, non-interest bearing, secured by warehouse and office
      land, due in one installment in 2015

 

 

 

 

660 

Less – Current portion of long-term debt, capital leases and financing obligations

 

 

(8,908)

 

 

(7,552)

Long-term capital leases and financing obligations

 

$

133,145 

 

$

81,199 

 

_________________

(a)

The London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) at March 28, 2015 was .18% .

 

In June 2011, we entered into a five -year, $175 million Revolving Credit Facility agreement with seven banks (the “Credit Facility”).  This Credit Facility amended and restated, in its entirety, the Credit Facility agreement previously entered into by Monro as of July 2005 and amended from time to time.  The Credit Facility also provided an accordion feature permitting us to request an increase in availability of up to an additional $75 million.

 

In December 2012, the Credit Facility was amended to include the following: the committed sum was increased by $75 million to $250 million; the term was extended for another one and a half years, such that the Credit Facility now expires in December 2017 ; and the $75 million accordion feature was maintained. There were no other changes in terms including those related to covenants or interest rates.  There are now six banks participating in the syndication.  There was $122.5 million outstanding under the Credit Facility at March 28, 2015.  We were in compliance with all debt covenants as of March 28, 2015.

 

At March 2 8, 2015 and March 29, 2014 , the interest rate was 125 basis points over LIBOR. 

 

Within the Credit Facility, we have a sub-facility of $40 million for the purpose of issuing standby letters of credit.  The line requires fees aggregating 1.375% annually of the face amount of each standby letter of credit, payable quarterly in arrears.  There was $23.7 million in an outstanding letter of credit at March 28, 2015.

 

The net availability under the Credit Facility at March 28, 2015 was $103.8 million.

 

Specific terms of the Credit Facility permit the payment of cash dividends not to exceed 50% of the prior year’s net income, and permit mortgages and specific lease financing arrangements with other parties with certain limitations.  Additionally, the Credit

42


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Facility is not secured by our real property, although we have agreed not to encumber our real property, with certain permissible exceptions.  The agreement also requires the maintenance of specified interest and rent coverage ratios.

 

Long-term debt, including current portion, had a carrying amount and a fair value of $122.5 million as of March 28, 2015, as compared to a carrying amount and a fair value of $106.5 million as of March 29, 2014.  The fair value of long-term debt was estimated based on discounted cash flow analyses using either quoted market prices for the same or similar issues, or the current interest rates offered to Monro for debt with similar maturities.

 

In addition, we have financed certain store properties and vehicles with capital leases/financing obligations, which amount to $142.1 million and are due in installments through 2045.

 

During fiscal 1995, Monro purchased 12.7 acres of land for $.7 million from the City of Rochester, New York, on which its office/warehouse facility is located.  The City had provided financing for 100% of the cost of the land via a 20 -year non-amortizing, non-interest bearing mortgage.   The mortgage was paid in full in fiscal 2015.

 

Aggregate debt maturities over the next five years are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Leases/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing Obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate

 

Imputed

 

All Other

 

 

 

Year Ending Fiscal March

 

Amount

 

Interest

 

Debt

 

Total

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

$

19,075 

 

$

(10,167)

 

 

 

 

$

8,908 

2017

 

 

18,601 

 

 

(9,624)

 

 

 

 

 

8,977 

2018

 

 

18,809 

 

 

(8,987)

 

$

122,543 

 

 

132,365 

2019

 

 

18,779 

 

 

(8,275)

 

 

 

 

 

10,504 

2020

 

 

18,810 

 

 

(7,547)

 

 

 

 

 

11,263 

 

NOTE 7 – INCOME TAXES

 

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended Fiscal March

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Current -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

28,262 

 

$

25,978 

 

$

22,366 

State

 

 

2,956 

 

 

1,579 

 

 

2,266 

 

 

 

31,218 

 

 

27,557 

 

 

24,632 

Deferred -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

6,194 

 

 

4,793 

 

 

(101)

State

 

 

144 

 

 

(273)

 

 

(274)

 

 

 

6,338 

 

 

4,520 

 

 

(375)

Total

 

$

37,556 

 

$

32,077 

 

$

24,257 

 

43


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Deferred tax (liabilities) assets consist of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 28,

 

March 29,

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Goodwill

 

$

(24,167)

 

$

(18,189)

Other

 

 

(939)

 

 

(734)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(25,106)

 

 

(18,923)

Property and equipment

 

 

20,592 

 

 

5,815 

Insurance reserves

 

 

10,813 

 

 

9,774 

Warranty and other reserves

 

 

4,538 

 

 

4,228 

Stock options

 

 

3,729 

 

 

3,897 

Accrued compensation

 

 

1,913 

 

 

1,650 

Deferred rent

 

 

1,861 

 

 

1,961 

Other

 

 

5,770 

 

 

5,168 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

49,216 

 

 

32,493 

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

24,110 

 

$

13,570 

 

We have $4.8 million of state net operating loss carryforwards available as of March 28, 2015.  The carryforwards expire in varying amounts through 2035 .  Based on all available evidence, we have determined that it is more likely than not that sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character within the carryforward period will exist for the realization of the tax benefits on existing state net operating loss carryforwards.

 

We believe it is more likely than not that all other future tax benefits will be realized as a result of current and future income.

 

A reconciliation between the U. S. federal statutory tax rate and the effective tax rate reflected in the accompanying financial statements is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended Fiscal March

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Federal income tax based on

     statutory tax rate applied

     to income before taxes

 

$

34,774 

 

35.0 

 

$

30,287 

 

35.0 

 

$

23,388 

 

35.0 

State income tax, net of
     federal income tax benefit

 

 

2,170 

 

2.2 

 

 

2,097 

 

2.4 

 

 

1,159 

 

1.7 

Other

 

 

612 

 

0.6 

 

 

(307)

 

(0.3)

 

 

(290)

 

(0.4)

 

 

$

37,556 

 

37.8 

 

$

32,077 

 

37.1 

 

$

24,257 

 

36.3 

 

44


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The following is a rollforward of Monro’s liability for income taxes associated with unrecognized tax benefits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollars in thousands

Balance at March 31, 2012

 

$

5,484 

Tax positions related to current year:

 

 

 

Additions

 

 

1,198 

Reductions

 

 

 

Tax positions related to prior years:

 

 

 

Additions

 

 

 

Reductions

 

 

 

Settlements

 

 

(266)

Lapses in statutes of limitations

 

 

(712)

Balance at March 30, 2013

 

 

5,704 

Tax positions related to current year:

 

 

 

Additions

 

 

1,678 

Reductions

 

 

 

Tax positions related to prior years:

 

 

 

Additions

 

 

 

Reductions

 

 

(88)

Settlements

 

 

(381)

Lapses in statutes of limitations

 

 

(1,013)

Balance at March 29, 2014

 

 

5,900 

Tax positions related to current year:

 

 

 

Additions

 

 

2,066 

Reductions

 

 

 

Tax positions related to prior years:

 

 

 

Additions

 

 

164 

Reductions

 

 

33 

Settlements

 

 

 

Lapses in statutes of limitations

 

 

(668)

Balance at March 28, 2015

 

$

7,495 

 

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $7.5 million at March 28, 2015, the majority of which, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.

 

In the normal course of business, Monro provides for uncertain tax positions and the related interest and penalties, and adjusts its unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest and penalties accordingly.  During the year ended March 28, 2015 , we recognized interest and penalties of approximately $.1 million in income tax expense; and during the years ended March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, we recorded a benefit from the reversal of accrued interest and penalties of approximately $.1 million and $.2 million, respectively, in income tax expense.  Additionally, we had approximately $.4 million and $.3 million of interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax benefits accrued as of March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014, respectively.

 

We file U.S. federal income tax returns and income tax returns in various state jurisdictions.  Monro’s fiscal 2012 through 2015 U.S. federal tax years and various state tax years remain subject to income tax examinations by tax authorities.

 

45


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

NOTE 8 – STOCK OWNERSHIP

 

A summary of the changes in the number of shares of Common Stock, Class C preferred stock and treasury stock is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class C

 

 

 

 

Common

 

Convertible

 

 

 

 

Stock

 

Preferred

 

Treasury

 

 

Shares

 

Stock Shares

 

Stock

 

 

Issued

 

Issued

 

Shares

Balance at March 31, 2012

 

36,855,258 

 

32,500 

 

5,967,991 

Stock options exercised

 

472,709 

 

 

 

105,845 

Balance at March 30, 2013

 

37,327,967 

 

32,500 

 

6,073,836 

Stock options exercised

 

239,935 

 

 

 

3,115 

Balance at March 29, 2014

 

37,567,902 

 

32,500 

 

6,076,951 

Stock options exercised

 

439,635 

 

 

 

103,538 

Balance at March 28, 2015

 

38,007,537 

 

32,500 

 

6,180,489 

 

In March 2012, Monro’s Board of Directors approved a resolution to amend Monro’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, subject to shareholder approval, to increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock from 45,000,000 to 65,000,000.  Monro’s shareholders approved the increase at our Annual Shareholders’ meeting on August 7, 2012.

 

Holders of at least 60% of the Class C preferred stock must approve any action authorized by the holders of Common Stock.  In addition, there are certain restrictions on the transferability of shares of Class C preferred stock.  In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of Monro, the holders of the Class C preferred stock would be entitled to receive $1.50 per share out of the assets of Monro before any amount would be paid to holders of Common Stock.  The conversion value of the Class C convertible preferred stock was $.064 per share at March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014.

 

NOTE 9 – SHARE BASED COMPENSATION

 

Monro currently grants stock option awards under the 2007 Incentive Stock Option Plan (the “2007 Plan”).  The 2007 Plan was authorized by the Board of Directors in June 2007, initially reserving 873,000 shares (as retroactively adjusted for stock splits) of Common Stock for issuance to eligible employees and all non-employee directors.  The 2007 Plan was approved by shareholders in August 2007.  Prior to fiscal 2008, Monro had options outstanding under three other stock option plans: the 1994 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan (the “1994 Plan”) (which was approved by shareholders in August 1995); the 1998 Incentive Stock Option Plan (the “1998 Plan”) (which was approved by shareholders in August 1999); and the 2003 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan (the “2003 Plan”) (which was approved by shareholders in August 2003), collectively the “Prior Plans” .  Upon shareholder approval of the 2007 Plan, all shares of Common Stock available for award under the 1998 and 2003 Plans were transferred to, and made available for award under the 2007 Plan.  The 1994 Plan had no options available for grant upon adoption of the 2007 Plan.  No further option grants may be made under the Prior Plans, although outstanding awards under the Prior Plans will remain outstanding in accordance with the terms of those plans and the stock option agreements entered into under those plans.

 

The 1994 Plan had a total of 675,345 common shares authorized for issuance; the 1998 Plan had a total of 4,016,250 shares authorized for issuance; and the 2003 Plan had a total of 315,000 shares authorized for issuance (all as retroactively adjusted for stock splits).  Upon authorization of the 2007 Plan by shareholders, 628,620 shares (as retroactively adjusted for stock splits) were transferred from the 1998 and 2003 Plans into the 2007 Plan, bringing the total authorized shares to 1,501,620 (as retroactively adjusted for stock splits).  In addition, in May 2013 and 2010, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors authorized an additional 2,000,000 and 1,500,000 shares (as retroactively adjusted for stock splits), respectively, of common stock for grant under the 2007 Plan, which were approved by shareholders in August 2013 and August 2010, respectively.  At March 28, 2015, there was a total of 5,001,620 shares authorized for grant under the 2007 Plan (as retroactively adjusted for stock splits), including the shares transferred from the 1998 and 2003 Plans.

 

Generally, employee options vest over a   four year period , and have a duration of six to ten years.  Outstanding options are exercisable for various periods through March 202 1 .

 

46


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

A summary of changes in outstanding stock options is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

Exercise

 

Options

 

 

Price

 

Outstanding

At March 31, 2012

 

$

22.75 

 

1,851,588 

Granted

 

$

35.19 

 

511,600 

Exercised

 

$

12.54 

 

(472,709)

Canceled

 

$

29.99 

 

(26,365)

At March 30, 2013

 

$

28.66 

 

1,864,114 

Granted

 

$

45.38 

 

181,400 

Exercised

 

$

18.73 

 

(239,935)

Canceled

 

$

35.48 

 

(32,178)

At March 29, 2014

 

$

31.58 

 

1,773,401 

Granted

 

$

52.73 

 

211,225 

Exercised

 

$

31.98 

 

(439,635)

Canceled

 

$

43.04 

 

(26,661)

At March 28, 2015

 

$

34.21 

 

1,518,330 

 

The total shares exercisable at March 28, 2015, March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013 was 1,098,601 ,   1,160,572 and 984,917 , respectively.  The weighted average exercise price of all shares exercis able at March 28, 2015 was $31.09 There were 1,963,763 shares available for grant at March 28, 2015.

 

The weighted average contractual term of all options outstanding at March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014 was 2.7 years and 3.1 years, respectively.  The aggregate intrinsic value of all options (the amount by which the market price of the stock on the date of exercise exceeded the exercise price of the option) outstanding at March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014 was $46.7 million and $44.2 million, respectively.

 

The weighted average contractual term of all options exercisable at March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014 was 2.2 years and 2.8 years, respectively.  The aggregate intrinsic value of all options exercisable at March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014 was $37.2 million and $31.5 million, respectively.

 

A summary of the status of and changes in nonvested stock options granted is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

Grant-Date

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Options

 

(per Option)

Non-vested at March 31, 2012

 

722,075 

 

$

8.16 

Granted

 

511,600 

 

$

8.67 

Vested

 

(332,566)

 

$

7.98 

Canceled

 

(21,912)

 

$

8.26 

Non-vested at March 30, 2013

 

879,197 

 

$

8.52 

Granted

 

181,400 

 

$

10.11 

Vested

 

(417,743)

 

$

8.66 

Canceled

 

(30,025)

 

$

8.90 

Non-vested at March 29, 2014

 

612,829 

 

$

8.88 

Granted

 

211,225 

 

$

11.27 

Vested

 

(382,197)

 

$

9.22 

Canceled

 

(22,128)

 

$

10.37 

Non-vested at March 28, 2015

 

419,729 

 

$

9.70 

 

47


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes information about fixed stock options outstanding at March 28, 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options Outstanding

 

Options Exercisable

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

Shares

 

Average

Range of

 

Shares

 

Remaining

 

Exercise

 

Under 

 

Exercise

Exercise Prices

 

Under Option

 

Life

 

Price

 

Option

 

Price

$11.57 - $26.64

 

369,869 

 

2.03 

 

$

19.00 

 

369,869 

 

$

19.00 

$26.65 - $33.64

 

500,486 

 

2.56 

 

$

33.34 

 

331,862 

 

$

33.35 

$33.65 - $44.46

 

367,354 

 

2.11 

 

$

37.88 

 

309,333 

 

$

37.63 

$44.47 - $67.09

 

280,621 

 

4.63 

 

$

50.98 

 

87,537 

 

$

50.45 

 

During the fiscal years ended March 28, 2015, March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, the fair value of awards vested under Monro’s stock plans was $3.5 million, $3.6 million and $2.7 million, respectively.

 

The aggregate intrinsic value is based on Monro’s closing stock price of $64.96 ,   $56.51 and $39.71 as of the last trading day of the periods ended March 28, 2015, March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, respectively.  The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the fiscal years ended March 28, 2015, March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013 was $10.3 million, $7.4 million and $10.6 million, respe ctively.  As of March 28, 2015, there was $3.1 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested fixed stock options that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately two years .

 

Cash received from option exercises under all stock option plans was $8.7 million, $4.3 million and $3.0 million for the fiscal years ended March 28, 2015, March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, respectively.  The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercises was $2.2 million, $1.9 million and $2.8 million for the fiscal years ended March 28, 2015, March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, respectively.

 

Monro issues new shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of stock options.

 

NOTE 10 – EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

 

The following is a reconciliation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the respective years:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended Fiscal March

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)

Numerator for earnings per common share calculation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

$

61,799 

 

$

54,459 

 

$

42,567 

Less:   Preferred stock dividends

 

 

(395)

 

 

(334)

 

 

(304)

Income available to common stockholders

 

$

61,404 

 

$

54,125 

 

$

42,263 

Denominator for earnings per common share calculation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares, basic

 

 

31,605 

 

 

31,394 

 

 

31,067 

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock

 

 

760 

 

 

760 

 

 

760 

Stock options

 

 

579 

 

 

488 

 

 

481 

Weighted average common shares, diluted

 

 

32,944 

 

 

32,642 

 

 

32,308 

Basic earnings per common share:

 

$

1.94 

 

$

1.72 

 

$

1.36 

Diluted earnings per common share:

 

$

1.88 

 

$

1.67 

 

$

1.32 

 

The computation of diluted earnings per common share for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 excludes the effect of assumed exercise of approximately 145,000, 91,000 and 955,000 of stock options, respectively, as the exercise price of these options was greater than the average market value of Monro’s Common Stock for those periods, resulting in an anti-dilutive effect on diluted earnings per share.

 

NOTE 11 – OPERATING LEASES AND OTHER COMMITMENTS

 

We lease retail facilities under noncancellable lease agreements which expire at various dates through fiscal 204 1 .  In addition to stated minimum payments, certain real estate leases have provisions for contingent rentals when retail sales exceed specified levels.  Generally, the leases provide for renewal for various periods at stipulated rates.  Most of the facilities’ leases require payment of

48


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

property taxes, insurance and maintenance costs in addition to rental payments, and several provide an option to purchase the property at the end of the lease term.

 

In recent years, we have entered into agreements for the sale/leaseback of certain stores.  Realized gains are deferred and are credited to income as rent expense adjustments over the lease terms.  We have lease renewal options under the real estate agreements at projected future fair market values.

 

Future minimum payments required under noncancellable leases (including closed stores) are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sublease

 

 

 

Year Ending Fiscal March

 

Leases

 

Income

 

Net

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

2016 

 

$

35,169 

 

$

(333)

 

$

34,836 

2017 

 

 

30,022 

 

 

(193)

 

 

29,829 

2018 

 

 

23,638 

 

 

(143)

 

 

23,495 

2019 

 

 

16,484 

 

 

(76)

 

 

16,408 

2020

 

 

10,514 

 

 

(45)

 

 

10,469 

Thereafter

 

 

38,178 

 

 

(68)

 

 

38,110 

Total

 

$

154,005 

 

$

(858)

 

$

153,147 

 

Rent expense under operating leases, net of sublease income, totaled $35,541,000 ,   $32,841,000 and $32,204,000 in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, including contingent rentals of $44,000 ,   $59,000 and $85,000 in each respective fiscal year.  Sublease income totaled $468,000 ,   $533,000 and $636,000 , respectively, in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013. 

 

We enter into contracts with parts and tire suppliers, certain of which require us to buy (at market prices) up to 100% of our annual purchases of specific products.  The agreements expire at various dates through July 2017 .  We believe these agreements provide us with high quality, branded merchandise at preferred pricing, along with strong marketing and training support.

 

In May 2015, we entered into a new employment agreement with our Executive Chairman, Robert G. Gross.  Such agreement is effective October 1, 2015, has a three -year term and provides an annual base salary of $120,000 .

 

On August 7, 2012, we entered into an emplo yment agreement with Mr. Gross.   Such agreement became effective on October 1, 2012, has a   three -year term and provides an annual base salary of $420,000 Effective October 2014, the salary of Mr. Gross was reduced by $60,000 .  Such voluntary salary reduction was implemented at the direction of Mr. Gross, who requested that the Company use the funds made available by such reduction to provide assistance to Monro employees facing financial hardships.  No other changes to Mr. Gross’ compensation were made.  Mr. Gross’ new annual salary of $360,000 was effective beginning October 1, 2014.

 

In connection with a previous employment agreement with Mr. Gross, i n consideration for Mr. Gross’ covenant not-to-compete with Monro or to solicit its employees, Monro began paying him an additional $750,000 , payable in five equal installments of $150,000 , beginning on October 1, 2012.  These payments will continue through October 1, 2016.

 

On August 7, 2012, we entered into a new employment agreement with John W. Van Heel in recognition of his promotion to Chief Executive Officer .  Such agreement became effective on October 1, 2012 , has a five -year term and provides a base salary of $550,000.

 

On October 1, 2012, and in consideration of his execution of his employment a greement, Monro’s Compensation Committee awarded to Mr. Van Heel an option to purchase 300,000 shares of Monro’s Common Stock at an exercise price equal to the closing price of Monro’s Common Stock on the date of the award of $33.64 per share, pursuant to our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.  These options vest equally over four years, beginning October 1, 2013.

 

49


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

In February 2014, we entered into a new employment agreement with Joseph Tomarchio Jr., Executive Vice President.  Such   a greement became effective April 1, 2014 , and superseded Monro’s previous employment contract with Mr. Tomarchio, which was set to expire in December 2014.     The   a greement extends Mr. Tomarchio’s employment as an Executive Vice President of Monro through June 2017 at a reduced schedule , and provides a base salary of $242,500.

 

In August 2014, we entered into a new employment a greement with Catherine D’Amico, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.  The a greement became effective on September 1, 2014 and superseded Monro’s previous employment contract set to expire in December 2014.  The a greement extends Ms. D’Amico’s employment with Monro through August 2018.  During the term of the a greement, Ms. D’Amico will continue in her current role as Monro’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer until December 31, 2016 (the “Executive Period”).  Following the Executive Period and until August 31, 2018, Ms. D’Amico will provide services on a part-time basis as requested by Monro (the “Transition Period”).  

 

Under the a greement and during the E xecutive Period, Ms. D’Amico is paid an annual base salary of $350,200 until March 31, 2015 , and will be paid an annual base salary of $375,000 from April 1, 2015 to the end of the Executive Period .   During the Transition Period, Monro will pay Ms. D’Amico an hourly rate to be agreed upon between the parties .  

 

On August 27, 2014 , and in consideration of her execution of her   a greement, Monro’s Compensation Committee awarded to Ms. D’Amico a five year option to purchase 35,000 shares of Monro’s Common Stock at an exercise price equal to the closing price of Monro’s Common Stock on the date of the award of $52.82 per share, pursuant to our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.  These options will vest equally over four years, beginning August   26, 2015 .

 

In accordance with the policy adopted by Monro’s Compensation Committee in May 2009, no executives’ contracts include any provision for the payment of what is commonly referred to as an “excise tax gross-up” with respect to payments received by an executive upon a Change in Control (as defined in the Agreements) .  

 

NOTE 12 – EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT AND PROFIT SHARING PLANS

 

We sponsor a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan for Monro employees and the former Kimmel Automotive, Inc. employees.  In fiscal 2005, the previously separate Monro and Kimmel pension plans were merged.  The merged plan provides benefits to certain full-time employees who were employed with Monro and with Kimmel prior to April 2, 1998 and May 15, 2001, respectively. 

 

Effective as of those dates, each company’s Board of Directors approved plan amendments whereby the benefits of each of the defined benefit plans would be frozen and the plans would be closed to new participants.  Prior to these amendments, coverage under the plans began after employees completed one year of service and attained age 21 .  Benefits under both plans, and now the merged plan, are based primarily on years of service and employees’ pay near retirement.  The funding policy for Monro’s merged plan is consistent with the funding requirements of Federal law and regulations.  The measurement date used to determine the pension plan measurements disclosed herein is March 31 for both 2015 and 2014.

 

The (underfunded)/overfunded status of Monro’s defined benefit plan is recognized as an other long-term liability/other non-current asset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014, respectively.

 

 

 

 

50


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The funded status of the plan is set forth below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal March

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Change in Plan Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

$

19,369 

 

$

18,224 

Actual return on plan assets

 

 

1,466 

 

 

1,726 

Employee contribution

 

 

 

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(594)

 

 

(581)

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

 

20,241 

 

 

19,369 

Change in Projected Benefit Obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

 

19,048 

 

 

19,285 

Interest cost

 

 

832 

 

 

776 

Actuarial loss (gain)

 

 

2,874 

 

 

(432)

Benefits paid

 

 

(594)

 

 

(581)

Benefit obligation at end of year

 

 

22,160 

 

 

19,048 

(Unfunded) funded status of plan

 

$

(1,919)

 

$

321 

 

The projected and accumulated benefit obligations were equivalent at March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014.

 

The mortality assumption is the basis for determining the longevity of Monro’s pension plan participants and the expected period over which those participants will receive pension benefits.   A recent study released by the Society of Actuaries in the U.S. indicated that life expectancies have increased over the past several years and are longer than what was assumed by most existing mortality tables.  Monro’s projected benefit obligation as of March 28, 2015 reflects a change in the underlying mortality assumption, which reflects improvements in life expectancy consistent with the Society of Actuaries’ study and Monro’s plan specific experience.  Monro’s projected benefit obligation also reflects an increase in the expected rate of future longevity improvement taking into consideration data from multiple sources including the Society of Actuaries’ study and plan specific data.

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Fiscal March

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Unamortized transition obligation

 

$

 

$

Unamortized prior service cost

 

 

 

 

Unamortized net loss

 

 

7,393 

 

 

5,056 

Total

 

$

7,393 

 

$

5,056 

 

Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income consist of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Fiscal March

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Net transition obligation

 

$

 

$

Prior service cost

 

 

 

 

Net actuarial (loss) income

 

 

(2,337)

 

 

1,464 

Total

 

$

(2,337)

 

$

1,464 

 

51


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Pension (income)   expense included the following components:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended Fiscal March

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

 

$

832 

 

$

776 

 

$

793 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(1,388)

 

 

(1,193)

 

 

(1,192)

Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss

 

 

300 

 

 

658 

 

 

517 

Net pension (income) expense

 

$

(256)

 

$

241 

 

$

118 

 

The weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Fiscal March

 

 

2015

 

2014

Discount rate

 

3.69 

%

 

4.42 

%

 

The weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension costs are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended Fiscal March

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

Discount rate

 

4.42 

%

 

4.08 

%

 

4.49 

%

Expected long-term return on assets

 

7.00 

%

 

7.00 

%

 

7.00 

%

 

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is established based upon assumptions related to historical returns and the future expectations for returns for each asset class, as well as the target asset allocation of the pension portfolio.

 

The investment strategy of the plan is to conservatively manage the assets in order to meet the plan’s long-term obligations while maintaining sufficient liquidity to pay current benefits.  This is achieved by holding equity investments while investing a portion of

52


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

assets in long duration bonds to match the long-term nature of the liabilities.  Monro’s general target allocation for the plan is 40% fixed income and 60% equity securities.

 

Monro’s asset allocations, by asset category, are as follows at the end of each year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 28,

 

March 29,

 

 

2015

 

2014

Cash and cash equivalents

 

2.8 

%

 

2.9 

%

Fixed income

 

36.3 

%

 

29.8 

%

Equity securities

 

60.9 

%

 

67.3 

%

Total

 

100.0 

%

 

100.0 

%

 

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  The following table provides fair value measurement information for Monro’s major categories of defined benefit plan assets at March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014, respectively:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at March 28, 2015 Using

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in Active

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Markets for

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

Identical

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

 

Total

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Equity securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. companies

 

$

8,114 

 

$

7,729 

 

$

385 

 

 

 

International companies

 

 

4,212 

 

 

4,212 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. corporate bonds

 

 

7,354 

 

 

 

 

 

7,354 

 

 

 

Cash equivalents

 

 

561 

 

 

 

 

 

561 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

20,241 

 

$

11,941 

 

$

8,300 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at March 29, 2014 Using

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in Active

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Markets for

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

Identical

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

Total

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Equity securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. companies

 

$

8,804 

 

$

7,966 

 

$

838 

 

 

 

International companies

 

 

4,241 

 

 

4,241 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. corporate bonds

 

 

5,462 

 

 

 

 

 

5,462 

 

 

 

International bonds

 

 

302 

 

 

 

 

 

302 

 

 

 

Cash equivalents

 

 

560 

 

 

 

 

 

560 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

19,369 

 

$

12,207 

 

$

7,162 

 

 

 

 

There are no required or expected contributions in fiscal 2016 to the plan.

 

53


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The following pension benefit payments are expected to be paid:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Fiscal March

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

2016 

 

$

780 

2017 

 

 

808 

2018 

 

 

835 

2019 

 

 

880 

2020

 

 

929 

2021 - 2025

 

 

5,448 

 

We have a 401(k)/Profit Sharing Plan that covers full-time employees who meet the age and service requirements of the plan.  The 401(k) salary deferral option was added to the plan during fiscal 2000.  The first employee deferral occurred in March 2000.  We make matching contributions consistent with the provisions of the plan.  Charges to expense for our matching contributions for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 amo unted to approximately $655,000 ,   $612,000 and $615,000 , respectively.  We may also make annual profit sharing contributions to the plan at the discretion of Monro’s Compensation Committee.

 

We have a deferred compensation plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”) to provide an opportunity for additional tax-deferred savings to a select group of management or highly compensated employees.  The Deferred Compensation Plan permits participants to defer all or any portion of the compensation that would otherwise be payable to them for the calendar year.  In addition, Monro will credit to the participants’ accounts such amounts as would have been contributed to Monro’s 401(k)/Profit Sharing Plan but for the limitations that are imposed under the Internal Revenue Code based upon the participants’ status as highly compensated employees.  We may also make such additional discretionary allocations as are determined by the Compensation Committee.  The Deferred Compensation Plan is an unfunded arrangement and the participants or their beneficiaries have an unsecured claim against the general assets of Monro to the extent of their Deferred Compensation Plan benefits.  We maintain accounts to reflect the amounts owed to each participant.  At least annually, the accounts are credited with earnings or losses calculated on the basis of an interest rate or other formula as determined by Monro’s Compensation Committee.  The total liability recorded in our financial statements at March 28, 2015 and March 29, 2014 related to the Deferred Compensation Plan was $1,678,000 and $1,433,000 , respectively.

 

Monro's management bonus plan provides for the payment of annual cash bonus awards to participating employees, as selected by our Board of Directors, based primarily on Monro's attaining pre-tax income targets established by our Board of Directors.  During the years ended March 2 8 , 201 5 and March 29 , 201 4 , we recorded charges to expense of $1,092,000 and $1,066,000 , respectively.  During the year ended March 30, 2013, we recorded a benefit of $66,000 related to the management bonus plan due to an over estimate of expense in fiscal 2012, as well as our failure to meet pre-tax earnings targets.

 

NOTE 13 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

We are currently a party to leases for certain facilities where the lessor is an officer of Monro , or family members of such officer.  Six leases were assumed in March 2004 in connection with the Mr. Tire Acquisition.  The payments under such operating and capital leases amounte d to $717,000 ,   $702,000 and $685,000 for the years ended March 2015 ,   2014 and 2013 , respectively.   These payments are comparable to rents paid to unrelated parties.  No amounts were payable at March 28, 2015 or March 29, 2014 In March 2015, Monro purchased the property and building of one of these leased locations from an officer of Monro and a family member of such officer for approximately $1.0 million.  No related party leases exist, other than the five   remaining leases that were assumed as part of the Mr. Tire Acquisition in March 2004, and no new leases are contemplated.

 

We have a management agreement with an investment banking firm associated with a principal shareholder/director of Monro to provide financial advice.  The agreement provides for an annual fee of $300,000, plus reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses.  During each of the fiscal years 2015 ,   2014 and 2013,   we incurred fees of $300,000 , under this agreement.  No amounts were payable at March 28, 2015 or March 29, 2014 .  In addition, this investment banking firm, from time to time, provides additional investment banking services to us for customary fees.  Approximately half of all payments made to the investment banking firm under the management agreement are paid to another principal shareholder/director of Monro .

 

54


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

NOTE 14 – SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

The following transactions represent non-cash investing and financing activities during the periods indicated:

 

Year ended March 28, 2015

 

In connection with the fiscal 2015 acquisitions (see Note 2) , liabilities were assumed as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of assets acquired

 

$

62,184,000 

Goodwill

 

 

79,316,000 

Gain on bargain purchase

 

 

(386,000)

Cash paid, net of cash acquired

 

 

(84,403,000)

Amounts payable to seller

 

 

(3,507,000)

Liabilities assumed

 

$

53,204,000 

 

In connection with the accounting for capital leases and financing obligations, we increased both property, plant and equipment and capital leases and financing obligations by $11,599,000 .

 

Year ended March 29, 2014

 

In connection with the fiscal 2014 acquisitions (see Note 2), liabilities were assumed as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of assets acquired

 

$

14,330,000 

Goodwill

 

 

17,673,000 

Gain on bargain purchase

 

 

(217,000)

Cash paid, net of cash acquired

 

 

(27,482,000)

Liabilities assumed

 

$

4,304,000 

 

Year ended March 30, 2013

 

In connection with the fiscal 2013 acquisitions, liabilities were assumed as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of assets acquired

 

$

101,926,000 

Goodwill

 

 

117,602,000 

Cash paid, net of cash acquired

 

 

(163,275,000)

Liabilities assumed

 

$

56,253,000 

 

In connection with the exercise of stock options and the satisfaction of tax withholding obligations by Monro’s Chief Executive Officer (see Note 1), an Executive Vice President and two members of Monro’s Board of Directors, we increased current liabilities, Common Stock, paid-in capital and treasury stock by $601,000 ,   $2,000 ,   $2,968,000 and $3,571,000 , respectively. 

 

In connection with the accounting for financing obligations, we increased deferred income tax asset, property, plant and equipment, goodwill, capital leases and financing obligations, other long-term liabilities by $1,164,000 ,   $200,000 ,   $1,899,000 ,   $629,000 and $2,567,000 , respectively and decreased intangible assets by $67,000 .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended Fiscal March

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Cash paid during the year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest, net

 

$

11,119 

 

$

9,099 

 

$

6,914 

Income taxes, net

 

$

26,141 

 

$

25,849 

 

$

22,850 

 

NOTE 1 5   LITIGATION

 

We are currently a party to various claims and legal proceedings incidental to the conduct of our business.  If management believes that a loss arising from any of these matters is probable and can reasonably be estimated, we will record the amount of the loss, or the minimum estimated liability when the loss is estimated using a range, and no point within the range is more probable than another. As

55


 

Table of Contents

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

additional information becomes available, any potential liability related to these matters is assessed and the estimates are revised, if necessary.  Litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and unfavorable rulings could occur and may include monetary damages.  If an unfavorable ruling were to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on the financial position and results of operations of the period in which any such ruling occurs, or in future periods.  However, based on currently available information, management believes that the ultimate outcome of any of these matters, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position , overall trends in results of operations or cash flow .

 

NOTE 1 6 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

In May 201 5 , Monro’s Board of Directors declared a regular quarterly cash dividend of $.15 per common share or common share equivalent to be paid to shareholders of record as of June 1, 2015 .  The dividend will be paid on June 11, 2015 .

 

See Note 2 for a discussion of an acquisition subsequent to March 28, 2015.

 

See Note 11 for a discussion of the employment agreement with our Executive Chairman, Robert G. Gross entered into on Ma y  2 1 , 2015.

 

 

 

 

 

56


 

Table of Contents

 

M O NRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

 

The following table sets forth consolidated statement of incom e data by quarter for the years ended March 2015 and 2014 .  Individual line items summed by quarters may not agree to the annual amounts reported due to rounding.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Quarter Ended

 

 

June

 

Sept.

 

Dec.

 

March

 

 

2014

 

2014

 

2014

 

2015

 

 

(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)

Sales

 

$

217,507 

 

$

221,299 

 

$

236,553 

 

$

219,133 

Cost of sales

 

 

127,485 

 

 

131,827 

 

 

146,357 

 

 

135,473 

Gross profit

 

 

90,022 

 

 

89,472 

 

 

90,196 

 

 

83,660 

Operating, selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

60,612 

 

 

60,545 

 

 

62,237 

 

 

60,167 

Operating income

 

 

29,410 

 

 

28,927 

 

 

27,959 

 

 

23,493 

Interest expense, net

 

 

2,137 

 

 

2,772 

 

 

2,929 

 

 

3,505 

Other income, net

 

 

(80)

 

 

(227)

 

 

(506)

 

 

(97)

Income before provision for income taxes

 

 

27,353 

 

 

26,382 

 

 

25,536 

 

 

20,085 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

10,421 

 

 

10,052 

 

 

9,550 

 

 

7,534 

Net income

 

$

16,932 

 

$

16,330 

 

$

15,986 

 

$

12,551 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

0.53 

 

$

0.51 

 

$

0.50 

 

$

0.39 

Diluted earnings per share (a)

 

$

0.52 

 

$

0.50 

 

$

0.49 

 

$

0.38 

Weighted average number of common
     shares used in computing earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

31,516 

 

 

31,561 

 

 

31,596 

 

 

31,746 

Diluted

 

 

32,777 

 

 

32,778 

 

 

32,837 

 

 

33,010 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Quarter Ended

 

 

June

 

Sept.

 

Dec.

 

March

 

 

2013

 

2013

 

2013

 

2014

 

 

(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)

Sales

 

$

206,172 

 

$

205,321 

 

$

216,695 

 

$

203,244 

Cost of sales

 

 

127,294 

 

 

123,573 

 

 

134,371 

 

 

126,220 

Gross profit

 

 

78,878 

 

 

81,748 

 

 

82,324 

 

 

77,024 

Operating, selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

55,770 

 

 

57,837 

 

 

55,398 

 

 

55,622 

Operating income

 

 

23,108 

 

 

23,911 

 

 

26,926 

 

 

21,402 

Interest expense, net

 

 

1,809 

 

 

2,048 

 

 

3,216 

 

 

2,397 

Other income, net

 

 

(52)

 

 

(179)

 

 

(352)

 

 

(76)

Income before provision for income taxes

 

 

21,351 

 

 

22,042 

 

 

24,062 

 

 

19,081 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

7,779 

 

 

8,392 

 

 

8,733 

 

 

7,173 

Net income

 

$

13,572 

 

$

13,650 

 

$

15,329 

 

$

11,908 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

0.43 

 

$

0.43 

 

$

0.49 

 

$

0.38 

Diluted earnings per share (a)

 

$

0.42 

 

$

0.42 

 

$

0.47 

 

$

0.36 

Weighted average number of common
     shares used in computing earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

31,302 

 

 

31,390 

 

 

31,417 

 

 

31,469 

Diluted

 

 

32,486 

 

 

32,553 

 

 

32,633 

 

 

32,768 

_________________

(a)

Earnings per share for each period was computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock and Common Stock Equivalents outstanding during the respective quarters.

 

57


 

Table of Contents

 

Significant fourth quarter adjustments

 

There were no material, extraordinary, unusual or infrequently occurring items recognized in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 or 2014 .  

 

Ite m 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

None.

 

It em 9A. Controls and Procedures

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports that we file or submit pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (SEC) rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to Monro’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

In conjunction with the close of each fiscal quarter and under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conduct an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures.  It is the conclusion of Monro’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, based upon an evaluation completed as of March 28, 2015, that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that any material information relating to Monro was recorded, processed, summarized and reported to its principal officers to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

 

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.  Monro’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Monro’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Monro; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of Monro are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of Monro; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of Monro's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Based on this evaluation, management concluded that Monro's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 28, 2015, the end of our fiscal year.  Management has reviewed the results of its assessment with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.  The effectiveness of Monro's internal control over financial reporting as of March 28, 2015 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

 

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

 

Monro’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that its disclosure controls and procedures or its internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud.  A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met.  The design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs.  Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within Monro have been detected.  These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake.  Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls.  The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.  Projections of any evaluation of controls’ effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks.  Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.

 

58


 

Table of Contents

 

Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

 

There were no changes in Monro’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended March 28, 2015 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, Monro’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Ite m 9B. Other Information

 

On January 19, 2015, Monro entered into a Purchase and Sale Contract (the “Contract”) with 5910 Liberty Road, LLC (as successor-in-interest to F&J Properties, Inc.) for Monro’s purchase of the store located on Liberty Road in Baltimore, Maryland.  Under the Contract, Monro purchased the land and building for $863,973.  Also on January 19, 2015, Monro entered into a Purchase and Sale Contract (the “Parking Lot Contract”) with DiBartolo Development II, LLC for Monro’s purchase of the parking lot adjacent to the store on Liberty Road.  The purchase price under the Parking Lot Contract was $136,027.  Both closings occurred on March 6, 2015.  Joseph Tomarchio, Jr., an Executive Vice President with Monro, is a member of both 5910 Liberty Road, LLC and DiBartolo Development II, LLC.  This description is qualified in its entirety by the Contract and the Parking Lot Contract, which are attached hereto as Exhibits 10.79d and 10.79e, respectively.

 

 

59


 

Table of Contents

 

PA RT III

 

It em 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Company and Corporate Governance

 

Information concerning the directors and executive officers of Monro is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Election of Directors” and “Executive Officers”, respectively, in the Proxy Statement.

 

Information concerning required Section 16(a) disclosure is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned  “ Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy Statement.

 

Information concerning Monro ’s corporate governance policies and procedures is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Corporate Governance” in the Proxy Statement.

 

Monro ’s directors and executive officers are subject to the provisions of Monro ’s Code of Ethics for Management Employees, Officers and Directors (the “Code”), which is available in the Investor In formation section of Monro ’s web site, www.monro.com .  Changes to the Code and any waiver s are also posted on Monro ’s web site in the Investor Information section.

 

Ite m 11. Executive Compensation

 

Information concerning executive compensation is incorporated herein by reference to the section s captioned “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” and “Executive   Compensation” in the Proxy Statement.

 

Ite m 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

Information concerning Monro ’s shares authorized for issuance under its equity compensation plans at March 28, 2015 and security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated herein by reference to the sections captioned “Security Ownership of Principal Shareholders, Directors and Executive Officers” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in the Proxy Statement.

 

Ite m 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

 

Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions is incorporated herein by reference to the sections captioned “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions ” in the Proxy Statement.

 

Ite m 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

Information concerning Monro ’s principal accounting fees and services is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Approval of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ” in the Proxy Statement.

 

60


 

Table of Contents

 

PA RT IV

 

 

Ite m 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

Financial Statements

 

Reference is made to Item 8 of Part II hereof.

 

Financial Statement Schedules

 

S chedules have been omitted because they are inapplicable, not required, the information is   included elsewhere in the Financial Statements or the notes thereto or is immaterial.  Specific to warranty reserves and related activity, as stated in the Financial Statements, these amounts are immaterial.  

 

Exhibits

 

Reference is made to the Index to Exhibits accompanying this Form 10-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The agreements accompanying this Form 10-K or incorporated herein by reference may contain representations, warranties and other provisions that were made, among other things, to provide the parties thereto with specified rights and obligations and to allocate risk among them, and such agreements should not be relied upon by buyers, sellers or holders of Monro ’s securities.

 

61


 

Table of Contents

 

SIG NATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC.

 

 

 

(Registrant)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John W. Van Heel

 

 

 

John W. Van Heel

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date: May 27, 2015

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ John W. Van Heel

 

Chief Executive Officer, President

 

May 27, 2015

John W. Van Heel

 

and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert G. Gross*

 

Executive Chairman, Director

 

May 27, 2015

Robert G. Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Catherine D’Amico

 

Executive Vice President-Finance,

 

May 27, 2015

Catherine D'Amico

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Frederick M. Danziger*

 

Director

 

May 27, 2015

Frederick M. Danziger

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Donald Glickman*

 

Director

 

May 27, 2015

Donald Glickman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Stephen C. McCluski*

 

Director

 

May 27, 2015

Stephen C. McCluski

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert E. Mellor*

 

Director

 

May 27, 2015

Robert E. Mellor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Peter J. Solomon*

 

Director

 

May 27, 2015

Peter J. Solomon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ James R. Wilen*

 

Director

 

May 27, 2015

James R. Wilen

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Elizabeth A. Wolszon*

 

Director

 

May 27, 2015

Elizabeth A. Wolszon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*  By: /s/ John W. Van Heel

 

 

 

 

   John W. Van Heel, as Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62


 

Table of Contents

 

IND EX TO EXHIBITS

 

The following is a list of all exhibits filed herewith or incorporated by reference herein:

 

 

 

Exhibit No.

Document

3.01*

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, dated July 23, 1991, with Certificate of Amendment, dated November 1, 1991. (SEC File No:0-19357, 1992 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 3.01)

3.01a*

Certificate of Change of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, dated January 26, 1996.  (August 2004 Form S-3, Exhibit 4.1(b))

3.01b*

Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated April 15, 2004.  (August 2004 Form S-3, Exhibit No. 4.1(c))

3.01c*

Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated October 10, 2007. (2008 Form 10-K, Exhibit 3.01c)

3.01d*

Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated August 1, 2012. (2013 Form 10-K, Exhibit 3.01d)

3.02*

Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company, dated August 7, 2012.  (December 2012 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 3.02)

10.01*

2007 Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of June 29, 2007. (May 2008 Form S-8, Exhibit No. 4)**

10.01a*

Amendment No. 1 to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, dated August 9, 2007. (May 2008 Form S-8, Exhibit No. 4.1)**

10.01b*

Amendment No. 2 to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, dated September 27, 2007. (May 2008 Form S-8, Exhibit No. 4.2)**

10.01c*

Amendment No. 3 to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, dated August 10, 2010. (August 2010 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 10.1)**

10.01d*

Amendment No. 4 to the 2 007 Stock Incentive Plan, dated May 16, 2012. (2012 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.01d)**

10.01e*

Amendment No. 5 to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, dated June 28, 2013. (2013 Proxy, Exhibit A)**

10.01f*

Amendment No. 6 to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, dated June 28, 2013. (2014 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.01f)**

10.02*

1994 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan. (March 2001 Form S-8, Exhibit No. 4.1)**

10.02a*

Amendment, dated as of May 12, 1997, to the 1994 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan. (March 2001 Form S-8, Exhibit No. 4.2)**

10.02b*

Amendment, dated as of May 18, 1999, to the 1994 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan. (March 2001 Form S-8, Exhibit No. 4.3)**

10.02c*

Amendment, dated as of August 2, 1999, to the 1994 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan. (2002 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.02c)**

10.02d*

Amendment, dated as of June 12, 2002, to the 1994 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan. (2002 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.02d)**

10.03

Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, dated January 1, 2005 and last amended and restated as of January 1, 2015 **

 

63


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit No.

Document

10.04*

Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. Retirement Plan, adopted February 1, 1972 , and last amended and restated as of April 1, 2013. (2014 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.04) **

10.05

Amended and Restated Profit Sharing Plan, adopted May 1, 1960, and last amended and restated as of December 8, 2014. **

10.06*

Employment Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012 and effective October 1, 2012, between the Company and Robert G. Gross. (August 2012 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 99.2)**

10.08*

1998 Employee Stock Option Plan, effective November 18, 1998. (December 1998 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.3 and March 2001 Form S-8, Exhibit No. 4)**

10.08a*

Amendment, dated May 20, 2003, to the 1998 Employee Stock Option Plan.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.08a)**

10.08b*

Amendment, dated June 8, 2005, to the 1998 Employee Stock Option Plan.  (April 2006 Form S-8 for the 1998 Plan, Exhibit No. 4.2)**

10.08c*

Amendment, dated September 26, 2007, to the 1998 Employee Stock Option Plan. (2008 Form 10-K, Exhibit 10.08c)**

10.10*

2003 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan, effective August 5, 2003.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.10)**

10.10a*

Amendment, dated June 8, 2005, to the 2003 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan.  (April 2006 Form S-8 for the 2003 Plan, Exhibit No. 4.1)**

10.11*

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2011, by and among the Company, RBS Citizens, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and certain lenders party thereto.  (June 2011 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 10.11)

10.11a*

Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2012. (December 2012 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.11a)

10.12*

Security Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2005, by and among the Company, Monro Service Corporation, Monro Leasing, LLC and Charter One Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the lenders party to the Credit Agreement. (June 2005 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.2)

10.13*

Guaranty, dated as of July 13, 2005, of Monro Service Corporation.  (June 2005 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.3)

10.14*

Employment Agreement, dated August 27, 2014 and effective September 1, 2014, between the Company and Catherine D’Amico. (August 2014 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 99.1)

10.15*

Negative Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2005, by and among the Company, Monro Service Corporation, Monro Leasing, LLC and Charter One Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the lenders party to the Credit Agreement.  (June 2005 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.5)

10.16*

Reaffirmation of Loan Papers, dated as of June 13, 2011, by Company (reaffirming, among other things, Company’s agreement, obligation and continuing liability under the Security Agreement and Negative Pledge Agreement, all dated as of July 13, 2005). (2012 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.16)

10.17*

Reaffirmation of Loan Papers, dated as of June 13, 2011, by Monro Service Corporation (reaffirming, among other things, Monro Service Corporation’s agreement, obligation and continuing liability under the Security Agreement, Guaranty and Negative Pledge Agreement, all dated as of July 13, 2005). (2012 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.17)

 

64


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Exhibit No.

Document

10.60*

Lease Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2012, between Monro Service Corporation and the County of Monroe Industrial Development Agency.  (2012 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.60)

10.61*

Leaseback Agreement, dated February 1, 2012 between the County of Monroe Industrial Development Agency and Monro Service Corporation. (2012 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.61)

10.62*

Mortgage Agreement, dated September 28, 1994, between the Company and the City of Rochester, New York.  (1995 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.60)  

10.63*

Lease Agreement, dated October 11, 1994, between the Company and the City of Rochester, New York.  (1995 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.61)  

10.66*

Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated September 19, 1995, between the Company and the County of Monroe Industrial Development Agency. (September 1995 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.00)  

10.67*

Employment Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012 and effective as of October 1, 2012, between the Company and John W. Van Heel. (August 2012 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 99.1)**

10.68*

Employment Agreement, dated December 30, 2010 and effective as of January 1, 2011, between the Company and Catherine D’Amico.  (January 2011 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 99.3)* *

10.69*

Employment Agreement, dated February 11, 2014 and effective April 1, 2014, between the Company and Joseph Tomarchio, Jr. (February 2014 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 99.1)**

10.69a*

Amendment to Employment Agreement of Joseph Tomarchio, Jr., dated May 14, 2014 and effective April 1, 2014, between the Company and Joseph Tomarchio, Jr. (May 2014 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 99.1)**

10.72*†

Supply Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2012, by and between Ashland Consumer Markets (a commercial business unit of Ashland, Inc.) and Monro Service Corporation (December 2012 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.72)

10.77*

Management Incentive Compensation Plan, effective as of June 1, 2002.  (2002 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.77)**

10.79*

Agreement, dated January 1, 1998, between F&J Properties, Inc. and Mr. Tire, Inc., as predecessor-in-interest to the Company, effective January 1, 1998, with respect to Store No. 750.   (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.79)

10.79a*

Assignment and Assumption of Lease, dated March 1, 2004, between Mr. Tire, Inc. and the Company, with respect to Store No. 750.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.79a)

10.79b*

Landlord’s Consent and Estoppel Certificate, dated as of February 27, 2004, by F&J Properties, Inc., with respect to Store No. 750.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.79b)

10.79c*

Renewal letter, dated April 16, 2007, from the Company to F&J Properties, Inc. with respect to Store No. 750. (2007 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.79c)

10.79d

Purchase and Sale Contract, dated January 19, 2015, by and between the Company and 5910 Liberty Road, LLC (as successor-in-interest to F&J Properties, Inc.) with respect to the Company’s purchase of Store No. 750.

10.79e

Purchase and Sale Contract, dated January 19, 2015, by and between the Company and DiBartolo Development II, LLC (as successor-in-interest to F&J Properties, Inc.) with respect to the Company’s purchase of Store No. 750.

10.80*

Agreement, dated January 1, 1997, between The Three Marquees and Mr. Tire, Inc., as predecessor-in-interest to the Company, with respect to Store No. 753.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.80)

10.80a*

Assignment and Assumption of Lease, dated March 1, 2004, between Mr. Tire, Inc. and the Company, with respect to Store No. 753. (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.80a)

10.80b*

Landlord’s Consent and Estoppel Certificate, dated as of February 27, 2004, by The Three Marquees, with respect to Store No. 753. (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.80b)

 

65


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Exhibit No.

Document

10.80c*

Renewal Letter, dated March 6, 2006, from the Company to The Three Marquees, with respect to Store No. 753.  (2006 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.80c)

10.81*

Agreement, dated April 1, 1998, between 425 Manchester Road, LLC and Mr. Tire, Inc., as predecessor-in-interest to the Company, with respect to Store No. 754. (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.81)

10.81a*

Assignment and Assumption of Lease, dated March 1, 2004, between Mr. Tire, Inc. and the Company, with respect to Store No. 754. (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.81a)

10.81b*

Landlord’s Consent and Estoppel Certificate, dated as of February 27, 2004, by 425 Manchester Road, LLC, with respect to Store No. 754. (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.81b)

10.81c*

Renewal Letter, dated June 8, 2007, from the Company to 425 Manchester Road , LLC, with respect to Store No. 754. (2008 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.81c)

10.82*

Agreement, dated January 1, 1997, between The Three Marquees and Mr. Tire, Inc., as predecessor-in-interest to the Company, with respect to Store No. 756. (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.82)

10.82a*

Assignment and Assumption of Lease, dated March 1, 2004, between Mr. Tire, Inc. and the Company, w ith respect to Store No. 756. (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.82a)

10.82b*

Landlord’s Consent and Estoppel Certificate, dated as of February 27, 2004, by The Three Marquees, with respect to Store No. 756. (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.82b)

10.82c*

Renewal Letter, dated March 6, 2006, from the Company to The Three Marquees, with respect to Store No. 756. (2006 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.82c)

10.83*

Agreement, dated January 1, 1997, between The Three Marquees and Mr. Tire, Inc., as predecessor-in-interest to the Company, w ith respect to Store No. 758. (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.83)

10.83a*

Assignment and Assumption of Lease, dated March 1, 2004, between Mr. Tire, Inc. and the Company, with respect to Store No. 758. (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.83a)

10.83b*

Landlord’s Consent and Estoppel Certificate, dated as of February 27, 2004, by The Three Marquees, wi th respect to Store No. 758. (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.83b)

10.83c*

Renewal Letter, dated March 6, 2006, from the Company to The Three Marquees, with respect to Store No. 758. (2006 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.83c)

10.84*

Agreement, dated September 2, 1999, between LPR Associates and Mr. Tire, Inc., as predecessor-in-interest to the Company, wi th respect to Store No. 765. (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.84)

10.84a*

Assignment and Assumption of Lease, dated March 1, 2004, between Mr. Tire, Inc. and the Company, with respect to Store No. 765. (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.84a)

10.84b*

Landlord’s Consent and Estoppel Certificate, dated as of February 27, 2004, by LPR Associates, with respect to Store No. 765. (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.84b)

10.84c*

Renewal Letter, dated October 29, 2008, from the Company to LPR Associates with respect to Store No. 765. (2009 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.84c)

10.84d*

Renewal Letter, dated December 4, 2013, from the Company to LPR Associates with respect to Store No. 765. (2014 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.84d)

21.01

Subsidiaries of the Company.

23.01

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

 

66


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Exhibit No.

Document

24.01

Powers of Attorney.

31.1

Certification of John W. Van Heel, Chief Executive Officer.

31.2

Certification of Catherine D’Amico, Executive Vice President – Finance and Chief Financial Officer.

32.1

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 (Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002).

 

101.INS‡—XBRL Instance Document

 

101.LAB‡—XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase

 

101.PRE‡—XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

 

101.SCH‡—XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Linkbase

 

101.DEF‡—XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

 

 

 

 

*

An asterisk "*" following an exhibit number indicates that the exhibit is incorporated herein by reference to an exhibit to one of the following documents:  (1) the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-41290), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 19, 1991 ("Form S-1"); (2) Amendment No. 1 thereto, filed July 22, 1991 ("Amendment No. 1"); (3) the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1992 ("1992 Form 10-K"); (4) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995 (“1995 Form 10-K”); (5) the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1995 (“September 1995 Form 10-Q”); (6) the Company’s Registration Statements on Forms S-8, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 22, 2001 (each a “March 2001 Form S-8”); (7) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2002 (“2002 Form 10-K”); (8) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 28, 2003 (“2003 Form 10-K”); (9) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 27, 2004 (“2004 Form 10-K”); (10) the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-118176), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 12, 2004 (“August 2004 Form S-3”); (11) the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 25, 2005 (“June 2005 Form 10-Q”); (12) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 31, 2006 (“March 2006 Form 8-K/A”); (13) the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-133044) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 6, 2006.  (“April 2006 Form S-8 for 2003 Plan”); (14) the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-133045) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 6, 2006.  (“April 2006 Form S-8 for 1998 Plan”); (15) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 25, 2006  (“2006 Form 10-K”);  (16) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 (“2007 Form 10-K”); (17) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended March 29, 2008 (“2008 Form 10-K”); (18) the Company’s Registration Statement on Form

 

67


 

Table of Contents

 

 

S-8 (Registration No. 333-151196) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 27, 2008 (“May 2008 Form S-8”);  (19)  the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 28, 2009 (“2009 Form 10-K”); (20) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 12, 2010 (“August 2010 Form 8-K”); (21) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on January 4, 2011 (“January 2011 Form 8-K”);  (22) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 26, 2011 (“2011 Form 10-K”); (23) t he Company’s Annual Report on F o r m 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 (“2012 Form 10-K”); (24) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on June 16, 2011 (“June 2011 Form 8-K”); (25) t he Company’s Current Report on F orm 8-K, filed August 9, 2012 (“August 2012 Form 8-K”); (26) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on December 20, 2012 (“December 2012 Form 8-K”); (27) the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended December 29, 2012 (“December 2012 Form 10-Q”); (28) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed February 11, 2014 (“February 2014 Form 8-K”); (29) the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2013 (“2013 Form 10-K”); (30) the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Form DEF14A, filed June 10, 2013 (“2013 Proxy”); (31) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed May 20, 2014 (“May 20 14 Form 8-K”); (32) the Annual R eport on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 29, 2014 (“2014 Form 10-K”); and (33) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed August 29, 2014 (“August 2014 Form 8-K”) .  The appropriate document and exhibit number are indicated in parentheses.

**

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this Form 10-K pursuant to Item 14(c) hereof.

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment in accordance with Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement of prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 or deemed filed for purpose of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.

 

68


Exhibit 10.03

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”) hereby amends and restates, effective unless otherwise noted as of January 1, 2015 , the Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (hereinafter referred to as the “ Plan ”).  The purpose of the Plan is to provide deferred compensation benefits to a select group of management or highly compensated employees . The Plan is an unfunded arrangement and is intended to be exempt from the participation, vesting, funding, and fiduciary requirements set forth in Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. The Plan is intended to comply with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.

ARTICLE 1

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

1.1 Eligibility

Any key management employee who satisfies the definition of being within “a select group of management or highly compensated employees” under Title I of ERISA pursuant to such guidelines and other eligibility requirements as may be established by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Committee ”) may become a participant (a “ Participant ”) in the Plan.  Generally, eligibility will be limited to (1) employees who are highly compensated employees with the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Tax Code, (2) field employees working in the position of Zone Manager or higher, or (3) management-level employees working in the Company’s central offices.  An eligible employee shall receive written notice of his or her eligibility to participate in the Plan, the receipt of which shall constitute the date of initial Plan eligibility.  The Administrator may at any time, in its sole discretion, change the eligibility criteria for an eligible employee or determine that one or more Participants will cease to be an eligible employee .   The designation of an employee as an eligible employee in any year shall not confer upon such employee any right to be designated as an eligible employee in any future calendar year .

1.2 Commencement of Participation

Each eligible employee shall become a Participant at the earlier of the date on which his or her deferral election first becomes effective or the date on which an Company Discretionary Contribution is first credited to his or her Account.

1.3 Loss of eligible employee Status

A Participant who is no longer an eligible employee shall not be permitted to submit a deferral election and all defer rals for such Participant shall cease as of the end of the calendar year in which such Participant is determined to no longer be an eligible employee . Amounts credited to the Account of a Participant who is no longer an eligible employee shall continue to be held pursuant to the terms of the Plan and shall be distributed as provided in Article 6.

4827-8447-8243. 3


 

 

- 2 -

 

ARTICLE 2

CONTRIBUTIONS AND VESTING

2.1 Deferral Elections – General

(a) Election Procedure.     A Participant is required to file with t he Company an election form for any deferrals of salary or performance compensation occurring in a calendar year (in accordance with the election timing rules described herein).  A Participant’s deferral election is irrevocable for the applicable calendar year.  If a Participant fails to file an election form with the Company on a timely basis, the Participant will forfeit the associate d deferral opportunity for that year.  If a Participant files a timely election that is incomplete or otherwise invalid with respect to the time of payment and/or payment method, the default time of payment shall be the Participant’s Separation from Service and the default form of payment shall be a lump sum, subject to all other applicable provisions of the Plan.    

(b) Coordination with Profit Sharing Plan .  A Participant must elect the maximum deferral opportunity permitted under the Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan (the “ Profit Sharing Plan ) as a condition to making a deferral election under this Plan for the same calendar year.  The Administrator may restrict a Participant’s ability to make mid-year changes to his or her deferral election under the Profit Sharing Plan to maintain the coordination with this Plan or to avoid a violation of Code Section 409A.

2.2 Time of Election

(a) Regular Compensation.  An eligible employee may defer regular compensation under this Plan only by making a written election with the Company before the beginning of the calendar year in which he/she will perform the services to which the deferred compensation relates. 

(b) Bonus and Performance Compensation.     Bonuses and other performance compensation based on a performance period of 12 months or more may be deferred if the bonus deferral election is made at least six months prior to the end of the performance period. 

(c) Newly Eligible Participants .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the first year an employee becomes eligible to participate, both regular compensation and bonus deferral elections may be made at any time up to 30 days after the date the employee first becomes eligible but only with respect to compensation or bonus earned after the election is made.  A bonus deferral election made during the performance period shall be subject to any applicable proration requirement under Code Section 409A.  Such written elections shall include: ( i ) the amount to be deferred; ( ii ) the payment method for receiving retirement benefits; and ( iii ) the time of payment.    

2.3 Cancellation of Deferral Election Due to Disability or Hardship

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, a   Participant may file an election to stop defer rals under the following circumstances :     (i) the Participant incurs a Disability as defined in Section 4.7; (ii) the Participant has an Unforeseeable Emergency as defined in Section 4.5 , or (iii) the Participant receives a hardship distribution under the Profit Sharing Plan pursuant to Treasury

4827-8447-8243.3


 

 

- 3 -

 

Regulation 1.401(k)-1(d)(3).  The election to stop deferrals shall be effective as of the date received by the Administrator, provided that such cancellation must occur by the later of the end of the calendar year in which the qualifying event occurred or the 15th day of the third month following the date of the qualifying event .

2.4 Company Discretionary Contribution s

(a) Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions E ach year the Company shall contribute for each Participant the amount , if any, that but for such Participant’s status as a “highly compensated employee,” would have been contributed by the Company to the Profit Sharing Plan   as an employer profit sharing contrib ution for such Participant. 

(b) Discretionary Matching Contributions .   The Company shall also contribute for each Participant the amount that it would have contributed to the Profit Sharing Plan for such Participant as a matching contribution if the Participant had not been restricted in the amount of contributions he could make to the Profit Sharing Plan due to nondiscrimination testing limits or other contribution limits that apply to highly compensated employees under the Profit Sharing Plan (provided that any matching contributions to this Plan shall not take into account compensation that exceeds the annual compensation limit of Code Section 401(a)(17)), as well as any additional discretionary amounts as the Committee shall determine.  As a condition to receiving any Company matching contributions into this Plan for a calendar year, the Participant agrees that (i) he or she shall contribute the maximum amount eligible for ma tching contributions under the Profit Sharing Plan, and (ii) his or her deferral election under the Profit Sharing Plan shall be irrevocable for the calendar year.  

2.5 Vesting of Company Contributions

The portion of the Participant’s Account attributable to his own contributions and the earnings on them are 100 percent vested at all times.  The portion of the Participant’s Account attributable to Company contributions and the earnings on them shall be subject to the vesting schedule for Company matching contributions under the Company’s Profit Sharing Plan, as amended from time to time.  At the time this Section is initially effective, vesting is 25 percent after two years of service, 50 percent after three years of service, 75 percent after four years of service, and full vesting after five years of service and for all subsequent years.  Any amounts credited to a Participant’s Account that are not vested shall be forfeited upon the earlier of (a) the date the Participant Separat es from service, or (b) the date the Participant commences payment of benefits.

ARTICLE 3

DEFERRED COMPENSATION

3.1 Deferred Compensation Account

The Company shall establish and maintain a deferred compensation account (an “ Account ”) for each Participant for purposes of measuring the amounts payable under the Plan.  The amount of salary and bonus deferred hereunder shall be credited to this Account as of the date such amounts otherwise would be payable to the Participant.  The Company contributions

4827-8447-8243.3


 

 

- 4 –

 

determined pursuant to Article 2 shall be credited to this Account as of the date such amounts otherwise would have been contributed to the Profit Sharing Plan.

3.2 Account Earnings and Losses

Each Account shall be credited with earnings or charged with losses until the entire amount credited to the Account has been distributed to the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary in accordance with a written beneficiary designation which has been delivered to the Company.  Earnings and losses on the amounts credited to an Account shall be calculated on the basis of an interest rate or other formula established by the Board of Directors upon the recommendation of the Committee .

ARTICLE 4

DISTRIBUTION

4.1 Distribution Election

Subject to the special timing rules in this S ection, a Participant’s benefit shall be distributed at such time and in such form as the Participant has elected in his or her deferral election.  A Participant may elect as the time of payment either a specified date or the earlier of a specified date or Separation from Service For purposes of this Plan, a “ Separation from Service ” means a “ separation from service ” within the meaning of Code Section 409A.  A Separation from Service shall not be deemed to occur if the Participant’s employment relationship is treated as continuing intact while the individual is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the individual retains a right to reemployment with the Company under an applicable statute or by contract.

4.2 Optional Fo rms of Distribution

The form of payment shall be in a single cash sum or in substantially equal annual installments over a period not to exceed 10 years as elected by the Participant in the deferral election.  In any event, the amount payable to a Participant shall not exceed the portion of his or her Account that is vested on the date of the triggering event.  

4.3 Substantially Equal Annual Installments

The amount of the substantially equal payments shall be determined by multiplying the Participant’s Account by a fraction, the denominator of which in the first year of payment equals the number of years over which benefits are to be paid, and the numerator of which is one (1). The amounts of the payments for each succeeding year shall be determined by multiplying the Participant’s Account as of the applicable anniversary of the payout by a fraction, the denominator of which equals the number of remaining years over which benefits are to be paid, and the numerator of which is one (1).   Installment payments made pursuant to this Section shall be made as soon as administratively feasible but no later than sixty (60) days following the anniversary of the distribution event, subject to Section 4.9 (Distributions to Certain Key Employees ) .

4.4 Commencing Distributions after Age 65

4827-8447-8243.3


 

 

- 5 -

 

Notwithstanding the Participant’s election, if his or her elected time of payment occurs after his or her 65th birthday and Separation from Service occurs prior to the elected payment date, the benefit commencement date shall be the earlier of the elected date or the fifth anniversary of the date of Separat ion.  If a benefit is payable in full, or, in the case of installments, to commence, as of a specified date, payments shall be made or commence no later than December 31 of the specified year .  If a benefit is payable on account of Separation from Service, it shall be paid or commence as soon as administratively practicable but no later than the later of (i) December 31 of the year in which the Separat ion occurs, or (ii) 90 days following the Separat ion.  In no event will payments be made or commence earlier than two years following the deferral

4.5 Accelerated Distributions for an Unforeseeable Emergency

In the case of an U nforeseeable E mergency, the Administrator shall distribute all or a portion of the vested portion of an Account before the payment date specified in the Participant’s deferral election, but the amount of the distribution shall not exceed the amount needed to relieve the Unforeseeable Emergency .  For this purpose, the Employee Benefits Committee shall determine the existence of an U nforeseeabl e   E mergency under such rules as it may establish provided that in no event shall a distribution be made that fails to satisfy the definition of an Unforeseeable Emergency as set forth in Code Section 409A.  For purposes of the Plan, the term “ U nforeseeable E mergency ”   s hall mean an unanticipated emergency that is caused by an event beyond the control of the Participant that would result in severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from (i) an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or the Participant’s dependent (as defined in Code Section 152(a)), (ii) loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or (iii) other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant, all as determined in the sole discretion of the Employee Benefits Committee .

4.6 Distributions upon Death

In the case of the death of any Participant before distribution of the full amount of his or her Account, any remaining amounts shall be distributed to the Participant’s beneficiary in a single cash sum or in installments over a period not to exceed 10 years as designated on the deferral election.  If a Participant has not designated a beneficiary, or if no designated beneficiary is living on the date of distribution, then, notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, such amounts shall be distributed to such Participant’s estate in a lump sum distribution as soon as administratively feasible and in any event no later than   the late r of (1) the last day of the calendar year in which the death occurred, or (2) the 15th day of the third month following the date of death, prov ided that the Participant may not directly or indirectly designate the taxable year of payment.  If the deferral election fails to specify the form of payment to a beneficiary, payment shall be made in a single cash sum.

4.7 Distributions Due to Disability

If a Participant becomes D isabled prior to commencement of benefits, his or her vested Account shall commence as soon as administratively practicable and in any event no later than the later of (1) the last day of the calendar year in which the Disability occurred, or (2) the 15 th day of the third month following the date of Disability , provided that the Participant may not

4827-8447-8243.3


 

 

- 6 -

 

directly or indirectly designate the taxable year of payment.  Payment shall be made in the form of payment designated in the deferral election.  For purpose s of the Plan ,   a Participant shall be considered to have incurred a Disability if: (i) the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; (ii) the Participant is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Participant’s e mployer; or (iii) determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration a “ Disability ”) .

4.8 Changes to Distribution Elections

Except for earlier payments expressly authorized by this Plan and Code Section 409A, no benefit may be paid earlier than the date specified in a deferral election.  In addition, no subsequent deferral election shall be permitted to extend the payment of benefits beyond the payment date set forth in the relevant deferral election, except for a subsequent deferral election that satisfies all of the following conditions:

the subsequent election must be made 12 months or more prior to the previously-selected payment date; and

the new payment commencement date must be at least five years later than the previously-selected payment date; and

the subsequent election may not be effective until at least 12 months after the date on which it is made.

Only one such subsequent deferral election may be made after the initial deferral election.  A Participant with a post-65 elected payment date may make a subsequent deferral election in accordance with this Section, provided that the new payment commencement date may not extend beyond the later of (i) five years later than the previously-selected payment date, or (ii) the fifth anniversary of the date of Separat ion.

4.9 Distributions to Certain Key Employees

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, to the extent required by Code Section 409A no distribution shall be made to a Specified Employee on account of a Separat ion of Service earlier than six months after the date of Separat ion from Service.  Any payments to a   Specified Employee that are postponed pursuant to this Section shall be accumulated and paid on the first day of the seventh month following the date of Separation from Service .  For purposes of this Plan, the term “ Specified Employee ” means an employee who meets the requirements of Section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii) or (iii) of the Code (applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and without regard to Section 416(i)(5) of the Code) at any time during the twelve   month period ending on December 31 of each year (the “ identification date ”).  If the person is a key employee as of any identification date, the person is treated as a Specified Employee for the twelve-month period beginning on the first day of the fourth month following the identification date.

4827-8447-8243.3


 

 

- 7 -

 

4.10 De Minimus   Amounts

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, if a Participant has Separated from Service, the Company may distribute a Participant’s vested balance at any time if the balance does not exceed the limit in Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code (currently $18,000 in 2015 and indexed for inflation for future years) and results in the termination of the Participant’s entire interest in the Plan as provided under Section 409A of the Code.

ARTICLE 5

AMENDMENT AND TERMINA TION OF PLAN

The   Company reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan at any time.  However, the time and method of payment of any amounts credited to an Account of any Participant shall remain subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Participant’s deferral election except as otherwise permitted by Code Section 409A and regulations thereunder.  No amendment or termination shall directly or indirectly reduce the balance of any Account as of the effective date of such amendment or termination.  No additional credits or contributions will be made to the Accounts after termination of the Plan, but earnings may continue to be credited to the Accounts and any losses shall be charged to the Accounts until all benefits are distributed to the Participants or to their beneficiaries.

ARTICLE 6

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

6.1 Routine Benefit Payments

Routine payment of Plan benefits shall be made in accordance with the Plan and a Participant’s deferral election ( s ) without the need to for a Participant to file a claim for benefits.    If a Participant believes he or she has a right to a benefit under the Plan that has not been received, the Participant may file a claim for the benefit in accordance with the claims review procedure in this Section.

6.2 Claims Reviewer

For purposes of handling claims with respect to this Plan, the “ Claims Reviewer ” shall be the Employee Benefits Committee , unless another person or organizational unit is designated by the Company as Claims Reviewer.

6.3 Claims Review Procedure

An initial claim for benefits under the Plan must be made by the Participant or his or her beneficiary in accordance with the terms of the Plan.  A Participant or beneficiary who desires to make a claim for benefits should contact the Human Resources Department.   Not later than 90 days after receipt of such a claim, the Claims Reviewer will render a written decision on the claim to the claimant, unless special circumstances require the extension of such 90-day period.  If such extension is necessary, the Claims Reviewer shall provide the claimant with written notification of such extension before the expiration of the initial 90-day period.  Such notice shall specify the

4827-8447-8243.3


 

 

- 8 -

 

reason or reasons for such extension and the date by which a final decision can be expected. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 90 days from the end of the initial 90-day period.  In the event the Claims Reviewer denies the claim of a claimant in whole or in part, the Claims Reviewer’s written notification shall specify, in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant:  the reason for the denial; a reference to the Plan or other document or form that is the basis for the denial; a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim; an explanation as to why such information or material is necessary; and an explanation of the applicable claims procedure. 

6.4 Right of Appeal

Should the claim be denied in whole or in part and should the claimant be dissatisfied with the Claims Reviewer’s disposition of the claimant’s claim, the claimant may have a full and fair review of the claim by the Company upon written request submitted by the claimant or the claimant’s duly authorized representative, and received by the Company within 60 days after the claimant receives written notification that the claimant’s claim has been denied. In connection with such review, the claimant or the claimant’s duly authorized representative shall be entitled to review pertinent documents and submit the claimant’s views as to the issues, in writing. 

6.5 Review of Appeal

The Company shall act to deny or accept the claim within 60 days after receipt of the claimant’s written request for review, unless special circumstances require the extension of such 60-day period.  If such extension is necessary, the Company shall provide the claimant with written notification of such extension before the expiration of such initial 60-day period.  In all events, the Company shall act to deny or accept the claim within 120 days of the receipt of the claimant’s written request for review.  The action of the Company shall be in the form of a written notice to the claimant and its contents shall include all of the requirements for action on the original claim. 

6.6 Exhaustion of Remedies/Limitation on Legal Actions

In no event may a claimant commence legal action for benefits the claimant believes are due the claimant until the claimant has exhausted all of the remedies and procedures afforded the claimant by this Article 6 .  No such legal action may be made after the earlier of (1) the applicable statute of limitations or (2) one year after the date of the Company’s final decision.     Any dispute, claim or controversy concerning this Plan shall be adjudicated in a court of competent jurisdiction located in Rochester, New York.

ARTICLE 7

MISCELLANEOUS

7.1 Unfunded Plan

The Plan constitutes a mere promise by the Company to make benefit payments in the future.  The right of a Participant or beneficiary to receive a distribution hereunder shall be an unsecured, contractual claim, and neither a Participant nor his or her designated beneficiary shall have any rights greater than those of a general, unsecured creditor against any assets of the

4827-8447-8243.3


 

 

- 9 -

 

Company.  The Plan at all times shall be considered entirely unfunded both for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. 

7.2 No Assignment

Accounts under this Plan and any benefits which may be payable pursuant to this Plan are not subject in any manner to anticipation, sale, alienation, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors of a Participant or beneficiary.  No interest or right to receive a benefit may be taken, either voluntarily or involuntarily, for the satisfaction of the debts of, or other obligations or claims against, such person or entity, including claims for alimony, support, separate maintenance and claims in bankruptcy proceedings.  The rights of an eligible employee under this Plan shall not be transferable, voluntarily or involuntarily, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and are exercisable during the eligible employee ’s lifetime only by the eligible employee or the eligible employee ’s guardian or legal representative.

7.3 Administrator

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee or its designee, which shall have the exclusive authority, duty and power to interpret and construe the provisions of the Plan as the y deem appropriate including the authority to determine eligibility for benefits under the Plan.  As set forth in the Plan, the Committee has delegated certain administrative responsibilities to the Company’s Employee Benefits Committee (the “ Employee Benefits Committee ”) and to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Human Resources, acting in consultation with each other (such personnel are referred to as the “ Administrator ”).  The Administrator shall have the duty and responsibility of maintaining records, making the requisite calculations and disbursing the payments hereunder.  The interpretations, determinations, regulations and calculations of the Committee, Employee Benefits Committee and the Administrator (or other designee), as applicable, shall be final and binding on all parties.

7.4 Expenses

Expenses of administration shall be paid by the Company.  The Administrator shall be entitled to rely on all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions, data and reports furnished by any actuary, accountant, controller, counsel or other person employed or retained by the Company with respect to the Plan.

7.5 Account Statements

The Administrator shall furnish individual annual statements of benefits to each Participant, or current beneficiary, in such form as determined by the Administrator or as required by law.

7.6 No Funding Guarantee; No Employment Rights

The sole rights of a Participant or beneficiary under this Plan shall be to have this Plan administered according to its provisions and to receive whatever benefits he or she may be entitled to hereunder, and nothing in the Plan shall be interpreted as a guaranty that any assets of the Company will be sufficient to pay any benefit hereunder.  Further, the adoption and maintenance

4827-8447-8243.3


 

 

- 10 -

 

of this Plan shall not be construed as creating any contract of employment between the Company and any Participant.  The Plan shall not affect the right of the Company to deal with any Participants in employment respects, including their hiring, discharge, compensation, and conditions of employment.

7.7 Incompetency

The Employee Benefits Committee may from time to time establish rules and procedures which it determines to be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan and the benefits payable to an individual in the event that the individual is declared incompetent and a conservator or other person legally charged with that individual’s care is appointed.  Except as otherwise provided herein, when the Company determines that such individual is unable to manage his or her financial affairs, the Company may pay such individual’s benefits to such conservator, person legally charged with such individual’s care, or institution then contributing toward or providing for the care and maintenance of such individual.  Any such payment shall constitute a complete discharge of any liability of the Company and the Plan for such individual.

7.8 Merger or Consolidation; Assumption of Plan

The Plan   may be continued after a sale of assets of the Company, or a merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another corporation or entity only if and to the extent that the transferee, purchaser or successor entity agrees to continue the Plan.  In the event that the Plan is not continued by the transferee, purchaser or successor entity, then the Plan shall be terminated subject to the provisions of Article 4.

7.9 Missing Participants

Each Participant shall keep the Company informed of his or her current address and the current address of any designated beneficiary.  The Company shall not be obligated to search for any person.  If such person is not located within three (3) years after the date on which payment of the Participant’s benefits payable under this Plan may first be made, payment may be made as though the Participant or his or her beneficiary had died at the end of such three-year period.

7.10 Other Benefits

Unless expressly provided thereunder, the amounts to which a Participant is entitled under the Plan shall not be deemed to be compensation for the purpose of calculating the amount of a Participant’s benefits or contributions under a pension plan or retirement plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the amount of life insurance payable under any life insurance plan established or maintained by the Company, or the amount of any disability benefit payments payable under any disability plan established or maintained by the Company, except to the extent specifically provided in any such plan.

7.11 Headings

The captions of Sections and paragraphs of this Plan are for convenience of reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

4827-8447-8243.3


 

 

- 11 -

 

7.12 Taxes and Withholdings

To the extent required by the laws in effect at the time compensation or deferred compensation payments are made, the Company shall withhold from such compensation, or from deferred compensation payments made hereunder, any taxes required to be withheld for federal, state or local government purposes.

7.13 Limitation of Liability

Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, neither the Company nor any individual acting as an employee or agent of the Company shall be liable to any Participant, former Participant, designated beneficiary, or any other person for any claim, loss, liability or expense incurred in connection with the Plan, unless attributable to fraud or willful misconduct on the part of the Company or any such employee or agent of the Company.  

7.14 Setoff

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Administrator may reduce the amount of any payment otherwise payable to or on behalf of a Participant hereunder (net of any required withholdings) at the time payment is due by the amount of any loan, cash advance, extension of credit or other obligation of the Participant to the Company that is then due and payable, and the Participant shall be deemed to hav e consented to such reduction.

7.15 Reliance on Data

The Company and the Administrator shall have the right to rely on any data provided by the Participant or by any b eneficiary.   Representations of such data shall be binding upon any party seeking to claim a benefit through a Participant, and the Company and the Administrator shall have no obligation to inquire into the accuracy of any representation made at any time by a Pa rticipant or b eneficiary.

7.16 Receipt and Release for Payments

A ny payment made from the Plan to or with respect to any Participant or beneficiary shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Plan and the Company with respect to the Plan.   The recipient of any payment from the Plan may be required by the Administrator , as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release with respect thereto in such form as shall be acceptable to the Administrator .

7.17 Governing Law

All questions pertaining to the construction, validity and effect of the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the United States and to the extent not preempted by such laws, by the laws of the State of New York.

7.18 Code Section 409A Fail Safe Provision

4827-8447-8243.3


 

 

- 12 -

 

This Plan shall be governed by and subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A and shall be interpreted and administered in accordance with that intent.  If any provision of this Plan would otherwise conflict with or frustrate this intent, that provision will be interpreted and deemed amended so as to avoid the conflict.  The Committee reserves the right to take any action it deems appropriate or necessary to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A.  Since this Plan is intended to operate in conjunction with the Profit Sharing Plan, any questions concerning plan administration or the calculation of benefits that arise but are not specifically addressed by this Plan shall be considered in light of the Profit Sharing Plan.  In addition, unless the context requires otherwise, the terms used in this Plan shall have the same meaning as the same terms used in the Profit Sharing Plan.  Notwithstanding any other provision, this restatement of the Plan shall not modify the form and timing of any deferrals made prior to the restatement effective date except to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A.  Any installment payments under the Plan shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment will at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment.

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC.

 

By:________________________________

 

Title:_______________________________

4827-8447-8243.3


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. PROFIT SHARING PLAN

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT #003

VOLUME SUBMITTER 401(k) PLAN

 

The undersigned Employer, by executing this Adoption Agreement, establishes a retirement plan and trust (collectively "Plan") under the Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan and Trust (basic plan document #08). The Employer, subject to the Employer's Adoption Agreement elections, adopts fully the Volume Submitter Plan and Trust provisions. This Adoption Agreement, the basic plan document and any attached Appendices or agreements permitted or referenced therein, constitute the Employer's entire plan and trust document. All "Election" references within this Adoption Agreement are Adoption Agreement Elections. All "Article" or "Section" references are b asic plan document references. Numbers in parentheses which follow election numbers are basic plan document references. Where an Adoption Agreement election calls for the Employer to supply text, the Employer (without altering the content of any existing printed text) may lengthen any space or line, or create additional tiers. When Employer-supplied text uses terms substantially similar to existing printed options, all clarifications and caveats applicable to the printed options apply to the Employer -supplied text unless the context requires otherwise. The Employer makes the following elections granted under the corresponding provisions of the basic plan document.

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

1.       EMPLOYER   (1.24) .

Name: Monro Muffler Brake, Inc.    

Address: 200 Holleder Parkway, Rochester, New York 14615  

Phone number: 1-800-876-6676

Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 16-0838627

E-mail (optional ) :   ____________

Employer's Taxable Year (optional) :   March 31st

 

2.       PLAN   (1.42) .

Name: Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan  

Plan number:   001        (3 -digit number for Form 5500 reporting)

Trust EIN (optional ) ____________

 

3.       PLAN/LIMITATION YEAR   (1.44/1.34) . Plan Year and Limitation Year mean the 12 consecutive month period (except for a short   Plan/Limitation Year) ending every:

[ Note: Complete any applicable blanks under Election 3 with a specific date, e.g., June 30 OR the last day of February OR the first   Tuesday in January. In the case of a Short Plan Year or a Short Limitation Year, include the year, e.g., May 1, 2014. ]

Plan Year (Choose one of (a) or (b). Choose (c) if applicable.) :  

(a)   [   ]    December 31.

(b)   [X]    Fiscal Plan Year: ending:  March 31st  .

(c)   [   ]    Short Plan Year: commencing:                                        and ending:                                         .

Limitation Year (Choose one of (d) or (e). Choose (f) if applicable.) :

(d)   [X]    Generally same as Plan Year. The Limitation Year is the same as the Plan Year except where the Plan Year is a short year in which event the Limitation Year is always a 12 month period, unless the short Plan Year (and s hort Limitation Year) result fr om a Plan amendment.

(e)   [   ]    Different Limitation Year: ending:                                        .

(f)    [   ]    Short Limitation Year: commencing:                                        and ending:                                        .

 

4.    EFFECTIVE DATE   (1.20) . The Employer's adoption of the Plan is a (Choose one of (a) or (b). Complete (c) if new plan OR complete   (c) and (d) if an amendment and restatement. Choose (e) and (f) if applicable.) :

(a)   [   ]    New Plan.

(b)   [X]    Restated Plan.

PPA RESTATEMENT (leave blank if not applicable)

(1)     [X]    This is an amendment and restatement to bring a plan into compliance with the Pension Protection Act of 2006 ("PPA")   and other legislative and regulatory changes.

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

2


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

Initial Effective Date of Plan (enter date)

(c)   [X]   May 1, 1960 (hereinafter called the "Effective Date" unless 4(d) is entered below)

Restatement Effective Date (If this is an amendment and restatement, enter effective date of the restatement.)

(d)   [X]   December 8, 2014 (enter month day, year; may enter a restatement date that is the first day of the current Plan Year. The Plan contains appropriat e retroactive effectiv e date s with respect to provisions fo r the appropriat e law s if th e Plan i s a PPA Restatement.) (hereinafter called the "Effective Date")

[ Note :   See Section 1.54 for the definition of Restated Plan. If this Plan is a PPA Restatement, the PPA restatement Effective Date ma y be a current date (as the basic plan document supplies the Effective Dates of various PPA and other provisions) or may be a retro active date. If specific Plan provisions, as reflected in this Adoption Agreement and the basic plan documents, do not have the Effective Date stated in this Election 4, indicate as such in the election where called for or in Appendix A. ]

(e)   [   ]    Restatement of surviving and merging plans. The Plan restates two (or more) plans (Complete 4(c) and (d) above for this (surviving) Plan. Complete (1) below for the merging plan. Choose (2) if applicable.  Unless otherwise noted, the restated Effective Date with regard to a merging plan is the later of the date of the merger or the restated Effective Date of this Plan.) :

(1)  Merging plan. The __________________________________________ Plan was or will be merged into this surviving Plan as of: _______ . The merging plan's restated Effective Date is: ___________________ . The merging plan's original Effective Date was: _____________ .

[ See the Note under Election 4(d) if this document is the merging plan's PPA restatement. ]

(2)     [   ]    Additional merging plans. The following additional plans were or will be merged into this surviving Plan (Complete a. and b. as applicable.) :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restated

 

Original

 

Name of merging plan

 

Merger date

 

Effective Date

 

Effective Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)    [   ]    Special Effective Date for Elective Deferral provisions: ___________________________________

[ Note: If Elective Deferral provision is not effective as of the Initial Effective Date or the Restatement Effective Date, enter the date as of which the Elective Deferral provision is effective. The Special Effective Date may not precede the date on which the Employer adopted the Plan. ]

 

5.    TRUSTEE   (1.67) . The Trustee executing this Adoption Agreement is (Choose one or more of (a), (b), or (c). Choose (d) or (e)   if applicable.) :

(a)   [   ]    A discretionary Trustee. See Section 8.02(A).

(b)   [X]    A nondiscretionary (directed) Trustee or Custodian. See Section 8.02(B).

(c)   [   ]    A Trustee under the:                                           (specify name of trust) , a separate trust agreement the Trustee has executed and that the IRS has approved for use with this Plan. Under this Election 5(c) the Trustee is not executing the Adoption Agreement and Article VIII of the basic plan document does not apply, except as indicated otherwise in the separate trust agreement. See Section 8.11(C).

(d)   [   ]    Permitted Trust amendments apply. Under Section 8.11(B) the Employer has made certain permitted amendments to the   Trust. Such amendments do not constitute a separate trust under Election 5(c). See Election 59 in Appendix C.

(e)   [   ]    Use of non-approved trust. A Trustee under the:                                             (specify name of trust) , a separate trust agreement the Trustee has executed for use with this Plan. Under this Election 5(e) the Trustee is not executing the Adoption Agreement and Article VIII of the basic plan document does not apply, except as indicated otherwise in the separate trust agreement. See Section 8.11(C). [ Caution: Election 5(e) will result in the Plan losing reliance on its Advisory Letter and the Plan will be an individually designed plan .]

 

6.    CONTRIBUTION TYPES   (1.12) . The selections made below should correspond with the selections made under Article III of this   Adoption Agreement. (If this is a frozen Plan (i.e., all contributions have ceased), choose (a) only.) :

Frozen Plan. See Sections 3.01(J) and 11.04.

(a)   [   ]    Contributions cease. All Contributions have ceased or will cease (Plan is frozen).

(1)     [   ]    Effective date of freeze:                                                  [ Note: Effective date is optional unless this is the amendment or restatement to freeze the Plan . ]

[ Note: Elections 20 through 30 and Elections 36 through 38 do not apply to any Plan Year in which the Plan is frozen .]

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

3


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

Contributions.  The Employer and/or Participants, in accordance with the Plan terms, make the following Contribution Types to the   Plan/Trust (Choose one or more of (b) through (h).) :

(b)   [X]    Pre-Tax Deferrals. See Section 3.02 and Elections 20-23, and 34.

(1)     [   ]    Roth Deferrals. See Section 3.02(E) and Elections 20, 21, and 23. [ Note: The Employer may not limit Elective Deferrals to Roth Deferrals only. ]

(c)   [X]    Matching. See Sections 1.35 and 3.03 and Elections 24-26. [ Note: The Employer may make an Operational QMAC without electing 6(c). See Section 3.03(C)(2). Do not elect for a safe harbor plan; use 6(e) instead. ]

(d)   [X]    Nonelective. See Sections 1.38 and 3.04 and Elections 27-29. [ Note: The Employer may make an Operational QNEC without electing 6(d). See Section 3.04(C)(2). ]

(e)   [   ]    Safe Harbor/Additional Matching. The Plan is (or pursuant to a delayed election, may be) a safe harbor 401(k) Plan. The Employer will make (or under a delayed election, may make) Safe Harbor Contributions as it elects in Election 30. The Employer may or may not make Additional Matching Contributions as it elects in Election 30. See Election 26 as to matching Catch-Up Deferrals. See Section 3.05.

(f)    [   ]    Employee (after-tax). See Section 3.09 and Election 36.

(g)   [   ]    SIMPLE 401(k).  The Plan is a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan. See Section 3.10. [ Note: The Employer electing 6(g) must elect a calendar year under 3(a) and may not elect any other Contribution Types except under Elections 6(b) and 6(h). ]

(h)   [   ]    Designated IRA. See Section 3.12 and Election 37.

 

7.    DISABILITY   (1.16) . Disability means (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :  

(a)   [X]    Basic Plan. Disability as defined in Section 1.16(A).

(b)   [   ]    Describe: __________________

[ Note: The Employer may elect an alternative definition of Disability for purposes of Plan distributions. However, the use of an alternative definition may result in loss of favorable tax treatment of the Disability distribution. ]

 

8.    EXCLUDED EMPLOYEES   (1.22(D)) . The following Employees are not Eligible Employees but are Excluded Employees (Choose one of (a), (b), or (c).) :

[ Note:  Regardless  of the Employer's  elections  under  Election  8: (i) Employees  of any Related  Employers  (excluding  the Signatory Employer) are Excluded Employees unless the Related Employer becomes a Participating Employer; and (ii) Reclassified Employees and Leased Employees are Excluded Employees unless the Employer in Appendix B elects otherwise. See Sections 1.22(B), 1.22(D)(3), and   1.24(D). However, in the case of a Multiple Employer Plan, see Section 12.02(B) as to the Employees of the Lead Employer. ]

(a)   [   ]    No Excluded Employees. There are no additional excluded Employees under the Plan as to any Contribution Type (skip to   Election 9) .

(b)   [X]    Exclusions - same for all Contribution Types. The following Employees are Excluded Employees for all Contribution Types   (Choose one or more of (e) through (j). Choose column (1) for each exclusion elected at (e) through (i).) :

(c)   [   ]    Exclusions - different exclusions apply. The following Employees are Excluded Employees for the designated Contribution   Type (Choose one or more of (d) through (j). Choose Contribution Type as applicable.) :

[ Note: For this Election 8, unless described otherwise in Election 8(j), Elective Deferrals includes Pre-Tax Deferrals, Roth Deferrals, Employee Contributions and Safe Harbor Contributions. Matching includes all Matching Contributions except Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions except Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions. ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

(2)

(3)

(4)

 

 

 

All

 

Elective

 

 

Exclusions

Contributions

 

Deferrals

Matching

Nonelective

(d)

[   ]

No exclusions. No exclusions as to the designated Contribution Type.

N/A
(See Election 8(a))

 

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(e)

[X]

Collective Bargaining (union) Employees.
As described in Code §410(b)(3)(A).
See Section 1.22(D)(1).

[X]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(f)

[X]

Non-Resident Aliens. As described in Code §410(b)(3)(C). See Section 1.22(D)(2).

[X]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(g)

[   ]

HCEs. See Section 1.22(E). See Election 30(f) as to exclusion of some or all HCEs from Safe Harbor Contributions.

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(h)

[   ]

Hourly paid Employees.

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

4


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

[X]

Part-Time/Temporary/Seasonal Employees.
See Section 1.22(D)(4). A Part-Time, temporary or Seasonal Employee is an employee whose regularly scheduled Service is less than 1,000 (specify a maximum of 1,000) Hours of Service in the relevant Eligibility Computation Period.
[Note: The "relevant" Eligibility Computation Period is the Initial or Subsequent Eligibility Computation Period as defined in Section 2.02(C).]

[X]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

 

[ Note: If the Employer under Election 8(i) elects to treat Part-Time, Temporary and Seasonal Employees as Excluded Employees and any such an Employee actually completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the relevant Eligibility Computation Period, the Employee becomes an Eligible Employee. See Section 1.22(D)(4) .]

(j)    [   ]    Describe exclusion category and/or Contribution Type:  ___________________________________ ________ _

(e.g., Exclude Division B Employees OR Exclude salaried Employees from Discretionary Matching Contributions.)

[ Note: Any exclusion under Election 8(j), except as to Part-Time/Temporary/Seasonal Employees, may not be based on age or Service or level of Compensation. See Election 14 for eligibility conditions based on age or Service. The exclusions entered under Election 8(j) cannot result in the group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees (NHCEs) participating under the plan be ing only those NHCEs with the l owest amount of compensation and/or the shortest periods of service and who may represent th e minimum number of these emplo yees necessary to satisfy coverage under Code §410(b). ]

 

9.    COMPENSATION   (1.11(B)) .  The following base  Compensation  (as adjusted  under  Elections  10 and 11)  applies  in allocating Employer Contributions (or the designated Contribution Type) (Choose one or more of (a) through (d) and choose Contribution Type as applicable. Choose (e) if applicable.) :

[ Note: For this Election 9 all definitions include Elective Deferrals unless excluded under Election 11. See Section 1.11(D).  Unless described  otherwise  in  Election  9(d),  Elective  Deferrals  includes  Pre-Tax  Deferrals,  Roth  Deferrals  and  Employee  Contributions, Matching includes all Matching Contributions and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions.  In applying any Plan definition which references Section 1.11 Compensation, where the Employer in this Election 9 elects more than one Compensation definition for allocation purposes, the Plan Administrator will use W-2 Wages for other Plan definitions of Compensation if the Employer has elected W-2 Wages for any Contribution Type or Participant group under Election 9. If the Employer has not elected W-2 Wages, the Plan Administrator for such other Plan definitions will use 415 Compensation.  If the Plan is a Multiple Employer Plan, see Section 12.07. Election 9(d) below may cause allocation Compensation to fail to be nondiscriminatory under Treas. Reg. §1.414(s). ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

(2)

(3)

(4)

 

 

 

All

 

Elective

 

 

Exclusions

Contributions

 

Deferrals

Matching

Nonelective

(a)

[   ]

W-2 Wages (plus Elective Deferrals).
See Section 1.11(B)(1).

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(b)

[   ]

Code §3401 Federal Income Tax   W i t hh o l d i n g   W ag e s   ( p l u s   E l e c t i v e   D e f e r ra l s ) .
See Section 1.11(B)( 2 ).

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(c)

[X]

415 Compensation (simplified).
See Section 1.11(B)( 3 ).
[Note: The Employer may elect an alternative "general 415 Compensation" definition by electing 9(c) and by electing the alternative definition in Appendix B. See Section 1.11(B)(4).]

[X]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(d)   [   ]    Describe Compensation by Contribution Type or by Participant group: ______________________

[ Note: Under Election 9(d), the Employer may: (i) elect Compensation from the elections available under Elections 9(a) , (b), or (c), or a combination there of as to a Participant group (e.g., W-2 Wages for Matching Contributions for Division A Employees and 415   Compensation in all other cases); and/or (ii) define   the Contribution Type column headings in a manner which differs from the "all-inclusive" description in the Note immediately preceding Election 9(a) (e.g., Compensation for Safe Harbor Matching Contributions means W-2 Wages and for Additional Matching Contributions means 415 Compensation). ]

 

(e)

[   ]

Allocate based on specified 12-month period.
The   allocation   of   all   Contribution   Types   (or specified Contribution Types) will be made based on Compensation within   a   specified    12-month period ending within the Plan Year as follows: ___________________________________

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

5


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

10.  PRE-ENTRY/POST-SEVERANCE COMPENSATION   (1.11(H)/(I)) . Compensation under Election 9:

[ Note: For this Election 10, unless described otherwise in Elections 10(c) or (n), Elective Deferrals includes Pre-Tax Deferrals, Roth Deferrals and Employee Contributions, Matching includes all Matchi ng Contributions and Nonelecti ve includes all Nonelective Contributions. Election 10(c) below may cause allocation Compensation to fail to be nondiscriminatory under Treas. Reg. §1.414(s). ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

(2)

(3)

(4)

 

 

 

All

 

Elective

 

 

Pre-Entry Compensation (Choose one of (a) or (b).

Contributions

 

Deferrals

Matching

Nonelective

Choose Contribution Type as applicable.):

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

[X]

Plan Year. Compensation for the entire Plan Year which includes the Participant's Entry Date.
[ Note: If the Employer under Election 9(e) elects to allocate some or all Contribution Types based on a specified 12-month period, Election 10(a) applies to that 12-month period in lieu of the Plan Year. ]

[X]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(b)

[   ]

Participating Compensation. Only Participating Compensation. See Section 1.11(H)(1).

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

 

[ Note: Under a Participating Compensation election, in applying any Adoption Agreement elected contribution limit or formula, the Plan   Administrator will count only the Participant's Participating Compensation. See Section 1.11(H)(1) as to plan disaggregation. ]

(c)    [   ]    Describe Pre-Entry Compensation by Contribution Type or by Participant group:  

[ Note: Under Election 10(c), the Employer may: (i) elect Compensation from the elections available under Pre-Entry Compensation or a combination thereof as to a Participant group (e.g., Participating Compensation for all Contribution Types as to Division A Employees, Plan Year Compensation for all Contribution Types to Division B Employees); and/or (ii) define the Contribution Type column headings in a  manner  which differ s fr om the "all-inclusive " description in t he Not e immediatel y precedi ng Pre-Entr y Compensati on (e.g., Compensation for Nonelective Contributions is Participating Compensation and for Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions is Plan Year Compensation). ]

Post-Severance Compensation. The following adjustments apply to Post-Severance Compensation paid within any applicable time period as may be required (Choose one of (d), (e), or (f).) :

[ Note: Under the basic plan document, if the Employer does not elect any adjustments, post-severance compensation includes regular pay, leave cashouts, and deferred compensation, and excludes military and disability continuation payments. ]

(d )   [   ]    None. The Plan includes post-severance regular pay, leave cashouts, and deferred compensation, and excludes post-severance military and disability continuation payments as to any Contribution Type except as required under the basic plan document (skip to Election 11).

(e)   [X]    Same for all Contribution Types. The following adjustments to Post-Severance Compensation apply to all Contribution Types   (Choose one or more of (h) through (n). Choose column (1) for each option elected at (h) through (m).) :

(f)    [   ]    Adjustments - different conditions apply. The following adjustments to Post-Severance Compensation apply to the designated

Contribution Types (Choose one or more of (g) through (n). Choose Contribution Type as applicable.) :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

(2)

(3)

(4)

 

 

 

All

 

Elective

 

 

Post-Severance Compensation:

Contributions

 

Deferrals

Matching

Nonelective

(g)

[   ]

None. The Plan takes into account
Post-Severance Compensation as to the designated Contribution Types as specified under the basic plan document.

N/A
(See Election 10(d))

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(h)

[   ]

Exclude All. Exclude all Post-Severance Compensation. [ Note: 415 testing Compensation
(versus allocation Compensation) must include Post-Severance Compensation comprised of regular pay. See Section 4.05(F). ]

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(i)

[   ]

Regular Pay. Exclude Post-Severance Compensation comprised of regular pay. See Section 1.11(I)(1)(a). [ Note: 415 testing Compensation (versus allocation Compensation) must include Post-Severance Compensation comprised of regular pay. See Section 4.05(F). ]

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(j)

[X]

Leave cash-out. Exclude Post-Severance

[X]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

6


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation comprised of leave cash-out. See Section 1.11(I)(1)(b).

 

 

 

 

 

(k)

[X]

Deferred Compensation. Exclude Post-Severance Compensation comprised of deferred compensation. See Section 1.11(I)(1)(c).

[X]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(l)

[X]

Salary continuation for military service. Include Post-Severance Compensation comprised of salary continuation for military service. See Section 1.11(I)(2).

[X]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(m)

[X]

Salary continuation for disabled Participants. Include Post-Seve rance Compensation comprised of salary continuation for disabled Participants.
See Section 1.11(I)(3). (Choose one of (1) or (2).):

[X]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

 

(1)

[   ]   For NHCEs only.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

[X]    For all Participants. The salary continuation will continue for the following fixed or determinable period: as determined by the Employer   (specify period).

 

 

 

 

 

 

(n)   [   ]    Describe Post-Severance Compensation by Contribution Type or by Participant group _________________

[ Note: Under Election 10(n), the Employer may: (i) elect Compensation from the elections available under Post-Severance Compensation or a combination thereof as to a Participant group (e.g., Include regular pay Post-Severance Compensation for all Contribution Types as to Division A Employees, no Post-Severance Compensation for all Contribution Types to Division B Employees); and/or (ii) define the Contribution Type column headings in a manner which differs from the "all-inclusive" description in the Note immediately preceding Pre-Entry Compensation (e.g., Compensation for Nonelective Contributions does not include any Post-Severance Compensation and for Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions includes regular pay Post-Severance Compensation). ]

 

11.  EXCLUDED COMPENSATION   (1.11(G)) . Apply the following Compensation exclusions to Elections 9 and 10 (Choose one of (a), (b), or (c).) :

(a)   [   ]    No exclusions. Compensation as to all Contribution Types means Compensation as elected in Elections 9 and 10 (skip to   Election 12) .

(b)   [X]    Exclusions - same for all Contribution Types. The following exclusions apply to all Contribution Types (Choose one or more of (e) through (l). Choose column (1) for each option elected at (e) through (k).) :

(c)   [   ]    Exclusions - different conditions apply. The following exclusions apply for the designated Contribution Types (Choose one or more of (d) through (l) below. Choose Contribution Type as applicable.) :

[ Note: In a safe harbor 401(k) plan, allocations qualifying for the ADP or ACP test safe harbors must be based on a nondiscriminatory definition of Compensation. If the Plan applies permitted disparity, allocations also must be based on a nondiscriminatory definition of Compensation if the Plan is to avoid more complex testing. Elections 11(g) through (l) below may cause a llocation Compensatio n to fail to be no ndiscriminatory under Treas. Reg. §1.414(s). In a non-safe harbor 401(k) plan, Elections 11(g) through (l) which result in Compensation failing to be nondiscriminatory, may result in more complex nondiscrimination testing. For this Election 11, unl ess desc ribed otherwise in Election 11(l), Elective Deferrals includes Pre-Ta x Deferrals, Roth Deferrals and Employee Contributions, Matching includes all Matching Contributions and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions .]

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

(2)

(3)

(4)

 

 

 

All

 

Elective

 

 

Compensation Exclusions

Contributions

 

Deferrals

Matching

Nonelective

(d)

[   ]

No exclusions - limited. No exclusion as to the designated Contribution Type(s).

N/A
(See Election 11(a))

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(e)

[   ]

Elective Deferrals. See Section 1.21.

N/A

 

N/A

[   ]

[   ]

(f)

[X]

Fringe benefits. As described in Treas. Reg. §1.414(s)-1(c)(3).

[X]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(g)

[   ]

Compensation exceeding $______.
Apply this election to (Choose one of (1) or (2).):

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

 

(1)

[   ]    All Participants.
[ Note: If the Employer elects Safe Harbor Contributions under Election 6(e), the Employer
may not elect 11(g)(1) to limit the Safe Harbor
Contribution allocation to the NHCEs. ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

7


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

[   ]    HCE Participants only.

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

[   ]

Bonus.

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(i)

[   ]

Commission.

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(j)

[   ]

Overtime.

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(k)

[   ]

Related Employers. See Section 1.24(C).
(If there are Related Employers, choose one or both of (1) and (2).):

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

[   ]    Non-Participating. Compensation paid to mployees by a Related Employer that is not a Participating Employer.

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

 

(2)

[   ]    Participating. As to the Employees of any Participating Employer, Compensation paid by any other Participating Employer to its Employees. See Election 28(g)(2)a.

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(l)    [X]    Describe Compensation exclusion(s):  Regular annual bonuses for Highly Compensated Employees are excluded; fringe   benefits (cash and noncash).   _______________

[ Note: Under Election 11(l), the Employer may: (i) describe Compensation from the elections available under Elec tions 11(d) through (k), or a combination thereof as to a Participant group (e.g., No exclusions as to Division A Employees and exclude bonus as to Di vision B Employees); (ii) define the Contribution Type column headings in a manner which differs from the "all-inclusive" description in the Note immediately following Election 11(c) (e.g., Elective Deferrals means §125 cafeteria deferrals only OR No exclusions as to Safe Harbor Contributions and exclude bonus as to Nonelective Contributions); and/or (iii) describe another exclusion (e.g., Exclude shift differential pay). ]

 

12.  HOURS OF SERVICE   (1.32) . The Plan credits Hours of Service for the following purposes (and to the Employees described in   Elections 12(d) or (e)) as follows (Choose one or more of (a) through (e) as applicable.) :

 

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

All

Purposes

 

Eligibility

 

Vesting

Allocation

Conditions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

[X]

Actual Method .   See Section 1.32(A)(1).

 

[X]

OR

[

]

[

]

[

]

(b)

[

]

Equivalency Method:   ______

(e.g., daily, weekly, etc.) . See Section 1.32(A)(2).

 

[

]

OR

[

]

[

]

[

]

(c)

[

]

Elapsed Time Method. See Section 1.32(A)(3).

 

[

]

OR

[

]

[

]

[

]

(d)

[

]

Actual (hourly) and Equivalency (salaried). Actual Method for hourly paid Employees and Equivalency   Method:                                                      (e.g., daily   weekly, etc.) for salaried Employees.

 

[

]

OR

[

]

[

]

[

]

(e)

[

]

Describe method : ______________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[ Note: Under Election 12(e), the Employer may describe Hours of Service from the elections avai lable under Elections 12(a) thr ough (d), or a combination thereof as to a Participant group and/or Contribution Type (e.g., For all purposes, Actual Method applies to office workers and Equivalency Method applies to truck drivers). ]

 

13.  ELECTIVE SERVICE CREDITING   (1.59(C)) . The Plan must credit Related Employer Service under Section 1.24(C) and also must credit certain Predecessor Employer/Predecessor Plan Service under Section 1.59(B). If the Plan is a Multiple Employer Plan, the Plan also must credit Service as provided in Section 12.08. The Plan also elects under Section 1.59(C) to credit as Service the following Predecessor Employer service (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

(a)   [   ]    Not applicable. No elective Predecessor Employer Service crediting applies.

(b)   [X]    Applies.  The Plan credits the specified service with the following designated Predecessor Employers as Service for the   Employer for the purposes indicated (Choose one or both of (1) and (2) as applicable. Complete (3). Choose (4) if applicable.) :

[ Note: Any elective Service crediting under this Election 13 must be nondiscriminatory .]

(1)     [   ]    All purposes. Credit as Service for all purposes, service with Predecessor Employer(s ): _____________________ (insert as many names as needed) .

(2)     [   ]    Designated purposes. Credit as Service, service   with the following Predecessor Employer(s) for

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

(2)

(3)

 

 

 

Contribution

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

8


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the designated purpose(s): 

Eligibility

Vesting

Allocation

 

a.

Employer: _____

 

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

 

b.

Employer: _____

 

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

 

c.

Employer: _____

 

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

  (3)     Time period. Subject to any exceptions noted under Election 13(b)(4), the Plan credits as Service under Elections 13(b)(1) or(2) (Choose one or more of a., b., and c. as applicable.) :

a.       [   ]    All. All service, regardless of when rendered.

b.       [   ]    Service after. All service, which is or was rendered after:                                          (specify date) .

c.       [   ]    Service before. All service, which is or was rendered before:                                          (specify date) .

(4)     [X]    Describe elective Predecessor Employer Service crediting: M&A Transferred Employees Hired Prior to December 8, 2014. For an Employee hired by the Employer prior to December 8, 2014 i n connection with an M&A corpor ate   transaction, service with the Predecessor Employer will be counted for purposes of Plan eligibility and vesting, provided   that such Employee was actively employed by the Employer on December 8, 2014. Such service will be counted under   this Plan from the Employee's most recent hire date on record with the Predecessor Employer. Employees who separated   from service with the Employer prior to December 8, 2014 may have service with a Predecessor Employer counted for   certain purposes under this Plan under the service crediting provisions of the Plan in effect prior to December 8, 2014.   M&A Transferred Employees Hired on or after December 8, 2014. For an Employee hired by the Employer on or after   December 8, 2014 in connection with an M&A corporate transaction, service with the Predecessor Employer will be   counted for purposes of Plan eligibility and vesting.  Such service will be counted under this Plan from the Employee's   most recent hire date on record with the Predecessor Employer. __________

[ Note: Under Election 13(b)(4), the Employer may describe service crediting from the elections available under Elections 13(b)(1) through (3), or a combination thereof as to a Participant group and/or Contribution Type (e.g., For all purposes credit all service with X, but credit service with Y only on/after 1/1/05 OR Credit all service for all purposes with entities the Employer acquires after 12/31/04 OR Service crediting for X Company applies only for purposes of Nonelective Contributions and not for Matching Contributions). ]

 

ARTICLE II

ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS

 

14.  ELIGIBILITY   (2.01) . To become a Participant in the Plan, an Eligible Employee must satisfy (Choose one of (a), (b), or (c).) :

[ Note: If the Employer under a safe harbor plan elects "early" eligibility for Elective Deferrals (e.g., less than one Year of Service and age 21), but does not elect early eligibility for any Safe Harbor Contributions, also see Election 30(g). ]

[ Note: No eligibility conditions apply to Prevailing Wage Contributions. See Section 2.01(D). ]

(a)   [   ]    No conditions. No eligibility conditions as to all Contribution Types. Entry is on the Employment Commencement Date (if that date is also an Entry Date), or if later, upon the next following Plan Entry Date (skip to Election 16) .

(b)   [X]    Eligibility - same for all Contribution Types. To become a Participant in the Plan as to all Contribution Types, an Eligible Employee must satisfy the following eligibility conditions (Choose one or more of (e) through (k). Choose column (1) for each option elected at (e) through (j).) :

(c)   [   ]    Eligibility - different conditions apply. To become a Participant in the Plan for the designated Contribution Types, an Eligible Employee must satisfy the following e ligibility conditions (either  a s to all Contribution Types or as to the designated Contribution Type) (Choose one or more of (d) through (k). Choose Contribution Type as applicable.) :

[ Note: For this Election 14, unless described otherwise in Election 14(k), or the context other wise requires, Elective Deferra ls includes Pre-Tax Deferrals, Roth Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions, Matching includes all Matching Contributions  (except Safe Harbor Matching Contributions under Section 3.05(E)(3) and Operational QMACs under Section 3.03(C)(2)) and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions (except Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions under Section 3.05(E)(2) and Operational QNECs under Section   3.04(C)(2)). Safe Harbor includes Safe Harbor Nonelective and Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. If the Employer elects more than one   Year of Service as to Additional Matching, the Plan will not satisfy the ACP test safe harbor. See Section 3.05(F)(3). ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

 

 

 

All

 

Elective

 

 

Safe

Eligibility Conditions

Contributions

 

Deferrals

Matching

Nonelective

Harbor

(d)

[   ]

None. Entry on the Employment Commencement Date (if that date is also an Entry Date) or if later, upon the next following Plan Entry Date.

N/A
(See Election 14(a))

 

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(e)

[X]

Age  18    (not to exceed age 21).

[X]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(f)

[   ]

One Year of Service. See Election 16(a).

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

9


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

[   ]

Two Years of Service (without an intervening Break in Service). 100% vesting is required. [ Note:  Two Years of Service does not apply to Elective Deferrals, Safe Harbor Contributions or SIMPLE Contributions. ]

N/A

 

N/A

[   ]

[   ]

N/A

(h)

[   ]

____ month(s) (not exceeding 12 months
for Elective Deferrals, Safe Harbor Contributions and  SIMPLE  Contributions  and  not  exceeding
24 months for other contributions) .  If more than
12 months, 100% vesting is required. Service need not be continuous (no minimum Hours of Service
required, and is mere passage of time). [ Note:  While satisfying a months of service condition without an Hours of Service requirement involves the mere passage of time, the Plan need not apply the Elapsed Time Method in Election 12(c) above, and  still may elect the Actual Method in 12(a) above. ]

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(i)

[   ]

_____ month(s) with at least _____Hours of
Service in each month (not exceeding 12 months for Elective Deferrals, Safe Harbor Contributions and SIMPLE Contributions and not exceeding 24 months for other contributions). If more than 12 months, 100% vesting is required.  If the Employee does not complete the designated Hours of Service each month during the specified monthly time period, the Employee is subject to the one Year of Service (or two Years of Service
if elect more than 12 months) requirement as defined in Election 16. The months during which the Employee completes the specified Hours of Service (Choose one of (1) or (2).):

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

 

(1)

[   ]    Consecutive. Must be consecutive.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

[   ]    Not consecutive. Need not be consecutive.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(j)

[   ]

____ Hours of Service within the _____time period following the  Employee's  Employment  Commencement Date   (not exceeding 12 months for Elective Deferrals, Safe Harbor Contributions and SIMPLE Contributions and not exceeding 24 months for other contributions). If more than 12 months, 100% vesting is required.  If the Employee does not complete the designated Hours of Service during the specified time period (if any), the Employee is subject to the one Year of Service (or two Years  of Service if elect more than 12 months) requirement as defined in Election 16.

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

 

[ Note: The Employer may leave the time period option blank in Election 14(j) if the Employer wishes to impose an Hour of Service requirement without specifying a time period within which an Employee must complete the required Hours of Service. ]

(k)   [   ]    Describe eligibility conditions ________________

[ Note: The Employer may use Election 14(k) to describe different eligibility conditions as to different Contribution Types or Employee groups (e.g., As to all Contribution Types, no eligibility requirements for Division A Employees and one Year of Service a s to Division B Employees). The Employer also may elect different ages for different Contribution Types and/or to specify different months or Hours of Service requirements under Elections 14(h), (i), or (j) as to different Contribution Types. Any election must satisfy Code §410(a). ]

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

10


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

15.  SPECIAL ELIGIBILITY EFFECTIVE DATE (DUAL ELIGIBILITY)   (2.01(E)) . The eligibility conditions of Election 14 and the entry date provisions of Election 17 apply to all Employees unless otherwise elected below (Choose (a) or (b) if applicable.) :

[ Note: Elections 15(a) or (b) may trigger a coverage failure under Code §410(b). ]

(a)   [   ]    Waiver of eligibility conditions for certain Employees. For all Contribution Types, the eligibility conditions and entry dates apply solely to an Eligible Employee employed or reemployed by the Employer after                                          (specify date) . If the Eligible Employee was employed or reemployed by the Employer by the specified date, the Employee will become a Participant on the latest of: (i) the Effective Date; (ii) the restated Effective Date; (iii) the Employee's Employment Commencement Date or Re-Employment Commencement Date; or (iv) the date the Employee attains age            (not exceeding age 21) .

[ Note: If the Employer does not wish to impose an age condition under clause (iv) as part of the requirements for the eligibility conditions waiver, leave the age blank. ]

(b)   [   ]    Describe special eligibility Effective Date(s ):  __________________

[ Note: Under Election 15(b), the Employer may describe special eligibility Effective Dates as to a Participant group and/or Contribution Type (e.g., Eligibility conditions apply only as to Nonelective Contributions and solely as to the Eligible Employees of Division B who were hired or reemployed by the Employer after January 1, 2012). ]

 

16.  YEAR OF SERVICE - ELIGIBILITY   (2.02(A)) .   (Choose (a), (b), and (c) as applicable.) :

[ Note: If the Employer under Election 14 elects a one or two Year(s) of Service condition (incl uding any requirement which def aults to such conditions under Elections 14(i), (j), and (k)) or elects to apply a Year of Service for eligibility under any other Adoption Agreement election, the Employer should complete this Election 16. The Employer should not complete Election 16 if it elects the Elapsed Time Method for eligibility. ]

(a)   [X]    Year of Service. An Employee must complete  1,000  Hour(s) of Service during the relevant Eligibility Computation Period to receive credit for one Year of Service under Article II. [ Note: The number may not exceed 1,000. If left blank, the requirement is   1,000 Hours of Service. ]

(b)   [X]    Subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods. After the Initial Eligibility Computation Period described in Section 2.02(C)(2), the Plan measures Subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods as (Choose one of (1), (2), or (3).) :

(1)     [   ]    Plan Year. The Plan Year beginning with the P lan Year which includes the first anniversary of the Employee's   Employment Commencement Date.

(2)     [X]    Anniversary Year. The Anniversary Year, beginning with the Employee's second Anniversary Year.

(3)     [   ]    Split. The Plan Year as described in Election 16(b)(1) as to:                                          (describe Contribution Type(s)) and the Anniversary Year as described in Election 16(b)(2) as to:                                          (describe Contribution Type(s)) .

[ Note: To maximize delayed entry under a two Years of Service condition for Nonelective Contributions or Matching Contributions, the   Employer should elect to remain on the Anniversary Year for such contributions. ]

(c)    [   ]    Describe ______________________________________ (e.g., Anniversary Year as to Division A and Plan Year as to Division B.)

 

17.  ENTRY DATE   (2.02(D)) . Entry Date means the Effective Date and (Choose one or more of (a) through (g). Choose Contribution   Types as applicable.) :

[ Note: For this Election 17, unless described otherwise in Election 17(g), Elective Deferrals includes Pre-Tax Deferrals, Roth Elective   Deferrals and Employee Contributions, Matching includes a ll Matching Contributions (except Operational QMACs under Section   3.03(C)(2)) and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions (except Operational QNECs under Section 3.04(C)(2)). Entry as to   Prevailing Wage Contributions is on the Employment Commencement Date. See Section 2.02(D)(3). ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) All

 

(2) Elective

(3)

(4)

Contributions

 

Deferrals

Matching

Nonelective

(a)

[

]

Semi-annual. The first day of the first month and of the seventh month of the Plan Year.

[

]

OR

[

]

[

]

[

]

(b)

[

]

First day of Plan Year.

[

]

OR

[

]

[

]

[

]

(c)

[

]

First day of each Plan Year quarter.

[

]

OR

[

]

[

]

[

]

(d)

[

]

The first day of each month.

[

]

OR

[

]

[

]

[

]

(e)

[

]

Immediate. Upon Employment Commencement Date or if later, upon satisfaction of eligibility conditions.

[

]

OR

[

]

[

]

[

]

(f)

[

]

First day of each payroll period.

[

]

OR

[

]

[

]

[

]

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

11


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

(g)   [X]    Describe Entry Date(s): For all contributions, as soon as administratively practicable after the Emp loyee satisfies the eligibility requirements . ___________________

[ Note: Under Election 17(g), the Employer may describe Entry Dates from the elections available under Elections 17(a) through (f), or a combination  thereof as to a Participant group and/or Contribution  Type or may elect additional Entry Dates (e.g., As to Matching Contributions excluding Additional Matching, immediate as to Division A Employees and semi-annual as to Division B Employees OR The earlier of the Plan's semi-annual Entry Dates or the entry dates under the Employer's medical plan). ]

 

18.  PROSPECTIVE/RETROACTIVE ENTRY DATE   (2.02(D)) . An Employee after satisfying the eligibility conditions in Election 14 will become a Participant (unless an Excluded Employee under Election 8) on the Entry Date (if employed on that date) (Choose one or more of (a) through (f). Choose Contribution Type as applicable.) :

[ Note: Unless otherwise excluded under Election 8, an Employee who remains employed by the Employer on the relevant date must become a Participant by the earlier of: (i) the first day of the Plan Year beginning after the date the Employee completes the age and service requirements of Code §410(a); or (ii) 6 months after the date the Employee completes those requirements. For this Election 18, unless described otherwise in Election 18(f), Elective Deferrals includes Pre-Tax Deferrals, Roth Deferrals and Em ployee Contributions, Matching includes  all Matching Contr ibutions (except Operational QMACs under Section 3.03(C)(2)) and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions, (except Operational QNECs under Section 3.04(C)(2)). ]

 

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

All

Elective

 

 

Contributions

Deferrals

Matching

Nonelective

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

[X]

Immediately following or coincident with the date the Employee completes the eligibility conditions.

[ X ]

OR

[   ]

[

]

[

]

(b)

[

]

Immediately following the date the Employee completes the eligibility conditions.

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[

]

[

]

(c)

[

]

Immediately preceding or coincident with the date the Employee completes the eligibility conditions.

N/A

 

N/A

[

]

[

]

(d)

[

]

Immediately preceding the date the Employee completes the eligibility conditions.

N/A

 

N/A

[

]

[

]

(e)

[

]

Nearest the date the Employee completes the eligibility conditions.

N/A

 

N/A

[

]

[

]

(f)    [   ]    Describe retroactive/prospective entry relative to Entry Date ____________________

[ Note: Under Election 18(f), the Employer may describe the timing of entry relative to an Entry Date from the elect ions available under Elections 18(a) through (e), or a   combination there of as to a Participant group and/or Contribution Type (e.g., As to Matching Contributions excluding Additional Matching nearest as to Division A Employees and immediately following as to Division B Employees). ]

 

19.  BREAK IN SERVICE - PARTICIPATION   (2.03) . The one year hold-out rule described in Section 2.03(C) (Choose one of (a), (b), or   (c).) :

(a)   [X]    Does not apply.

(b)   [   ]    Applies. Applies to the Plan and to all Participants.

(c)   [   ]    Limited application. Applies to the Plan, but only to a Participant who has incurred a Severance from Employment.

[ Note: The Plan does not apply the rule of parity under Code §410(a)(5)(D) unless the Employer in Appendix B specifies otherwi se. See   Section 2.03(D). ]

 

ARTICLE III

PLAN CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES

 

20.  ELECTIVE DEFERRAL LIMITATIONS   (3.02(A)) . The following limitations apply to Elective Deferrals under Election 6(b), which are in addition to those limitations imposed under the basic plan document (Choose (a) or choose (b) and (c) as applicable.) :

(a)   [   ]    None. No additional Plan imposed limits (skip to Election 21) .

[ Note: The Employer under Election 20 may not impose a lower deferral limit applicable only to Catch -Up Eligible Participants and the Employer's elections must be nondiscriminatory. The elected limits apply to Pre-Tax Deferrals and to Roth Deferrals unless described otherwise. Under a safe harbor plan: (i) NHCEs must be able to defer enough to receive the maximum Safe Harbor Matching and Additional Matching Contribution under the Plan and must be permitted to defer any lesser amount; and (ii) the Employer may limit Elective Deferrals to a whole percentage of Compensation or to a whole dollar amount. See Section 1.57(C) as to administrative limitations on Elective Deferrals. ]

(b)   [X]    Additional Plan limit(s). (Choose (1) and (2) as applicable. Complete (3) if (1) or (2) is chosen.) :

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

12


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

(1)     [X]    Maximum deferral amount. A Participant's Elective Deferrals may not exceed:  50%    (specify dollar amount and/or percentage of Compensation).

(2)     [   ]    Minimum deferral amount. A Participant's Elective Deferrals may not be less than:                                              (specify dollar amount and/or percentage of Compensation) .

(3)     Application of limitations. The Election 20(b)(1) and (2) limitations apply based on Elective Deferral Compensation described in Elections 9 - 11. If the Employer elects Plan Year/Participating Compensation under column (1) and in El ection 10 elects Participating Compensation, in the Pla n Years commencing after an Employee becomes a Participant, apply the elected minimum or maximum limitations to the Plan Year. Apply the el ected limitation based on such Compensation during the designated time period and only to HCEs as elected below. (Choose a. or choose b. and c. as applicable. Under each of a., b., or c. choose one of (1) or (2). Choose (3) if applicable.) :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Plan Year/Participating

(2) Payroll

(3) HCEs only

Compensation

period

 

a.

[   ]

Both. Both limits under Elections 20(b)(1) and (2).

[

]

[   ]

[

]

b.

[X]

Maximum limit. The maximum amount limit under

Election 20(b)(1).

[

]

[X]

[

]

c.

[   ]

Minimum limit. The minimum amount limit under

Election 20(b)(2).

[

]

[   ]

[

]

(c)   [X]    Describe Elective Deferral limitation(s): The Elective Deferrals made by Highly Compensated Employees may be restrict ed by the Plan Administrator for purposes of complying with applicable nondiscrimination tests . _________________

[ Note: Under Election 20(c), the Employer: (i) may describe limitations on Elective Deferrals from the elections available under Elections   20(a) and (b) or a combination thereof as to a Participant group (e.g., No limit applies to Division A Employees. Division B Employees may not defer in excess of 10% of Plan Year Compensation); (ii) may elect a different time period to which the limitations apply; and/or (iii) may apply a different limitation to Pre-Tax Deferrals and to Roth Deferrals. ]

 

21.  AUTOMATIC DEFERRAL (ACA/EACA/QACA) (3.02(B)) . The Automatic Deferral provisions of Section 3.02(B) (Choose one of   (a) or (b). Also see Election 34 regarding Automatic Escalation of Salary Reduction Agreements.) :

(a)   [X]    Do not apply. The Plan is not an ACA, EACA, or QACA (skip to Election 22) .

(b)   [   ]    Apply. The Automatic Deferral Effective Date is the effective date of automatic deferrals or, as appropriate, any subsequent amendment thereto. (As to an EACA or QACA, this provision may not be effective earlier than Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008) .   (Complete (1), (2), and (3). Complete (4) and (5) if an EACA or an EACA/QACA. Choose (6), (7), and/or (8) as applicable.) :

(1)     Type of Automatic Deferral Arrangement. The Plan is an (Choose one of a., b., or c.) :

 

 

 

 

a.

[

]

ACA. The Plan is an Automatic Contribution Arrangement (ACA) under Section 3.02(B)(1).

b.

[

]

EACA. The Plan is an Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement (EACA) under Section 3.02(B)(2).

c.

[

]

EACA/QACA. The Plan is a combination EACA and Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement (QACA)   under Sections 3.02(B)(3) and 3.05(J).

[ Note: If the Employer chooses Elections 21(b)(1)c, the Employer also must choose election 6(e) and complete Election 30 as to the Safe   Harbor Contributions under the QACA .]

(2)     Participants affected. The Automatic Deferral applies to (Choose one of a., b., c., or d. Choose e. if applicable.) :

 

 

 

 

a.

[

]

All Participants .   All Participants, regardless of any prior Salary Reduction Agreement, unless and until they make a Contrary Election after the Automatic Deferral Effective Date.

b.

[

]

Election of at least Automatic Deferral Percentage. All Participants, except those who have in effect a Salary   Reduction Agreement on the Automatic Deferral Effective Date provided that the Elective Deferral amount under   the Agreement is at least equal to the Automatic Deferral Percentage.

c.

[

]

No existing Salary Reduction Agreement. All Participants, except those who have in effect a Salary Reduction Agreement  on  the  Automatic  Deferral  Effective  Date  regardless  of  the  Elective  Deferral  amount  under  the Agreement.

d.

[

]

New Participants (not applicable to QACA). Each Employee whose Entry Date is on or following the Automatic   Deferral Effective Date.

e.

[

]

Describe affected Participants (not applicable to QACA ):  ______

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

13


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

[ Note: The Employer in Election 21(b)(2)e. may further describe affected Participants, e.g., non-Collective Bargaining Employees OR Division A Employees. However, for Plan Years commencing on or after January 1, 2010, all Employees eligible to defer must be Covered Employees to apply the 6-month correction period without excise tax under Code §4979 .]

(3)     Automatic Deferral Percentage/Scheduled increases. (Choose one of a., b., or c.) :

a. [   ]    Fixed percentage. The Employer, as to each Participant affected, will withhold as the Automatic Deferral Percentage,   ________ % from the Participant's Compensation each payroll period unless the Participant makes a Contrary Election. The Automatic Deferral Percentage will or will not increase in Plan Years following the Plan Year containing the Automatic Deferral Effective Date (or, if later, the Plan Year or partial Plan Year in which the Automatic Deferral first applies to a Participant) as follows (Choose one of d., e., or f.) :

[ Note: In order to satisfy the QACA requirements, enter an amount between 6% and 10% if no scheduled increase. ]

b.       [   ]    QACA statutory increasing schedule. The Automatic Deferral Percentage will be:

 

 

Plan Year of application to a Participant

Automatic Deferral Percentage

1

3%

2

3%

3

4%

4

5%

5 and thereafter

6%

c.       [   ]    Other increasing schedule. The Automatic Deferral Percentage will be:

 

 

 

 

 

Plan Year of application to a Participant

Automatic Deferral Percentage

_____

 

_____

         %

_____

         %

_____

         %

_____

         %

d .       [   ]    No scheduled increase. The Automatic Deferral Percentage applies in all Plan Years.

e .       [   ]    Automatic increase. The Automatic Deferral Percentage will increase by         % per year up to a maximum of         % of   Compensation.

f .       [   ]    Describe increase :  _____________

[ Note: To satisfy the QACA requirements, the Automatic Deferral Percentage must be: (i) a fixed percentage which is at least 6 % and not more than 10% of Compensation; (ii) an increasing Automatic Deferral Percentage in accordance with the schedule under Election   20(b)(3)b.; or (iii) an alternative schedule which must require, for each Plan Year, an Automatic Deferral Percentage that is at least equal   to the Automatic Deferral Percentage under the schedule in Election 21(b)(3)b. and which does not exceed 10%. See Section 3.02(B)(3). ]

(4)     EACA permissible withdrawal. The permissible withdrawal provisions of Section 3.02(B)(2)(d) (Choose one of a., b., or c.) :

a .       [   ]    Do not apply.

b .       [   ]    90 day withdrawal. Apply within 90 days of the first Automatic Deferral.

c .       [   ]    30-90 day withdrawal. Apply, within           days of the first Automatic Deferral (may not be less than 30 nor more than 90 days) .

(5)     Contrary Election/Covered Employee. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2010, any Participant who makes a   Contrary Election (Choose one of a. or b.; leave blank if an ACA or a QACA not subject to the ACP test.) :

a .       [   ]    Covered Employee. Is a Covered Employee and continues to be covered by the EACA provisions. [ Note: Under this Election, the Participant's Contrary Election will remain in effect, but the Participant must receive the EACA annual notice. ]

b .       [   ]    Not a Covered Employee. Is not a Covered Employee and will not continue to be covered by the EACA provisions. [ Note: Under this Election, the Participant no longer must receive the EACA annual notice, but the Plan cannot use the six-month period for relief from the excise tax of Code §4979(f)(1). ]

(6)     Change Date. The Elective Deferrals under Election 21(b)(3)b., c., e., or f. will increase on the following day each Plan Year:

a.       [   ]    First day of the Plan Year.

b.       [   ]    Other _______________________   (must be a specified or definitely determinable date that occurs at least annually)

(7)     First Year of Increase. The automatic increase under Election 21(b)(3)e. or f. will apply to a Participant beginning with the first Change Date after the Participant first has automatic deferrals withheld, unless a. is selected below:

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

14


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

a.       [   ]    The increase will apply as of the second Change Date thereafter.

(8)     [   ]     Describe Automatic Deferral _______________

[ Note: Under Election 21(b)(8), the Employer may describe Automatic Deferral provisions from the elections available under Election 21 and/or a combination thereof as to a Participant group (e.g., Automatic Deferrals do not apply to Division A Employees. All Division B Employee/Participants are subject to an Automatic Deferral Amount equal to 3% of Compensation effective as of January 1, 2013). ]

 

22.  CODA   (3.02(C)) . The CODA provisions of Section 3.02(C) (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

(a)   [X]    Do not apply.

(b)   [   ]    Apply. For each Plan Year for which the Employer makes a designated CODA contribution under Section 3.02(C), a Participant may elect to receive directly in cash not more than the following portion (or, if less, the Elective Deferral Limit) of his/her proportionate share of that CODA contribution (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1)     [   ]    All or any portion.

(2)     [   ]              %

 

23.  CATCH-UP DEFERRALS   (3.02(D)) . The Plan permits Catch-Up Deferrals unless the Employer elects otherwise below. (Choose (a)   if applicable.)

(a)   [   ]    Not Permitted. May not make Catch-Up Deferrals to the Plan.

 

24.  MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS (EXCLUDING SAFE HARBOR MATCH AND ADDITIONAL MATCH UNDER SECTION   3.05)   (3.03(A)) . The Employer Matching Contributions under Election 6(c) are subject to the following additional elections regarding type (discretionary/fixed), rate/amount, limitations and time period (collectively, such elections are "the matching formula") and the allocation of Matching Contributions is subject to Section 3.06 except as otherwise provided (Choose one or more of (a) through (g) as applicable; then, for the elected match, complete (1), (2), and/or (3) as applicable. If the Employer completes (2) or (3), also complete one of (4), (5), or (6).) :

[ Note: If the Employer wishes to make any Matching Contributions that satisfy the ADP or ACP safe harbor, the Employer should make these Elections under Election 30, and not under this Election 24. ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

 

 

 

Match Rate/Amt [$/% of Elective Deferrals]

Limit on Deferrals Matched [$/% of Compensation]

Limit on Match Amount [$/% of Compensation]

Apply limit(s) per Plan Year ["true-up"]

Apply limit(s) per payroll period [no "true-up"]

Apply limit(s) per designated time period [no "true-up"

(a)

[X]

Discretionary - see Section 1.35(B). (The Employer may, but is not required to complete (a)(1)-(6). See the "Note" following Election 24.)

_____

_____

_____

[   ]

[   ]

[   ] _____

(b)

[   ]

Fixed - uniform rate/amount

_____

_____

_____

[   ]

[   ]

[   ] _____

(c)

[   ]

Fixed - tiered

Elective

Matching

_____

[   ]

[   ]

[   ] _____

 

 

 

Deferral %

Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

_____ %

_____ %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

_____ %

_____ %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

_____ %

_____ %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

_____ %

_____ %

 

 

 

 

(d)

[   ]

Fixed - Years of Service

Years of Service

Matching Rate

_____

[   ]

[   ]

[   ] _____

 

 

 

_____

_____ %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

_____

_____ %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

_____

_____ %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

_____

_____ %

 

 

 

 

(1)     "Years of Service" under this Election 24(d) means (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a.       [   ]    Eligibility. Years of Service for eligibility in Election 16.

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

15


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

b.       [   ]    Vesting. Years of Service for vesting in Elections 43 and 44.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

[   ]

Fixed - multiple formulas

Formula 1:

____     ____

_____

[   ]

[   ]

[   ] _____

 

 

 

Formula 2:

____     ____

_____

[   ]

[   ]

[   ] _____

 

 

 

Formula 3:

 

 

[   ]

[   ]

[   ] _____

(f)    [   ]    Related and Participating Employers. If any Related and Participating Employers (or in the case of a Multiple Employer Plan, Participating Employers regardless of whether they are Related Employers) contribute Matching Contributions to the Plan, the following apply (Complete (1) and (2).) :

(1)     Matching formula. The matching formula for the Participating Employer(s) (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a.       [   ]    All the same. Is (are) the same as for the Signatory Employer under this Election 24.

b.       [   ]    At least one different. Is (are) as follows :   _________________________

(2)     Allocation sharing. The Plan Administrator will allocate the Matching Contributions made by the Signatory Employer and by   any Participating Employer (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a.       [   ]    Employer by Employer. Only to the Participants directly employed by the contributing Employer.

b.       [   ]    Across Employer lines. To all Participants regardless of which Employer directly employs them and regardless of whether their direct Employer made Matching Contributions for the Plan Year.

[ Note: Unless the Plan is a Multiple Employer Plan, the Employer should not elect 24(f) unless there are Related Employers which are also   Participating Employers .   See Section 1.24(D). ]

(g)   [   ]    Describe :   _______________   (The formula described must satisfy the definitely determinable requirement under Treas. Reg. §1.401-1(b). If the formula is non-uniform, it is not a design-based safe harbor for nondiscrimination purposes.)

[ Note: See Section 1.35(A) as to   Fixed Matching Contributions. A Participant's Elective Deferral percentage is equal to the P artic ipant's Elective Deferrals divided by his/her Compensation. The matching rate/amount is the spe cified rate/amount of match for the corresponding Elective Deferral amount/percentage. Any Matching Contributions apply to Pre-Tax Deferrals and to Roth Deferrals unless described otherwise in Election 24(g). Matching Contributions for nondiscrimination testing purposes are subject to the targeting limitations. See Section 4.10(D). The Employer under Election 24(a) in its discretion may determine the amount of a Discretionary Matching Contribution and the matching contribution formula. Alternatively, the Employer in Election 24(a) may specify the Discretionary Matching Contribution formula. ]

 

25.    QMAC (PLAN-DESIGNATED)   (3.03(C)(1)) . The following provisions apply regarding Plan-Designated QMACs (Choose one of   (a) or (b).) :

[ Note: Regardless of its elections under this Election 25, the Employer under Section 3.03(C)(2) may elect for any Plan Year where the Plan is using Current Year Testing to make Operational QMACs which the Plan Administrator will allocate only to NHCEs for purposes of correction of an ADP or ACP test failure. ]

(a)     [X]    Not applicable. There are no Plan-Designated QMACs.

(b)    [   ]   Applies. There are Plan-Designated QMACs to which the following provisions apply (Complete (1) and (2).) :

(1)    Matching Contributions affected. The following Matching Contributions (as allocated to the designated allocation group under Election 25(b)(2)) are Plan-Designated QMACs (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a.      [   ]   All. All Matching Contributions.

b.      [   ]   Designated. Only the following Matching Contributions under Election 24:                                                             .

(2)    Allocation Group. Subject to Section 3.06, allocate the Plan-Designated QMAC (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a.      [   ]   NHCEs only. Only to NHCEs who make Elective Deferrals subject to the Plan-Designated QMAC.

b.      [   ]   All Participants. To all Participants who make Elective Deferrals subject to the Plan-Designated QMAC.

The Plan Administrator will allocate all other Matching Contributions as Regular Matching Contributions under Section 3.03(B), except as provided in Sections 3.03(C)(2) or 3.05.

[ Note: See Section 4.10(D) as to targeting limitations applicable to QMAC nondiscrimination testing. ]

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

16


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

26.  MATCHING CATCH-UP DEFERRALS   (3.03(D)) . If a Participant makes a Catch-Up Deferral, the Employer (Choose one of (a) or   (b); leave blank if Election 23(a) is selected.) :

(a)   [X]    Match. Will apply to the Catch-Up Deferral (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :  

(1)     [X]    All. All Matching Contributions.

(2)     [   ]    Designated. The following Matching Contributions in Election 2 4:  _________________________________ .  

(b)   [   ]    No Match. Will not match any Catch-Up Deferrals.

[ Note: Election 26 does not apply to a safe harbor 401(k) plan unless the Employer will apply the ACP test. See Elections 38(a )(2)b. In this case, Election 26 applies only to Additional Matching, if any. A safe harbor 401(k) Plan will apply the Basic Match, QACA Basic Match or Enhanced Match to Catch-Up Deferrals. If the Employer elects to apply the ACP test safe harbor under Election 38(a)(2)a., Election 26 does not apply and the Plan also will apply any Additional Match to Catch-Up Deferrals. ]

 

27.  NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS (TYPE/AMOUNT) INCLUDING PREVAILING WAGE CONTRIBUTIONS   (3.04(A)) . The Employer Nonelective Contributions under Election 6(d) are subject to the following additional elections as to type and amount (Choose one or more of (a) through (e) as applicable.) :

(a)   [X]    Discretionary. An amount the Employer in its sole discretion may determine.

(b)   [   ]    Fixed. (Choose one or more of (1) through (3) as applicable.) :

(1)     [   ]    Uniform %.          % of each Participant's Compensation, per                                          (e.g., Plan Year, month) .

( 2 )     [   ]    Fixed dollar amount. $          , per                                          (e.g., Plan Year, month, HOS, per Participant per month) .

( 3 )     [   ]    Describe: _____________________   (The formula described must satisfy the definitely determinable requirement under Treas. Reg. §1.401-1(b). If the formula   is non-uniform, it is not a design-based safe harbor for nondiscrimination purposes.)

[ Note: The Employer under Election 27(b)(3) may specify any Fixed Nonelective Contribution formula not described under Elections   27(b)(1) or (2) (e.g., For each Plan Year, 2% of net profits exceeding $50,000, or The cash value of unused paid time off, as described in Section 3.04(A)(2)(a) and the Employer's Paid Time Off Plan) and/or the Employer may describe different Fixed Nonelective Contributions as applicable to different Participant groups (e.g., A Fixed Nonelective Contribution equal to 5% of Plan Year Compensation applies to Division A Participants and a Fixed Nonelective Contribution  equal to $500 per Participant  each Plan Year applies to Division  B Participants). ]

(c)   [   ]    Prevailing Wage Contribution. The Prevailing Wage Contribution amount(s) specified for the Plan Year or other applicable period in the Employer's Prevailing Wage Contract(s).  The Employer will make a Prevailing Wa ge Contribution only to Participants covered by the Contract and only as to Compensation paid under the Contract. The Employer must specify the Prevailing Wage Contribution by attaching an appendix to the Adoption Agreement that indicates the contribution rate(s) applicable to the prevailing wage employment/job classificati on( s).  If the Participant accrues an allocation of Employer Contributions (including forfeitures) under the Plan or any other Employer plan in addition to the Prevailing Wage Contributi on , the Plan Administrator will (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1)     [   ]    No offset.  Not reduce the Participant's Employer Contribution allocation by the amount of the Prevailing Wage   Contribution.

(2)     [   ]    Offset. Reduce the Participant's Employer Contribution allocation by the amount of the Prevailing Wage Contribution.

(d)   [   ]    Related and Participating Employers. If any Related and Participating Employers (or in the case of a Multiple Employer Plan, Participating Employers regardless of whether they are Related Employers) contribute Nonelective Contributions to the Plan, the contribution formula(s) (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1)     [   ]    All the same. Is (are) the same as for the Signatory Employer under this Election 27.

(2)     [   ]    At least one different. Is (are) as follow s:  ____________________________________ .  

[ Note: Unless the Plan is a Multiple Employer Plan, the Empl oyer should not elect 27(d) unless there are Related Employers which are   also Participating Employers .   See Section 1.24(D). The Employer electing 27(d) also must complete Election 28(g) as to the allocation   methods which apply to the Participating Employers. ]

(e)   [   ]    Describe:  ______________ The formula described must satisfy the definitely determinable requirement under Treas. Reg. §1.401-1(b). If the formula is non-uniform, it is not a design-based safe harbor for nondiscrimination purposes.)

[ Note: Under Election 27(e), the Employer may describe the amount and type of Nonelective Contributions from the elections available under Election 27 and/or a combination thereof as to a Participant group (e.g., A Discretionary Nonelective Contribution applies to Division A Employees. A Fixed Nonelective Contribution equal to 5% of Plan Year Compensation applies to Division B Employees). ]

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

17


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

28.  NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION ALLOCATION   (3.04(B)) . The Plan Administrator, subject to Section 3.06, will allocate to each Participant any Nonelective Contribution (excluding QNECs) under the following contribution allocation formula (Choose one or more of (a) through (h) as applicable.) :

(a)   [X]    Pro rata. As a uniform percentage of Participant Compensation.

(b)   [   ]    Permitted disparity. In accordance with the permitted disparity allocation provisions of Section 3.04(B)(2), under which the following permitted disparity formula and definition of "Excess Compensation" apply (Complete (1) and (2).) :

(1)     Formula (Choose one of a., b., or c.) :

a.       [   ]    Two-tiered.

b.       [   ]    Four-tiered.

c.       [   ]    Two-tiered , except that the four-tiered formula will apply in any Plan Year for which the Plan is top-heavy.

(2)     Excess Compensation.  For purposes of Section 3.04(B)(2), "Excess Compensation" means Compensation in excess of the integration level provided below (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a.       [   ]    Percentage amount.            %   (not exceeding 100%) of the Taxable Wage Base in effect on the first day of the Plan   Year, rounded to the next highest $            (not exceeding the Taxable Wage Base) .

b.       [   ]    Dollar amount. The following amount: $             (not exceeding the Taxable Wage Base in effect on the first day of the Plan Year) .

(c)   [   ]    Incorporation of contribution form ula.   The Plan Administrator will allocate any Fixed Nonelective Contribution under Elections 27(b), 27(d), or 27(e), or any Prevailing Wage Contribution under Election 27(c), in accordance with the contribution formula the Employer adopts under those Elections.

(d)   [   ]    Classifications of Participants. [ This is a nondesigned based safe harbor allocation method. ] In accordance with the classifications allocation provisions of Section 3.04(B)(3). (Complete (1) and (2).) :

(1)     Description of the classifications.  [ This is a nondesigned   based safe harbor allocation method. ] The   classifications are   (Choose one of a., b., or c.) :

[ Note: Typically, the Employer would elect 28(d) where it intends to satisfy nondiscrimination requirements using "cross-testing" under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-8. However, choosing this election does not necessarily require application of cross-testing and the Plan may be able to satisfy nondiscrimination as to its classification-based allocations by testing allocation rates. ]

a.       [   ]    Each in own classification. Each Participant constitutes a separate classification.

b.       [   ]    NHCEs/HCEs. Nonhighly Compensated Employee/Participants and Highly Compensated Employee/Participants.

c.       [   ]    Describe the classifications __________________

[ Note: Any classifications under Election 28(d) must result in a definitely determinable allocation under Treas. Reg. §1.401-1(b)(1)(ii). The classifications cannot limit the NHCEs benefiting under the Plan only to those NHCE/Participants with the lowest Compensation and/or the shortest periods of Service and who may represent the minimum number of benefiting NHCEs necessary to pass coverage under Code   §410(b). In the case of a self-employed Participant (i.e., sole pr oprietorships or partnerships), the requirements of Treas. Reg.   §1.401(k)-1(a)(6) apply and the allocation method should not result in a cash or deferred election for the self-employed Participant. The Employer by the due date of its tax return (including extensions) must advise the Plan Administrator or Trustee in writing as to the allocation rate applicable to each Participant under Election 28(d)(1)a. or applicable to each classification under Elections 28(d)(1)b. or c. for the allocation Plan Year. ]

(2)     Allocation method within each classification. Allocate the Nonelective Contribution within each classification as follows   (Choose one of a., b., or c.) :

a.       [   ]    Pro rata. As a uniform percentage of Compensation of each Participant within the classification.

b.       [   ]    Flat dollar. The same dollar amount to each Participant within the classification.

c.       [   ]    Describe: ____________________   (e.g., Allocate pro rata to NHCEs and flat dollar to HCEs.)

(e)   [   ]    Age-based.  [ This is a nondesigned based safe harbor allocation method. ]  In accordance with the age-based allocation provisions of Section 3.04(B)(5). The Plan Administrator will use the Actuarial Factors based on the following assumptions (Complete both (1) and (2).) :

(1)     Interest rate. (Choose one of a., b., or c.) :

a.       [   ]    7.5%                b.      [   ]   8.0%                c.      [   ]   8.5%

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

18


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

(2)     Mortality table. (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a.       [   ]    UP-1984. See Appendix D.

b.       [   ]    Alternative:                                                      (Specify 1983 GAM, 1983 IAM, 1971 GAM or 1971 IAM and attach applicable tables using such mortality table and the specified interest rate as replacement Appendix D.)

( f )   [   ]    Uniform points. In accordance with the uniform points allocation provisions of Section 3.04(B)(6). Under the uniform points   allocation formula, a Participant receives (Choose one or both of (1) and (2). Choose (3) if applicable.) :

(1)  [   ]    Years of Service .                                           point (s) for each Year of Service. The maximum number of Years of Service   counted for points is                                         .   "Year of Service" under this Election 28(f) means (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a.       [   ]    Eligibility. Years of Service for eligibility in Election 16.

b.       [   ]    Vesting. Years of Service for vesting in Elections 43 and 44.

[ Note: A Year of Service must satisfy Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-11(d)(3) for the uniform points allocation to qualify as a safe harbor allocation under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-2(b)(3). ]

(2)     [   ]    Age.                                          point(s) for each year of age attained during the Plan Year.

(3)     [   ]    Compensation .                                                     point (s) for each $              (not to exceed $200) increment of Plan Year   Compensation.

(g)   [   ]    Related and Participating Employers. If any Related and Participating Employers (or in the case of a Multiple Employer Plan, Participating Employers regardless of whether they are Related Employers) contribute Nonelective Contributions to the Plan, the Plan Administrator will allocate the Nonelective Contributions made by the Participating Employer(s) under Election 27(d) (Complete (1) and (2).) :

(1)     Allocation Method. (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a.       [   ]    All the same. Using the same allocation method as applies to the Signatory Employer under this Election 28.

b.       [   ]    At least one different. Under the following allocation method(s):   ______________________________ .  

(2)     Allocation sharing. The Plan Administrator will allocate the Nonelective Contributions made by the Signatory Employer and   by any Participating Employer (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a.       [   ]    Employer by Employer. Only to the Participants directly employed by the contributing Employer.

b .       [   ]    Across Employer lines. To all Participants regardless of which Employer directly employs them and regardless of whether their direct Employer made Nonelective Contributions for the Plan Year.

[ Note: Unless the Plan is a Multiple Employer Plan, the Employer should not elect 28(g) unless there are Related Employers which are also Participating Employers. See Section 1.24(D) and Election 27(d). If the Employer elects 28(g)(2)a., the Employer should also elect   11(k)(2),  to disregard the Compensation  paid by "Y" Participating  Employer in determining the allocation of the "X" Participating Employer contribution to a Participant (and vice versa) who receives Compensation from both X and Y. If the Employer elects 28(g)(2)b., the Employer should not elect 11(k)(2). Election 28(g)(2)a. does not apply to Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions. ]

(h)   [   ]    Describe ____________________   (The formula described must satisfy the definitely determinable requirement under Treas. Reg. §1.401-1(b).  If the formula is non-uniform, it is not a design-based safe harbor for nondiscrimination purposes.)

 

29.  QNEC (PLAN-DESIGNATED)   (3.04(C)(1)) . The following provisions apply regarding Plan-Designated QNECs (Choose one of (a)   or (b).) :

[ Note: Regardless of its elections under this Election 29, the Employer under Section 3.04(C)(2) may elect for any Plan Year where the Plan is using Current Year Testing to make Operational QNECs which the Plan Administrator will allocate only to NHCEs for purposes of correction of an ADP or ACP test failure .]

(a)   [X]    Not applicable. There are no Plan-Designated QNECs.

(b)   [   ]    Applies. There are Plan-Designated QNECs to which the following provisions apply (Complete (1), (2), and (3).) :

(1)     Nonelective Contributions affected. The following Nonelective Contributions (as allocated to the designated allocation group under Election 29(b)(2)) are Plan-Designated QNECs (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a.       [   ]    All. All Nonelective Contributions.

b.       [   ]    Designated. Only the following Nonelective Contributions under Election 27:     ________________________ .

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

19


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

(2)     Allocation Group. Subject to Section 3.06, allocate the Plan-Designated QNEC (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a.       [   ]    NHCEs only. Only to NHCEs under the method elected in Election 29(b)(3).

b.       [   ]    All Participants. To all Participants under the method elected in Election 29(b)(3).

(3)     Allocation Method. The Plan Administrator will allocate a Plan-Designated QNEC using the following method (Choose one of a., b., c., or d.) :

a.       [   ]    Pro rata.

b.       [   ]    Flat dollar.

c.       [   ]    Reverse. See Section 3.04(C)(3).

d.       [   ]    Describe :   ________________________   (The formula described must satisfy the definitely determinable requirement under Treas. Reg. §1.401-1(b).  If the formula is non-uniform, it is not a design-based safe harbor for nondiscrimination purposes.)

[ Note: See Section 4.10(D) as to targeting limitations applicable to QNEC nondiscrimination testing. ]

 

30.  SAFE HARBOR 401(k) PLAN (SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTIONS/ADDITIONAL MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS)   (3.05) . The Employer under Election 6(e) will (or in the case of the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution may) contribute the following S afe Harbor Contributions described in Section 3.05(E) and will or may contribute   A dditiona l Matching Contributions described in Section 3.05(F) (Choose one of (a) through (e) when and as applicable. Complete   (f) and (i). Choose (g), (h), and (j) as applicable.) :

(a)   [   ]    Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution (including QACA). The Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution equals            % of a Participant's Compensation [ Note: The amount in the blank must be at least 3%. The Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution applies toward (offsets) most other Employer Nonelective Contributions. See Section 3.05(E)(12). ]

(b)   [   ]    Safe  Harbor  Nonelective  Contribution  (including  QACA)/delayed  year-by-year  election  (maybe  and  supplemental notices). In connection with the Employer's provision of the maybe notice under Section 3.05(I)(1), the Employer elects into safe harbor status by giving the supplemental notice and by making this Election 30(b) to provide for a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution equal to           % (specify amount at least equal to 3%) of a Participant's Compensation. This Election 30(b) and safe harbor status applies for the Plan Year ending:                                            (specify Plan Year end) , which is the Plan Year to which the Employer's maybe and supplemental notices apply.

[ Note: An Employer distributing the maybe notice can use election 30(b) without completing the year. Doing s o requires the Pla n to perform Current Year Testing unless the Employer decides to elect safe harbor status. If the Employer wishes to elect safe harbor status for a single year, the Employer must amend the Plan to enter the Plan Year end above. ]

(c)   [   ]    Basic Matching Contribution. A Matching Contribution equal to 100% of each Participant's Elective Deferrals not exceeding   3% of the Participant's Compensation, plus 50% of each Participant's Elective Deferrals in excess of 3% but not in excess of 5%   of the Participant's Compensation. See Sections 1.35(E) and 3.05(E)(4). (Complete (1).) :

(1)     Time period. For purposes of this Election 30(c), "Compensation" and "Elective Deferrals" mean Compensation and Elective Deferrals for:                                           . [ Note: The Employer must complete the blank line with the applicable time period for computing the Basic Match, such as "each payroll period," "each calendar month," "each Plan Year quarter" or "the Plan Year." ]

(d)   [   ]    QACA Basic Matching Contribution.  A Matching Contribution  equal to 100% of a Participant's  Elective Deferrals not exceeding 1% of the Participant's Compensation, plus 50% of each Participant's Elective Deferrals in excess of 1% but not in excess of 6% of the Participant's Compensation. (Complete (1).) : [ Note: This election is available only if the Employer has elected the QACA automatic deferrals provisions under Election 21. ]

(1)     Time period. For purposes of this Election 30(d), "Compensation" and "Elective Deferrals" mean Compensation and Elective Deferrals for:                                           . [ Note: The Employer must complete the blank line with the applicable time period for computing the QACA Basic Match, such as "each payroll period," "each calendar month," "each Plan Year quarter" or "the Plan Year." ]

(e)   [   ]    Enhanced Matching Contribution (including QACA). See Sections 1.35(F) and 3.05(E)(6). (Choose one of (1) or (2) and complete (3) for any election.) :

(1)     [   ]    Uniform percentage. A Matching Contribution equal to            % of each Participant's Elective Deferrals but not as to   Elective Deferrals exceeding          % of the Participant's Compensation.

(2)     [   ]    Tiered formula.  A Matching Contribution equal to the specified matching rate f or the corresponding level of e ach Participant' s Elective Deferral percentage.  A   Participant's Elective Deferral percentag e is equal to the Participant's   Elective Deferrals divided by his/her Compensation.

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

20


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Elective Deferral Percentage

 

Matching Rate

 

 

____%

 

____%

 

 

____%

 

____%

 

 

____%

 

____%

 

(3)     Time period. For purposes of this Election 30(e), "Compensation" and "Elective Deferrals" mean Compensation and Elective Deferrals for:                                           . [ Note: The Employer must complete the blank line with the applicable time period for computing the Enhanced Match, such as "each payroll period," "each calendar month," "each Plan Year quarter" or "the Plan Year." ]

[ Note: The matching rate may not increase as the Elective Deferral percentage increases and the Enhanced Matching formula otherwise must satisfy the requirements of Code §§401(k)(12)(B)(ii) and (iii) (taking into account Code §401(k)(13)(D)(ii) in the case of a QACA). If the Employer elects to satisfy the ACP safe harbor under Election 38(a)(2)a., the Employer also must limit Elective Deferrals taken into account for the Enhanced Matching Contribution to a maximum of 6% of Plan Year Compensation. ]

(f)    Participants who will receive Safe Harbor Contributions. The allocation of Safe Harbor Contributions (Choose one of (1), (2), or

(3). Choose (4) if applicable.) :

( 1 )     [   ]    Applies to all Participants. Applies to all Participants except as may be limited under Election 30(g).

(2)     [   ]    NHCEs only. Is limited to NHCE Participants only and may be limited further under Election 30(g). No HCE will receive a Safe Harbor Contribution allocation.

( 3 )     [   ]    NHCEs and designated HCEs. Is limited to NHCE Participants and to the following HCE Participants and may be limited further under Election 30(g): ___________________________________

[ Note: Any HCE allocation group the Employer describes under Election 30(f)(3) mu st be definitely determinable. (e.g., Division "A" HCEs OR HCEs who own more than 5% of the Employer without regard to attribution rules) .]

(4)     [   ]    Applies to all Participants except Collective Bargaining Employees. Notwithstanding Elections 30(f)(1), (2) or (3), the Safe Harbor Contributions are not allocated to Collective Bargaining (union) Employees and may be further limited under Election 30(g).

(g)   [   ]    Early Elective Deferrals/delay of Safe Harbor Contribution.  The Employer may elect this Election 30(g) only if the Employer in Election 14 elects eligibility requirements for Elective Deferrals of less than age 21 and/or one Year of Service but elects age 21 and one Year of Service for Safe Harbor Matching or for Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions. The Employer under this Election 30(g) applies the rules of Section 3.05(D) to limit the allocation of any Safe Harbor Contribution under Election 30 for a Plan Year to those Participants who the Plan Administrator in applying the OEE rule described in Section   4.06(C), treats as benefiting in the disaggregated plan covering the Includible Employees.

(h)   [   ]    Another plan. The Employer will make the Safe Harbor Contribution to the following plan:                                                       .

(i)    Additional Matching Contributions. See Sections 1.35(G) and 3.05(F). (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

( 1 )     [   ]    No Additional Matching Contributions. The Employer will not make any Additional Matching Contributions to its safe harbor Plan.

(2)     [   ]    Additional Matching Contributions. The Employer will or may make the following Additional Matching Contributions to its safe harbor Plan. (Choose a., b., and c. as applicable.) :

a.       [   ]    Fixed Additional Matching Contribution. The following Fixed Additional Matching Contribution (Choose (i)   and (ii) as applicable and complete (iii) for any election.) :

(i)      [   ]    Uniform percentage. A Matching Contribution equal to          % of each Participant's Elective Deferrals but   not as to Elective Deferrals exceeding          % of the Participant's Compensation.

(ii)     [   ]   Tiered formula. A Matching Contribution equal to the specified matching rate for the corresponding level of each Participant's Elective Deferral percentage. A Participant's Elective Deferral percentage is equal to the Participant's Elective Deferrals divided by his/her Compensation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Elective Deferral Percentage

 

Matching Rate

 

 

____%

 

____%

 

 

____%

 

____%

 

 

____%

 

____%

 

(iii)   Time period.   For purposes of this Election 30(i)(2)a.,  " Compensation" and  "Elective Deferrals" mean Compensation and Elective Deferrals for:                                                                                                                    . [ Note: The Employer must complete the blank line with the applicable time period for computing the Additional Match, e.g., each payroll period, each calendar month, each Plan Year quarter OR the Plan Year. If the Employer elects a match under both (i) and (ii) and will apply a different time period to each match, the Employer may indicate as such in the blank line. ]

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

21


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

b .       [   ]    Discretionary Additional Matching Contribution. The Employer may make a Discretionary Additional Matching Contribution. If the Employer makes a Discretionary Matching Contribution, the Discretionary Matching Contribution will not apply as to Elective Deferrals exceeding          % of the Participant's Compensation (complete   the blank if applicable or leave blank) .

(i)      Time period.  For purposes of this Election 30(i)(2)b., "Compensation" and "Elective Deferrals" mean Compensation and Elective Deferrals for: ____________________. [ Note: The Employer must complete the blank line with the applicable time period for computing the Additional Discretionary Matching Contribution, e.g., each payroll period, each calendar month, each Plan Year quarter OR the Plan Year. If the Employer fails to specify a time period, the Employer is deem ed to have elected to compute i ts Additional Matching Contribution based on the Plan Year. ]

c .       [   ]    Describe Additional Matching Contribution formula and time period ________________________ (The formula described must satisfy the definitely determinable requirement under Treas. Reg. §1.401-1(b) and, if   the Employer elects to satisfy the ACP safe harbor under Election 38(a)(2)a., the formula must comply with Section   3.05(G).)

[ Note: If the Employer elects to satisfy the ACP safe harbor under Election 38(a)(2)a. then as to any and all Matchin g Contributions, including Fixed Additional Matching Contributions and Discretionary Additional Matching Contributions: (i) the matching rate may not increase as the Elective Deferral percentage increases; (ii) no HCE may be entitled to a greater rate of match than any NHCE; (iii) the Employer must limit Elective Deferrals taken into account for the Additional Matching Contributions to a maximu m of 6% of Pla n Year Compensation;  (iv) the Plan must apply all Matching Contributions to Catch-Up Deferrals;  and (v) in the case of a Discretionary Additional Matching Contribution, the contribution amount may not exceed 4% of the Participant's Plan Year Compensation. ]

(j)    [   ]    Multiple Safe Harbor Contributions in disaggregated Plan.  The Employer elects to make different Safe Harbor Contributions and/or Additional Matching Contributions to disaggregated parts of its Plan under Treas. Reg. §1.401(k) -1(b)(4) as follows :   __________ (Specify contributions for disaggregated plans, e.g., as to collectively bargained employees a 3% Nonelective Safe Harbor Contribution applies and as to non-collectively bargained employees, the Basic Matching Contribution applies) .

 

31.  ALLOCATION CONDITIONS   (3.06(B)/(C)) . The Plan does not apply any allocation conditions to: (i) Elective Deferrals; (ii) Safe Harbor Contributions; (iii) Additional Matching Contributions which will satisfy the ACP test safe harbor; (iv) Employee Contributions; (v) Rollover Contributions; (vi) Designated IRA Contributions; (vii) SIMPLE Contributions; or (viii) Prevailing Wage Contributions. To receive an allocation of Matching Contributions, Nonelective Contributions or Participant forfeitures, a Participant must satisfy the following allocation condition(s) (Choose one of (a) or (b). Choose (c) if applicable.) :

(a)   [   ]    No conditions. No allocation conditions apply to Matching Contributions, to Nonelective Contributions or to forfeitures.

(b)   [X]    Conditions. The following allocation conditions apply to the designated Contribution Type and/or forfeitures (Choose one or more of (1) through (7). Choose Contribution Type as applicable.) :

[ Note: For this Election 31, except as the Employer describes otherwise in Election 31(b)(7) or as provided in Sections 3.03(C)(2) and   3.04(C)(2) regarding Opera tional QMACs and Operational QNECs, Matching inclu des all Matching Contributions and Nonelective   includes all Nonelective Contributions to which allocation conditions may apply. The Employer under Election 31(b)(7) may not impose an   Hour of Service condition exceeding 1,000 Hours of Service in a Plan Year. ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Matching, Nonelective

and Forfeitures

 

(2)

 

 

Matching

(3)

 

 

Nonelective

(4)

 

 

Forfeitures

(1)

[   ]

None.

(See

N/A

Election 31(a))

 

[

]

[

]

[

]

(2)

[   ]

501 HOS/terminees (91 consecutive days if

Elapsed Time). See Section 3.06(B)(1)(b).

[   ]

OR

[

]

[

]

[

]

(3)

[X]

Last day of the Plan Year.

[X]

OR

[

]

[

]

[

]

(4)

[   ]

Last day of the Election 31(c) time period.

[   ]

OR

[

]

[

]

[

]

(5)

[X]

1,000 HOS in the Plan Year (182 consecutive days in Plan Year if Elapsed Time).

[X]

OR

[

]

[

]

[

]

(6)

[   ]

         (specify) HOS within the Election

31(c) time period, (but not exceeding 1,000

[   ]

OR

[

]

[

]

[

]

 

 

HOS in a Plan Year).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7)     [   ]    Describe conditions: _______________ (e.g., Last day of the Plan Year as to Nonelective   C ontributions for Participating Employer "A" Participants. No allocation conditions for Participating Employer "B" Participants.)

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

22


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

(c)   [   ]    Time period. Under Section 3.06(C), apply Elections 31(b)(4), (b)(6), or (b)(7) to the specified contributions/forfeitures based on each (Choose one or more of (1) through (5). Choose Contribution Type as applicable.) :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

[   ]

Plan Year.

 

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

 

(2)

[   ]

Plan Year quarter.

 

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

 

(3)

[   ]

Calendar month.

 

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

 

(4)

[   ]

Payroll period.

 

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

 

(5)

[   ]

Describe time period: ____________________________

 

 

[ Note: If the Employer elects 31(b)(4) or (b)(6), the Employer must choose (c). If the Employer elects 31(b)(7), choose (c) if applicable. ]

 

32.  ALLOCATION CONDITIONS - APPLICATION/WAIVER/SUSPENSION   (3.06(D)/(F)) . Under Section 3.06(D), in the event of Severance from Employment as described below, apply or do not apply Election 31(b) allocation conditions to the specified contributions/forfeitures  as follows (If the Employer elects 31(b), the Employer must complete Election 32. Choose one of (a) or (b). Complete (c).) :

[ Note: For this Election 32, except as the Employer describes otherwise in Election 31(b)(7) or as provided in Sections 3.03(C)(2) and   3.0 4(C)(2)  regarding Operational QMACs and Operational QNECs, Matching includes all Matching Contributions and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions to which allocation conditions may apply. ]

(a)   [X]    Total waiver or application. If a Participant incurs a Severance from Employment on account of or following death, Disability or attainment of Normal Retirement Age or Early Retirement Age (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1)     [X]    Do not apply. Do not apply elected allocation conditions to Matching Contributions, to Nonelective Contributions or to forfeitures.

(2)     [   ]    Apply. Apply elected allocation conditions to Matching Contributions, to Nonelective Contributions and to forfeitures.

(b)   [   ]    Application/waiver as to Contribution Types events. If a Participant incurs a Severance from Employment, apply allocation conditions except such conditions are waived if Severance from Employment is on account of or following d eath, Disability or attainment of Normal Reti rement Age or Early Retirement Age as specifie d, and as applied to the specified Contribution Types/forfeitures (Choose one or more of (1) through (4). Choose Contribution Type as applicable.) :

 

 

(1) Matching,

 

(2)

(3)

(4)

Nonelective

and Forfeitures

 

 

Matching

 

Nonelective

 

Forfeitures

(1)

[

]

Death.

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(2)

[

]

Disability.

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(3)

[

]

Normal Retirement Age.

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(4)

[

]

Early Retirement Age.

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(c)   Suspension. The suspension of allocation conditions of Section 3.06(F) (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :  

(1)     [   ]    Applies. Applies as follows (Choose one of a., b., or c.) :

a.       [   ]    Both. Applies both to Nonelective Contributions and to Matching Contributions.

b.       [   ]    Nonelective. Applies only to Nonelective Contributions.

c.       [   ]    Match. Applies only to Matching Contributions.

(2)     [X]    Does not apply.

 

33.  FORFEITURE ALLOCATION METHOD   (3.07) .   (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

[ Note: Even if the Employer elects immediate vesting, the Employer should complete Election 33. See Section 7.07. ]

(a)   [   ]    Safe harbor/top-heavy exempt. Apply all forfeitures to Safe Harbor Contributions and Plan expenses in accordance with   Section 3.07(A)(4).

(b)   [X]    Apply to Contributions. The Plan Administrator will allocate a Participant forfeiture attributable to all Contribution Types or attributable to all Nonelective Contributions or to all Matching Contributions as follows (Choose one or more of (1) through (6) and choose Contribution Type as applicable. Choose (5) only in conjunction with at least one other election.) :

 

 

 

 

(1)

(2)

(3)

All

Nonelective

Matching

Forfeitures

Forfeitures

Forfeitures

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

23


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

[

]

Additional Nonelective. Allocate as additional Discretionary

Nonelective Contribution.

[

]

OR

[

]

[

]

(2)

[

]

Additional Match. Allocate as additional Discretionary

[

]

OR

[

]

[

]

 

 

 

Matching Contribution.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

[

]

Reduce Nonelective. Apply to Nonelective Contribution.

[

]

OR

[

]

[

]

(4)

[X]

Reduce Match. Apply to Matching Contribution.

[X]

OR

[

]

[

]

(5)

[X]

Plan expenses. Pay reasonable Plan expenses. (See Section 7.04(C).)

[X]

OR

[

]

[

]

(6)

[   ]

Describe _____   (must  satisfy the definitely determinable requirement under Treas. Reg. §1.401-1(b) and be applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner; e.g., Forfeitures attributable to transferred balances from Plan X are allocated only to former

 

 

Plan X participants.)

 

34.  AUTOMATIC ESCALATION   (3.02(G)) . The Automatic Escalation provisions of Section 3.02(G) (Choose one of (a) or (b). See Election 21 regarding Automatic Deferrals. Automatic Escalation applies to Participants who have a Salary Reduction Agreement in effect.) :

(a)   [X]    Do not apply.

(b)   [   ]    Apply. (Complete (1), (2), (3), and if appropriate (4).) :

(1)     Participants affected. The Automatic Escalation applies to (Choose one of a., b., or c.) :

a.       [   ]    All Deferring Participants. All Participants who have a Salary Reduction Agreement in effect to defer at least          % of   Compensation.

b .       [   ]    New Deferral Elections. All Participants who file a Salary Reduction Agreement after the effective date of this   Election, or, as appropriate, any amendment thereto, to defer at least          % of Compensation.

c .       [   ]    Describe affected Participants : ________________________

[ Note: The Employer in Election 34(b)(1)c. may further describe affected Participants, e.g., non-Collective Bargaining Employees OR Division A Employees. The group of Participants must be definitely determinable and if an EACA under Election 21, must be uni form. ]

(2)     Automatic Increases. (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a.       [   ]    Automatic   increase. The Participant’s Elective Deferrals will increase by         % per year up to a maximum of         % of Compensation unless the Participant has filed a Contrary Election after the effective date of this Election or, as appropriate, any amendment thereto.

b.       [   ]    Describe increase: __________________

[ Note: The Employer in Election 34(b)(2)b. may define different increases for different groups of Participants or may otherwise limit   Automatic Escalation. Any such provisions must be definitely determinable. ]

(3)     Change Date. The Elective Deferrals will increase on the following day each Plan Year:

a.       [   ]    First day of the Plan Year.

b.       [   ]    Other :   _________________________ (must be a specified or definitely determinable date that occurs at least annually)

(4)     First Year of Increase. The automatic escalation provision will apply to a participant beginning with the first Change Date after the Participant files a Salary Reduction Agreement (or, if sooner, the effective date of this Election, or, as appropriate, any amendment thereto), unless a. is selected below:

a.       [   ]    The escalation provision will apply as of the second Change Date thereafter.

 

35.  IN-PLAN ROTH ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTION   (3.08(E)) . The following provisions apply regarding In-Plan Roth Rollover   Contributions (Choose one of (a) or (b); also see Election 56(d)(1); leave blank if Election 6(b)(1) is not selected.) :

(a)   [   ]    Not Applicable. The Plan does not permit In - Plan Roth Rollover Contributions.

(b)   [   ]    Applies. The Plan permits In - Plan Roth Rollover Contributions. (Choose (1) if applicable.)

(1)     [   ]    Effective Date.                                         (enter date not earlier than September 28, 2010; may be left blank if same as Plan or   Restatement Effective Date).

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

24


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

36.  EMPLOYEE (AFTER-TAX) CONTRIBUTIONS   (3.09) . The following additional elections apply to Employee Contributions under   Election 6(f). (Choose one or both of (a) and (b) if applicable.) :

(a)   [   ]    Additional limitations. The Plan permits Employee Contributions subject to the following limitations, if any, in addition to those already imposed under the Plan ______________________

[ Note: Any desi gnated limitation(s) must be the same for all Participants and must be definitely determinable (e.g., Employee Contributions may not exceed the lesser of $5,000 dollars or 10% of Compensation for the Plan Year and/or Employee Contributi ons may not be less than $50 or 2% of Compensation per payroll period). ]

(b)   [   ]    Apply Matching Contribution. For each Plan Year, the Employer's Matching Contribution made as to Employee   Contributions is ______________________

[ Note: The Employer Matching Contribution formula must be the same for all Participants and must be definitely determinable (e.g., A fixed Matching Contribution equal to 50% of Employee Contributions not exceeding 6% of Plan Ye ar Compensation or A Discretion ary Matching Contribution based on Employee Contributions). ]

 

37.  DESIGNATED IRA CONTRIBUTIONS   (3.12) . Under Election 6(h), a Participant may make Designated IRA Contributions.   (Complete (a) and (b).) :

(a)   Type of IRA contribution. A Participant's Designated IRA Contributions will be (Choose one of (1), (2), or (3).) :  

(1)     [   ]    Traditional.

(2)     [   ]    Roth.

(3)     [   ]    Traditional/Roth. As the Participant elects at the time of contribution.

(b)   Type of Account. A Participant's Designated IRA Contributions will be held in the following form of Account(s) (Choose one of (1), (2), or (3).) :

(1)     [   ]    IRA.

(2)     [   ]    Individual Retirement Annuity.

(3)     [   ]    IRA/Individual Retirement Annuity. As the Participant elects at the time of contribution.

 

ARTICLE IV LIMITATIONS AND TESTING

 

38.  ANNUAL TESTING ELECTIONS   (4.06(B)) . The Employer makes the following Plan specific annual testing elections under Section   4.06(B). (Complete (a) and (b) as applicable. Leave (a) blank if the Plan is a SIMPLE 401(k) plan.) :  

(a)   [X]    Nondiscrimination testing. (Choose one or more of (1), (2), and (3).) :

(1)     [X]    Traditional 401(k) Plan/ADP/ACP test. The following testing method(s) apply:

[ Note: The Plan may "split test". For Current Year Testing, See Section 4.11(E). For Prior Year Testing, see Section 4.11(I) a nd, as to the first Plan Year, see Sections 4.10(B)(4)(f)(iv) and 4.10(C)(5)(e)(iv). ]

 

ADP Test (Choose one of a. or b.)

a.       [   ]    Current Year Testing.

b.       [X]    Prior Year Testing.

 

ACP Test (Choose one of c., d., or e.)

c .       [   ]    N o t a pp l i ca b l e .     T he   P l an   d o es   n o t pe r m i t   M a t c h i ng C o n t r i b u ti o ns   o r   E m p l o y ee   C o n t r i b u t i o ns and   t h e   P l an A d m i n i s t r a t o r   w i l l   n o t   r e c h a r a c t e r i z e   E l e c ti v e   D e f e r r a l s   as E m p l o y ee   C o n t r i b u t i o ns   f o r   t e s t i n g .

d .       [   ]    C u rre n t   Y ear   T e s t i n g .

e .       [X]    P r i o r   Y ear   T e s t i n g .

(2)     [   ]    S a f e   H ar b o r   P l an / N o   t e s t i n g   o r   A C P   t e s t   o n l y .   ( C h o o s e   one   of   a .   or   b . ) :

a.       [   ]    N o   t e s t i n g.   A D P   t e s t   s a f e   ha r b o r   a pp l i e s   and   i f   a p p l i c ab l e,   A C P   t e s t   s a f e   h a r b o r   a p p l i e s .

b .       [   ]    AC P   t e s t   o n l y .   A D P  t e s t   s a f e   h a r b o r   a p p l i e s ,   b u t   P l an   w i l l   p e r f o r m   A C P   t e s t   as f o ll o w s   ( C hoo s e one   o f   ( i )   or   (i i ) . ) :

(i)      [   ]    C u rre n t   Y ear   T e s t i n g .

(i i)       [   ]    P r i o r   Y ear   T e s t i n g .

( 3 )     [   ]    Maybe notice (Election 30(b)). See Section 3.05(I).

[ Note: The Employer may make elections under both the Traditional 401(k) Plan and Safe Harbor Plan elections, in order to accommodate a Plan that applies both testing elections (e.g., Safe Harbor Includible Employees group and tested Otherwise Excludible Employees

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

25


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

group, or Safe Harbor Plan with tested after-tax Employee Contributions). In the absence of an election regarding ADP or ACP tested contributions, Current Year Testing applies. ]

(b)   [   ]    HCE determination.  The Top-Paid Group election and the calendar year data e lection are not used unless ele cted below   (Choose one or both of (1) and (2) if applicable.) :  

(1)     [   ]    Top-paid group election applies.

(2)     [   ]    Calendar year data election (fiscal year Plan only) applies.

 

ARTICLE V

VESTING REQUIREMENTS

 

39.  NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE   (5.01) . A Participant attains Normal Retirement Age under the Plan on the following date (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

(a)   [X]    Specific age. The date the Participant attains age  65  . [ Note: The age may not exceed age 65. ]

(b)   [   ]    Age/participation. The later of the date the Participant attains age           or the           anniversary of the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan. [ Note: The age may not exceed age 65 and the anniversary may not exceed the 5th. ]

 

40.  EARLY RETIREMENT AGE   (5.01) .   (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

(a)   [   ]    Not applicable. The Plan does not provide for an Early Retirement Age.

(b)   [X]    Early Retirement Age. Early Retirement Age is the later of: (i) the date a Participant attains age  55  ; (ii) the date a Participant reaches his/her          anniversary of the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or (iii) the date a Participant completes  10  Years of Service.

[ Note: The Employer should leave blank any of clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) which are not applicable. ] "Years of Service" under this Election 40 means (Choose one of (1) or (2) as applicable.) :

(1)     [   ]    Eligibility. Years of Service for eligibility in Election 16.

(2)     [X]    Vesting. Years of Service for vesting in Elections 43 and 44.

[ Note: Election of an Early Retirement Age does not affect the time at which a Participant may receive a Plan distribution. However, a   Participant becomes 100% vested at Early Retirement Age. ]

 

41.  ACCELERATION ON DEATH OR DISABILITY   (5.02) . Under Section 5.02, if a Participant incurs a Severance from Employment as a result of death or Disability (Choose one of (a), (b), or (c).) :

(a)   [   ]    Applies. Apply 100% vesting.

(b)   [   ]    Not applicable.  Do not apply 10 0% vesting.  The Participant's vesting is in accordance with the appl icable Plan vesting schedule.

(c)   [X]    Limited application. Apply 100% vesting, but only if a Participant incurs a Severance from Employment as a result of (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1)     [X]    Death.

(2)     [   ]    Disability.

 

42.  VESTING SCHEDULE   (5.03) . A Participant has a 100% Vested interest at all times in his/her Accounts attributable to: (i) Elect ive Deferrals; (ii)  Employee Contributions; (iii) Q NECs; (iv) QMACs; (v) Safe Harbo r Contributions (other than QACA Safe Harbor Contributions); (vi) SIMPLE Contributions; ( vii) Rollover Contributions; (viii) Prevailing Wage Contrib utions; (ix) DECs; and (x) Designated  IRA Contributions. Th e following vesting schedule applies to Regular Matching Contrib utions, to Additional Matchin g Contributions (irrespective of ACP testing status), to Nonelective Contributions (other than Prevailing Wage Contributions) and to QAC A Safe Harbor Contributions. (Choose (a) or choose one or both of (b) and (c) as applicable.) :

(a)   [   ]    Immediate vesting. 100% Vested at all times in all Accounts.

[ Note: Unless all Contribution Types are 100% Vested, the Employer should not elect 42(a). If the Employer elects immediate vesting under 42(a), the Employer should not complete the balance of Election 42 or Elections 43 and 44 (except as noted therein). Th e Employer must elect 42(a) if the eligibility Service condition under Election 14 as to all Contribution Types (except Elective Deferrals and Safe Harbor Contributions) exceeds one Year of Service or more than 12 months. The Employer must elect 42(b)(1) as to any C ontribution Type where the eligibility service condition exceeds one Year of Service or more than 12 months. The Employer should elect 42(b) if any Contribution Type is subject to a vesting schedule. ]

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

26


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

(b)   [X]    Vesting schedules: Apply the following vesting schedules (Choose one or more of (1) through (6). Choose Contribution Type as applicable.) :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

All

 

 

Regular

Matching (See

QACA

 

 

 

 

Contributions

 

Nonelective

Matching

Section 3.05(F))

Safe Harbor

(1)

[   ]

Immediate vesting

 

N/A
(See Election 42(a))

 

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(2)

[   ]

6-year graded.

 

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

N/A

(3)

[X]

3-year cliff.

 

[   ]

OR

[X]

[   ]

[   ]

N/A

(4)

[X]

Modified Schedule

 

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[X]

[   ]

N/A

 

 

Years of Service

Vested %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 1

a.  0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

b.  0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

c.  25%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

d.  50%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

e.  75%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

f.  100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6 or more

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

[   ]

2-year cliff.

 

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(6)

[   ]

Modified 2-year schedule:

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

 

 

Years of Service

Vested %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 1

a.  ____

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

b.  ____

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

[ Note: If the Employer does not elect 42(a), the Employer under 42(b) must elect immediate vesting or must elect one of the specified alternative vesting schedules. The Employer must elect either 42(b)(5) or (6) as to QACA Safe Harbor Contributions. The mo d i fied top- heavy schedule of Election 42(b)(4) must satisfy Code §411(a)(2)(B). If the Employer elects Additional Matching under Election 30(i), the Employer should elect vesting under the Additional Matching column in this Election 42(b). That election app lies to the Additional Matching even if the Employer has given the maybe notice but does not give the supplemental no tice for any Plan Year and as t o such Plan Years, the Plan is not a safe harbor plan and the Matching Contributions are not Additional Matching Contributions. If the Plan's Effective Date is before January 1, 2007, the Employer may wish to complete the override elections in Appendix B relating to the application of non-top-heavy vesting. ]

(c)   [X]    Special vesting provisions:  Employer Nonelective contributions of current participants with 1 or 2 Years of Service will   remain on a 5-year graded vesting schedule (0-1 Years of Service 0%, 2 Years of Service 25%) until they reach their 3rd Year   of Service, at which time they will become 100% vested.

[ Note: The Employer under Election 42(c) may describe special vesting provisions from the elections available under Election 42 and/or a combination thereof as to a: (i) Participant group (e.g., Full vesting applies to Division A Employees OR to Employees hired on/before "x" date. 6-year graded vesting applies to Division B Employees OR to Employees hired after "x" date.); and/or (ii) Contribution Type (e. g., Full vesting applies as to Discretionary Nonelective Contributions. 6-year graded vesting applies to Fixed Nonelective Contributions). Any special vesting provision must satisfy Code §411(a) and must be nondiscriminatory. ]

 

43.  YEAR OF SERVICE - VESTING   (5.05) .   (Complete both (a) and (b).) :

[ Note: If the Employer elects the Elapsed Time Method for vesting the Employer should not complete this Election 43. If the Employer elects immediate vesting, the Employer should not complete Election 43 or Election 44 unless it elects to apply a Year of Service for vesting under any other Adoption Agreement election. ]

(a)   Year of Service. An Employee must complete at least  1,000  Hours of Service during a Vesting Computation Period to receive credit for a Year of Service under Article V. [ Note: The number may not exceed 1,000. If left blank, the requirement is 1,000. ]

(b)   Vesting Computation Period. The Plan measures a Year of Service based on the following 12-consecutive month period (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1)     [X]    Plan Year.

(2)     [   ]    Anniversary Year.

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

27


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

44.  EXCLUDED YEARS OF SERVICE - VESTING   (5.05(C)) .   (Choose (a) or (b).) :  

(a)   [X]    None. None other than as specified in Section 5.05(C)(1).

(b)   [   ]    Exclusions. The Plan excludes the following Years of Service for purposes of vesting (Choose one or more of (1) through (4).) :

( 1 )     [   ]    Age 18. Any Year of Service before the Vesting Computation Period during which the Participant attained the age of 18.

(2)     [   ]    Prior to Plan establishment.  Any Year of Service during the period the Employer did not maintain this Plan or a predecessor plan.

( 3 )     [   ]    Rule of Parity. Any Year of Service excluded under the rule of parity. See Plan Section 5.06(C).

( 4 )     [   ]    Additional exclusions. The following Years of Service: ________________

[ Note: The Employer under Election 44(b)(4) may describe vesting service exclusions provisions available under Election 44 and/or a combination thereof as to a: (i) Participant group (e.g., No exclusions apply to Division A Employees OR to Employees hired on/before "x" date. The age 18 exclusion applies to Division B Employees OR to Employees hired after "x" date.); or (ii) Contribution Type (e.g., No exclusions apply as to Discretionary Nonelective Contributions. The age 18 exclusion applies to Fixed Nonelective Contributions). Any exclusion specified under Election 44(b)(4) must comply with Code §411(a)(4). Any exclusion must be nondiscriminatory. ]

 

ARTICLE VI

DISTRIBUTION OF ACCOUNT BALANCE

 

45.  MANDATORY DISTRIBUTION   (6.01(A)(1)/6.08(D)) .   The Plan provides or does not provide for Mandatory Distribu tion of a Participant's Vested Account Balance following Severance  f rom Employment, as follows (Cho ose one of (a) or (b).  Choose (c) if applicable.) :

(a)   [   ]    No Mandatory Distribution. The Plan will not make a Mandatory Distribution following Severance from Employment.

(b)   [X]    Mandatory Distribution. The Plan will make a Mandatory Distribution following Severance from Employment. (Complete (1) and (2). Choose (3) unless the Employer elects to limit Mandatory Distributions to $1,000 including Rollover Contributions under Elections 45(b)(1)b. and 45(b)(2)b.) :

(1)     Amount limit. As to a Participant who incurs a Severance from Employment and who will receive distribution before attaining the later of age 62 or Normal Retirement Age, the Mandatory Distribution maximum amount is equal to (Choose one of a., b., or c.) :

a.       [X]    $5,000.

b.       [   ]    $1,000.

c.       [   ]    Specify amount: $            (may not exceed $5,000) .

[ Note: This election only applies to the Mandatory Distribution maximum amount. For other Plan provisions subject to a   $5,000 limit, see election 56(g)(7) in Appendix B. ]

(2)     Application of Rollovers to amount limit.   In determining whether a Participant's Vested Account Balance exceeds the   Mandatory Distribution dollar limit in Election 45(b)(1), the Plan (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a.       [X]    Disregards Rollover Contribution Account.

b.       [   ]    Includes Rollover Contribution Account.

( 3 )     [X]    Amount of Mandatory Distribution subject to Automatic Rollover. A Mandatory Distribution to a Participant before attaining the later of age 62 or Normal Retirement Age is subject to Automatic Rollover under Section 6.08(D) (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a.       [X]    Only if exceeds $1,000. Only if the amount of the Mandatory Distribution exceeds $1,000, which for this purpose   must include any Rollover Contributions Account.

b.       [   ]    Specify lesser amount. Only if the amount of the Mandatory Distribution is at least: $              (specify $1,000 or less) , which for this purpose must include any Rollover Contributions Account.

(c)   [   ]    Required distribution at Normal Retirement Age. A severed Participant may not elect to delay distribution beyond the later of age 62 or Normal Retirement Age.

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

28


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

46.  SEVERANCE DISTRIBUTION TIMING   (6.01) . Subject to the timing limitations of Section 6.01(A)(1) in the case of a Mandatory Distribution, or in the case of any Distribution Requiring Consent under Section 6.01(A)(2), f or which consent is received, t he Plan Administrator  will instruct the Trustee to distribute a Participant's Vested Account Balance as soon as is administratively practical following the time specified below (Choose one or more of (a) through (i) as applicable; choose (j) if applicable.) :

[ Note: If a Participant dies after Severance from Employment but before receiving distribution of all of his/her Account, the elections under this Election 46 no longer apply. See Section 6.01(B) and Election 50. ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Mandatory Distribution

(2) Distribution Requiring Consent

(a)

[X]

Immediate. Immediately following Severance from Employment.

[X]

[X]

(b)

[

]

Next Valuation Date. After the next Valuation Date following

[

]

[

]

 

 

 

Severance from Employment.

 

 

 

 

(c)

[

]

Plan Year. In the          Plan Year following   Severance from Employment (e.g., next or fifth) .

[

]

[

]

(d)

[

]

Plan Year quarter. In the          Plan Year quarter following   Severance from Employment (e.g., next or fifth) .

[

]

[

]

(e)

[

]

Contribution Type Accounts.                                          (specify timing)

as to the Participant's                                        Account(s) and

                                       (specify timing) as to the Participant's

[

]

[

]

 

 

 

                                             Account(s) (e.g., As soon as is practical   follow ing Severance from Employment as to the Participant's Elective Deferral Account and as soon as is practical in the next Plan Year following Severance from Employment as to the Participant's Nonelective and Matching Accounts) .

 

 

 

 

(f)

[

]

Vesting controlled timing. If the Participant's total Vested Account Balance exceeds $           , distribute                                       (specify timing) and if the Participant's total Vested Account Balance does not

[

]

[

]

 

 

 

exceed $          , distribute                                  (specify timing).

 

 

 

 

(g)

[

]

Distribute at Normal Retirement Age. As to a Mandatory Distribution, distribute not later than 60 days after the beginning of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the previously severed Participant attains the earlier of Normal Retirement Age or age 65.

[ Note: An election under column (2) only will have effect if the   Plan's NRA is less than age 62. ]

[

]

[

]

(h)

[

]

No buy-back/vesting controlled timing. Distribute as soon as is practical following Severance from Employment if the Participant is

[

]

[

]

 

 

 

fully Vested. Distribute as soon as is practical following a Forfeiture

Break in Service if the Participant is not fully Vested.

 

 

 

 

(i)    [   ]    Describe Severance from Employment distribution timing __________________

[ Note: The Employer under Election 46(i) may describe Severance from Employment distribution timing provisions from the elections available under Election 46 and/or a combination thereof as to any: (i) Participant group (e.g., Immediate distribution after Severance from Employment applies to Division A Employees OR to Employees hired on/before "x" date. Distribution after the next Valuation Date following Severance from Employment applies to Division B Employees OR to Employees hired after "x" date.); (ii) Contribution Type and Participant group (e.g., As to Division A Employees, immediate distribution after Severance from Employment applies as to Elective Deferral  Accounts and distribution after the next Valuation Date following Severance from Employment applies to Nonelective Contribution Accounts); and/or (iii) merged plan account now held in the Plan (e.g., The accounts from the X plan merged into this Plan continue to be distributable in accordance with the X plan terms [supply terms] and not in accordance with the terms of this Plan). An Employer's election under Election 46(i) must: (i) be objectively determinable; (ii) not be subject to Employer discretion; (iii) comply with Code §401(a)(14) timing requirements; (iv) be nondiscriminatory and (v) preserve Protected Benefits as required. ]

(j)    [   ]    Acceleration. Notwithstanding any later specified distribution date in Election 46, a Participant may elect an earlier distribution following Severance from Employment (Choose (1) and (2) as applicable.) :

(1)     [   ]    Disability. If Severance from Employment is on account of Disability or if the Participant incurs a Disability following

Severance from Employment.

(2)     [   ]    Hardship. If the Participant incurs a hardship under Section 6.07(B) following Severance from Employment.

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

29


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

47.  IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS/EVENTS   (6.01(C)) . A Participant may elect an In-Service Distribution of the designated   Contribution Type Accounts based on any of the following events in accordance with Section 6.01(C) (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

[ Note: If the Employer elects any In-Service Distribution option, a Participant may elect to receive as many In-Service Distributions per Plan Year (with a minimum of one per Plan Year) as the Plan Administrator's In-Service Distribution form or policy may permit. If the form or policy is silent, the number of In-Service Distributions is not limited. Prevailing Wage Contributions are treated as Nonelective Contributions. See Section 6.01(C)(4)(d) if the Employer elects to use Prevailing Wage Contributions to offset other c ontributions. ]

(a)   [   ]    None. The Plan does not permit any In-Service Distributions except as to any of the following (if applicable): (i) RMDs under Section 6.02; (ii) Protected Benefits; and (iii) Designated IRA Contributions. Also see Section 6.01(C)(4)(e) with regard to Rollover Contributions, Employee Contributions and DECs.

(b)   [X]    Permitted. In-Service Distributions are permitted as follows from the designated Contribution Type Accounts (Choose one or more of (1) through (9).) :

[ Note: Unless the Employer elects otherwise in Election (b)(9) below, Elective Deferrals under Election 47(b) includes Pre -Tax and Roth   Deferrals and Matching Contributions includes Additional Matching Contributions (irrespective of the Plan's ACP testing status). ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) All Contrib.

(2) Elective Deferrals

(3)

Safe Harbor

Contrib.

(4)

 

QNECs

(5)

 

QMACs

(6) Matching Contrib.

(7) Nonelective/ SIMPLE

(1)

[   ]

None. Except for Election 47(a) exceptions.

N/A

(See Election

47(a))

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

[

]

[

]

(2)

[X]

Age (Choose one or both of a. and b.) :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

[X]   Age  59 1/2   
(must be at least 59 1/2) .

[X]   OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

[

]

[

]

 

b .

[   ]  Age            (may   be less than 59 1/2) .

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

[

]

[

]

( 3 )

[X]

Hardship (Choose one or both of a. and b.) :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

[X]   Hardship ( safe harbor).   See   Section 6.07(A).

N/A

[X]

N/A

N/A

N/A

[X]

[X]

 

b .

[   ]  Hardship (non- safe harbor). See   Section 6.07(B).

N/A

[   ]

N/A

N/A

N/A

[

]

[

]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

[

]

Disability.

[   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

[

]

[

]

(5)

[

]

         Year   contributions.

(specify minimum of two years) See Section   6.01(C)(4)(a)(i).

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

[

]

[

]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6)

[

]

___  m onths of participation.   (specify minimum of 60 months) See Section   6.01(C)(4)(a)(ii).

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

[

]

[

]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7)

[   ]

Qual ified Reservist Distribution.  See Section 6.01(C)(4)(b)(iii).

N/A

 

[   ]

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

(8)

[X]

Deemed Severance   Distribution.   See Section 6.11.

[X]

 

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9)     [   ]    Describe ______________

[ Note: The Employer under Election 47(b)(9) may describe In-Service Distribution provisions from the elections available under Election   47 and/or a combination thereof as to any: (i) Participant group (e.g., Division A Employee Accounts are distributable at age 59 1/2 OR Accounts of Employees hired on/before "x" date are distributable at age 59 1/2. No In-Service Distributions apply to Division B Employees

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

30


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

OR to Employees hired after "x" date.); (ii) Contribution Type (e.g., Discretionary Nonelective Contribution Accounts are distributable on Disability. Fixed Nonelective Contribution Accounts are distributable on Disability or Hardship (non-safe harbor)); and/or (iii) merged plan account now held in the Plan (e.g., The accounts from the X plan merged into this Plan continue to be distributable in a ccordance with the X plan terms [supply terms] and not in accordance with the terms of this Plan). An Employer's election under Election 47(b)(9) must: (i) be objectively determinable; (ii) not be subject to Employer discretion; (iii) preserve Protected Benefits a s required; (iv) be nondiscriminatory; and (v) not permit an "early" distribution of any Restricted 401(k) Accounts or Restricted Pension Accounts. See Sections 6.01(C)(4) and 11.02(C)(3). ]

 

48.  IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS/ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS   (6.01(C)) . The following additional conditions apply to In-Service   Distributions under Election 47(b) (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

(a)   [   ]    Additional conditions. (Choose one or more of (1) through (3) as applicable.) :

( 1 )     [   ]    100% vesting required. A Participant may not receive an In-Service Distribution unless the Participant is 100% Vested in the distributing Account. This restriction applies to (Choose one or more of a. or b.) :

a .       [   ]    Hardship distributions. Distributions based on hardship.

b.       [   ]    Other In-Service. In-Service distributions other than distributions based on hardship.

( 2 )     [   ]    Minimum amount.   A Participant may not receive an In-Service Distribution i n an amount which is less than:    
$            (specify amount not exceeding $1,000) .

( 3 )     [   ]    Describe other conditions __________________________

[ Note: An Employer's election under Election 48(a)(3) must: (i) be objectively determinable; (ii) not be subject to Employer discretion; (iii) preserve Protected Benefits as required; (iv) be nondiscriminatory; and (v) not permit an "early" distribution of any Restricted 401(k) Accounts or Restricted Pension Accounts. See Section 6.01(C)(4). ]

(b)   [X]    No other conditions. A Participant may elect to receive an In-Service Distribution upon any Election 47(b) event without further condition, provided that the amount distributed may not exceed the Vested amount in the distributing Account.

 

49.  POST-SEVERANCE AND LIFETIME RMD DISTRIBUTION METHODS   (6.03) . A Participant whose Vested Account Balance exceeds $5,000 (or any lesser amount elected in Appendix B, Election 56(g)(7)): (i) who has incurred a Severance from Employment and will receive a distribution; or (ii) who remains employed but who must receive lifetime RMDs, may elect distribution under one of the following method(s) of distribution described in Section 6.03 and subject to any Section 6.03 limitations.  (Choose one or more of (a) through (f) as applicable.) :

[ Note: If a Participant dies after Severance from Employment but before receiving distribution of all of his/her Account, the elections under this Election 49 no longer apply. See Section 6.01(B) and Election 50. ]

(a)   [X]    Lump-Sum. See Section 6.03(A)(3).

(b)   [   ]    Installments only if Participant subject to lifetime RMDs. A Participant who is required to receive lifetime RMDs may receive installments payable in monthly, quarterly or annual installments equal to or exceeding the annual RMD amount. See Sections 6.02(A) and 6.03(A)(4)(a).

(c)   [X]    Installments. See Section 6.03(A)(4).

(d)   [   ]    Alternative Annuity: ______________________ .   See Section 6.03(A)(5).

[ Note: Under a Plan which is subject to the joint and survivor annuity distribution requirements of Section 6.04 (Election 51(b)), the Employer may elect under 49(d) to offer one or more additional annuities (Alternative Annuity) to the Plan's QJSA, QPSA or QOSA. If the Employer elects under Election 51(a) to exempt Exempt Participants from the joint and survivor annuity requirements, the Employer should not elect to provide an Alternative Annuity under 49(d). ]

(e)   [   ]    Ad-Hoc distributions. See Section 6.03(A)(6).

[ Note: If an Employer elects to permit Ad-Hoc distributions the option must be available to all Participants. ]

(f)    [   ]    Describe distribution method(s ):  __________________

[ Note: The Employer under Election 49(f) may describe Severance from Employment distribution methods from the elections available under Election 49 and/or a combination thereof as to any: (i) Participant group (e.g., Division A Employee Accounts a re distributable in a Lump-Sum OR Accoun ts of Employees hired  after "x" date are distributable in a Lu mp-Sum. Division B Employee Accounts are distributable in a Lump-Sum or in Installments OR Accounts of Employees hired on/before "x" date are distributable in a Lump -Sum or in Installments.); (ii) Contribution Type (e.g., Discretionary Nonelective Contribution Accounts are distributable in a Lump-Sum. Fixed Nonelective Contribution Accounts are distributable in a Lump-Sum or in Installments); and/or (iii) merged plan account now held in the Plan (e.g., The accounts from the X plan merged into this Plan continue to be distributable in accordance with the X plan terms [supply t erms] and not in accordance wit h  the terms of this Plan).   An Employer's election under  E lection 49(f) must: (i) be objectively determinable; (ii) not be subject to Employer, Plan Administrator or Trustee discretion; (iii) be nondiscriminatory; and (iv) preserve Protected Benefits as required. ]

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

31


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

50.  BENEFICIARY DISTRIBUTION ELECTIONS   (6.01(B)) .  Distributions following a Participant's death will be made as follows   (Choose one of (a), (b), or (c); choose (d) if applicable.) :

(a)   [   ]    Immediate. As soon as practical following the Participant's death.

(b)   [   ]    Next Calendar Year. At such time as the Beneficiary may elect, but in any event on or before the last day of the calendar year which next follows the calendar year of the Participant's death.

(c)   [X]    As Beneficiary elects. At such time as the Beneficiary may elect, consistent with Section 6.02.

(d)   [   ]    Describe _________________

[ Note: The Employer under Election 50(d) may describe an alternative distribution timing or afford the Beneficiary an election which is narrower than that permitted under election 50(c), or include special provisions related to certain beneficiaries, (e.g., a surviving spouse). However, any election under Election 50(d) must require distribution to commence no later than the Section 6.02 required date. ]

 

51.  JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS   (6.04) . The joint and survivor annuity distribution requirements of Section   6.04 (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

(a)   [X]    Profit sharing exception. Do not apply to an Exempt Participant, as described in Section 6.04(G)(1), but apply to any other   Participants (or to a portion of their Account as described in Section 6.04(G)) (Complete (1).) :

(1)     One-year marriage rule. Under Section 7.05(A)(3) relating to an Exempt Participant's Beneficiary designation under the profit sharing exception (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a.       [   ]    Applies. The one-year marriage rule applies.

b.       [X]    Does not apply. The one-year marriage rule does not apply.

(b)   [   ]    Joint and survivor annuity applicable. Section 6.04 applies to all Participants (Complete (1).) :  

(1)     One-year marriage rule. Under Section 6.04(B) relating to the QPSA (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a.       [   ]    Applies. The one-year marriage rule applies.

b.       [   ]    Does not apply. The one-year marriage rule does not apply.

 

ARTICLE VII

ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS

 

52.  ALLOCATION OF EARNINGS   (7.04(B)) . For each Contribution Type provided under the Plan, the Plan allocates Earnings using the following method (Choose one or more of (a) through (f). Choose Contribution Type as applicable.) :

[ Note: Elective Deferral s/Employee Contributions also inclu des Rollover Contributions, Transfers, DECs and Designated IRA Contribu tions, Matching Contributions includes all Matching C ontributions and Nonelective Contributions includes all Nonelective Contributions, unless described otherwise in Election 52(f). ]

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

 

Elective Deferrals/

 

 

All

Contributions

Employee

Contributions

Matching

Contributions

Nonelective

Contributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

[X]

Daily. See Section 7.04(B)(4)(a).

[X]

OR

[

]

[

]

[

]

(b)

[

]

Balance forward.

See Section 7.04(B)(4)(b).

[

]

OR

[

]

[

]

[

]

(c)

[

]

Balance forward with adjustment.

See Section 7.04(B)(4)(c). Allocate pursuant to the b alance forward method, except treat as part of the relevant Account at the beginning of the   Valuation Period                  % of the contributions made during the following Valuation Period : _________ .

[

]

OR

[

]

[

]

[

]

(d)

[

]

Weighted average. See Section   7.04 (B)(4)(d).  If not a monthly weighting period, the weighting period is :________

[

]

OR

[

]

[

]

[

]

(e)

[X]

Participant-Directed Account method.
See Section 7.04(B)(4)(e).

[X]

OR

[

]

[

]

[

]

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

32


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

(f)    [   ]    Describe Earnings allocation method ______________________

[ Note: The Employer under Election 52(f) may describe Earnings allocation methods from the elections available under Election 52 and/or a combination thereof as to any: (i) Participant group (e.g., Daily applies to Division A Employees OR to Employees hired after "x" date. Balance forward applies to Division B Employees OR to Employees hired on/before "x" date.); (i i) Contribution Type (e.g., Dai l y applies as to Discretionary Nonele ctive Contribution Accounts. Partici pant-Directed Account applies to Fixed Nonelective Contribution Accounts); (iii) investment type, investment vendor or Account type (e.g., Balance forward applies to investments placed with vendor A and Participant-Directed Account applies to investments placed with vendor B OR Daily applies to Participant-Directed Accounts and balance forward applies to pooled Accounts); and/or (iv) merged plan account now held in the Plan (e.g., The accounts from the X plan merged into this Plan continue to be subject to Earnings allocation in accordance with the X plan terms [supply terms] and not in accordance with the terms of this Plan). An Employer's election under Election 52(f) must: (i) be objectively determinable; (ii) not be subject to Employer discretion; and (iii) be nondiscriminatory. ]

 

ARTICLE VIII

TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN, POWERS AND DUTIES

 

53.  VALUATION OF TRUST   (8.02(C)(4)) . In addition to the last day of the Plan Year, the Trustee (or Named Fiduciary as applicable) must value the Trust Fund on the following Valuation Date(s) (Choose one or more of (a) through (d). Choose Contribution Type as applicable.) :

[ Note: Elective Deferrals/E mployee Contributions also incl ude Rollover Contributions, Transfers, DECs and Designated IRA Contributions, Ma tching Contributions includes al l Matching Contributions and Nonelectiv e Contributions includes all Nonelective Contributions, unless described otherwise in Election 53(d). ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

All

Contributions

 

(2)

Elective Deferrals/ Employee Contributions

(3)

 

Matching

Contributions

(4)

 

Nonelective

Contributions

(a)

[   ]

No additional Valuation Dates.                             [   ]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(b)

[X]

Daily Valuation Dates. Each business day            [X]

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

 

 

of th e Plan Year on which Plan assets for which there is an established market are valued and the Trustee is conducting business.

 

 

 

 

(c)

[   ]

Last day of a specified period. The                       [   ]

last day of each          of the Plan Year.

OR

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

(d)   [   ]    Specified Valuation Dates :   _______________________

[ Note: The Employer under Election 53(d) may descr ibe Valuation Dates from the elections available under Election 53 and/or a combination thereof as to any: (i) Participant group (e.g., No additional Valuation Dates apply to Division A Employees OR to Employees hired after "x" date. Daily Valuation Dates apply to Division B Employees OR to Employees hired on/before "x" date.); (ii) Contribution Type (e.g., No additional Valuation Dates apply as to Discretionary Nonelective Contribution Accounts. The last day of each Plan Year quarter applies to Fixed Nonelective Contribution Accounts); (iii) investment type, investment vendor or Account type (e.g., No additional Valuation Dates apply to investments placed with vendor A and Daily Valuation Dates apply to investments placed with vendor B OR Daily Valuation Dates apply to Participant-Directed Accounts and no additional Valuation Dates apply to pooled Accounts); and/or (iv) merged plan account now held in the Plan (e.g., The accounts from the X plan merged into this Plan continue to be subject to Trust va luation in accordance with the X plan terms [supply terms] and not in accordance with the terms of this Plan). An Employer's election under Election   53(d) must: (i) be objectively determinable; (ii) not be subject to Employer discretion; and (iii) be nondiscriminatory. ]

 

ARTICLE XII

MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLAN

 

54.  MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLAN   (12.01/12.02/12.03) . The Employer makes the following elections regarding the Plan's Multiple   Employer Plan status and the application of Article XII (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

(a)   [X]    Not applicable. The Plan is not a Multiple Employer Plan and Article XII does not apply.

(b)   [   ]    Applies. The Plan is a Multiple Employer Plan and the Article XII Effective Date is:                                           . The Employer makes the following additional elections (Choose (1) if applicable.) :

( 1 )     [   ]    Participating Employer may modify. See Section 12.03. A Participating Employer in the Participation Agreement may modify Adoption Agreement elections applicabl e to each Participating Employer (including electing to not apply   Adoption Agreement elections) as follows (Choose one of a. or b. Choose c. if applicable.) :

a.       [   ]    All. May modify all elections.

b .       [   ]    Specified elections. May modify the following elections:                                          (specify by election number) .

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

33


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

c .       [   ]    Restrictions. May modify subject to the following additional restrictions :   _____________   (Specify restrictions.  Any restrictions must be definitely determinable and may not violate Code §412 or the regulations thereunder.) .

[ Note: If Election (b)(1) above is not chosen, Participating Employers m ay not modify any Adoption Agreement elections .   The Participation Agreement must be consistent wi th this Election 54(b)(1). Any Participatin g Employer election in the Participation Agreement which is not permitted under this Election   54(b)(1) is of no force or effect and the applicable election in the Adoption Agreement applies. ]

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

34


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

EXECUTION PAGE

 

The Employer, by executing this Adoption Agreement, hereby agrees to the provisions of this Plan and Trust.

 

Employer: Monro Muffler Brake, Inc.

 

Date:   December 3, 2014

 

Signed :     /s/ Catherine D’Amico, CFO

____________________________

[print name /title ]

 

The Trustee (and Custodian, if applicable), by executing this Adoption Agreement, hereby accep ts its position and agrees to a ll of the obligations, responsibilities and duties imposed upon the Tr ustee (or Custodian) under the Volume Submitter Plan and Trust. If the Employer under Elections 5(c) or 5(e) will use a separate Trust, the Trustee need not execute this Adoption Agreement.

 

Nondiscretionary Trustee(s): Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

 

Date:   December 3, 2014

 

Signed :     John F. Leo, V.P Relationship Manager

____________________________ _

[print name /title ]

 

 

Nondiscretionary Trustee( s):   ________ _

 

Date: __________________________ _

 

Signed: ________________________ _

 

____________________________ _

[print name /title ]

 

 

Custodian(s) (Optional) ___________

 

Date: ___________________________

 

Signed: _________________________

 

____________________________ _

[print name /title ]

 

Use of Adoption Agreement. Failure to complete properly the elections in this Adoption Agreement may result in disqualification of the Employer's Plan. The Employer only may use this Adoption Agreement only in conjunction with the basic plan document reference d by its document number on Adoption Agreement page one.

 

Execution for Page Substitution Amendment Only. If this paragraph is completed, this Execution Page documents an amendment to Adoption Agreement Election(s)           effective                                       , by substitute Adoption Agreement page number(s)           . The Employer should retain all Adoption Agreement Execution Pages and amended pages. [ Note: The Effective Date may be retroactive or may be prospective .]

 

Volume Submitter Plan Sponsor. The Volume Submitter Plan Sponsor identified on the first page of the basic plan document will notify all adopting Employers of any amendment to this Volume Submitter Plan or of any abandonment or discontinuance by the Volume Submitter Plan Sponsor of its maintenance of this Volume Submitter Plan. For inquiries regarding the adoption of the Volume Submitter Plan, the Volume Submitter Plan Sponsor's intended meaning of any Plan provisions or the effect of the Advisory Letter issued to the Volume Submitter Plan Sponsor, please contact the Volume Submitter Plan Sponsor at the following address and telephone number: 1525   West W.T. Harris Blvd, Charlotte, North Carolina 28288, 800-669-5812                                                                                                           .

 

Reliance on Sponsor Advisory Letter. The Volume Submitter Plan Sponsor has obtained from the IRS an Advisory Letter specifying the form of this Adoption Agreement and the basic plan document satisfy, as of the date of the Advisory Letter, Code §401. An adopting Employer may rely on the Volume Submitter Sponsor's IRS Advisory Letter only to the extent provided in Rev. Proc. 2011-49. The Employer may not rely on the Advisory Letter in certain other circumstances or with respect to certain qualification requirements, which are specified in the Advisory Letter and in Rev. Proc. 2011-49 or subsequent guidance. In order to have reliance in such circumstances or with respect to such qualification requirements, the Employer must apply for a determination letter to Employee Plans D eterminations of the IRS.

 

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

35


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

APPENDIX A

SPECIAL RETROACTIVE OR PROSPECTIVE EFFECTIVE DATES

 

55.  SPECIAL EFFECTIVE DATES   (1.20) . The Employer elects or does not elect Appendix A special Effective Date(s) as follows.   (Choose (a) or one or more of (b) through (s) as applicable.) :

[ Note: If the Employer elects 55(a), do not complete the balance of this Election 55. ]

(a)   [X]    Not applicable. The Employer does not elect any Appendix A special Effective Dates.

[ Note: The Employer may use this Appendix A to specify an Effective Date for one or more Adoption Agreement elections which does not correspond to the Plan's new Plan or Restated Plan Effective Date under Election 4. As to Restated Plans, for period s prior to: (i) the below-specified special Effective Date(s); or (ii) the Restated Plan's general Effective Date under Election 4, as applicable, the Plan terms in effect prior to its restatement under this Adoption Agreement control for purposes of the designated provisions. ]

(b)   [   ]    Trustee (1.67). The Trustee provisions under Election 5 or Appendix C are effective:                                         .

(c)   [   ]    Contribution Types (1.12). The Contribution Types under Election(s) 6          are effective:                                        .  

(d)   [   ]    Excluded Employees (1.22(D)). The Excluded Employee provisions under Election(s) 8          are effective: ____________

(e)   [   ]    Compensation (1.11). The Compensation definition under Election(s)            (specify 9-11 as applicable) are effective: _____________

(f)    [   ]    Hour of Service/Elective Service Crediting (1.32/1.59(C)). The Hour of Service and/or elective Service crediting provisions under Election(s)            (specify 12-13 as applicable) are effective:                                        .

(g)   [   ]    Eligibility (2.01-2.03). The eligibility provisions under Election(s)            (specify 14-19 as applicable) are effective: ______________.

(h)   [   ]    Elective Deferrals (3.02(A)-(D)). The Elective Deferral provisions under Election(s)              (specify 20-23 as applicable) are effective:                                        .

(i)    [   ]    Matching Contributions (3.03). The Matching Contribution provisions under Election(s)             (specify 24-26 as applicable)

are effective:                                        .

(j)    [   ]    Nonelective Contributions (3.04). The Nonelective Contribution provisions under Election(s)                  (specify 27-29 as applicable) are effective:                                        .

(k)   [   ]    401(k) safe harbor (3.05). The 401(k) safe harbor provisions under Election(s) 30          are effective: _________________.

(l)    [   ]    Allocation conditions (3.06). The allocation conditions under Election(s)            (specify 31-32 as applicable) are effective: _________.

(m)  [   ]    Forfeitures (3.07). The forfeiture allocation provisions under Election(s) 33          are effective: ____________.

(n)   [   ]    Employee Contributions (3.09). The Employee Contribution provisions under Election(s) 36          are effective:

(o)   [   ]    Testing elections (4.06(B)). The testing elections under Election(s) 38          are effective:                                        .  

(p)   [   ]    Vesting (5.03). The vesting provisions under Election(s)            (specify 39-44 as applicable) are effective: _________________.

(q)   [   ]    Distributions (6.01, 6.03 and 6.04). The distribution elections under Election(s)                 (specify 45-51 as applicable) are effective : _________.

(r)    [   ]    Earnings/Trust valuat ion (7.04(B)/8.02(C)(4)).  The E arnings allocation and Tru st valuation provisions under   Election(s )   ______________ (specify 52-53 as applic able) are effective:                                         .

(s)   [   ]    Special Effective Date(s) for other elections (specify elections and dates) :                                                                                     .

 

 

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

1


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

APPENDIX B

BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT OVERRIDE ELECTIONS

 

56.  BASIC PLAN OVERRIDES . The Employer elects or does not elect to override various basic plan provisions as follows (Choose (a)   or choose one or more of (b) through (l) as applicable.) :

[ Note: If the Employer elects 56(a), do not complete the balance of this Election 56 .]

(a)   [   ]    Not applicable. The Employer does not elect to override any basic plan provisions.

[ Note: The Employer at the time of restating its Plan with this Adoption Agreement may make an election on Appendix A (Electio n 55(s)) to specify a special Effective Date for any override provision the Employer elects in this Election 56. If the Employer, after it has executed this Adoption Agreement, later amends its Plan to change any election on this Appendix B, the Employer should document the Ef fective Date of the Appendix B amendment on the Execution Page or otherwise in the amendment. ]

(b)   [X]    Definition (Article I) overrides. (Choose one or more of (1) through (8) as applicable.) :

(1)     [X]    W-2 Compensation exclusion of paid/reimbursed moving expenses (1.11(B)(1)).  W-2 Compensation excludes amounts paid or reimbursed by the Employer for moving expenses incurred by an Employee, but only to the extent that, at the time of payment, it is reasonable to believe that the Employee may deduct these amounts under Code §217.

(2)     [   ]    Alternative (gene ral) 415 Compensation (1.11(B)(4)).  The Employer elects to apply the alternative (general) 415 definition of Compensation in lieu of simplified 415 Compensation.

(3)     [   ]    Inclusion of Deemed 125 Compensation (1.11(C)).  Compensation under Section 1.11 includes Deemed 125   Compensation.

(4)     [   ]    Pre-Regulatory inclusion of Post-Severance Compensation (1.11(I) and 4.05(F)). Prior to the first Limitation Year beginning on or after July 1, 2007 (the Effective Date of the final 415 regulations), the Plan includes Post-Severance Compensation within the meaning of Prop. Treas. Reg. §1.415(c)-2(e) as described in Sections 1.11(I) and 4.05(F) as follows (Choose one or both of a. and b.) :

a.       [   ]    Include for 415 testing. Include for 415 testing and for other testing which uses 415 Compensation. This provision applies effective as of                                          (specify a date which is no earlier than January 1, 2005) .

b .       [   ]    Include for allocations. Include for al locations as follows (specify affected Contribution Type(s) and any adjustments to Post-Severance Compensation used for allocation) :                                                                              . This provision applies effective as of                                             (specify a date which is no earlier than January 1,   2002) .

(5)     [   ]    Inclusion of Deemed Disability Compensation (1.11(K)). Include Deemed Disability Compensation. (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a.       [   ]    NHCEs only. Apply only to disabled NHCEs.

b .       [   ]    All Participants. Apply to all disabled Participants. The Employer will make Employer Contributions for such disabled Participants for: _________ (specify a fixed or determinable period) .

(6)     [   ]    Treatment of Differential Wage Payments (1.11(L)). In lieu of the provisions of Section 1.11(L), the Employer elects the following (Choose one or more of a., b., c., and d. as applicable.) :

a.       [   ]    Effective date. The inclusion is effective for Plan Years beginning after                                                 (may not be earlier than December 31, 2008) .

b .       [   ]    Elective Deferrals only. The inclusion only applies to Compensation for purposes of Elective Deferrals.

c.       [   ]    Not included. The inclusion does not apply to Compensation for purposes of any Contribution Type.

d .       [   ]    Other _______ (specify other Contribution Type Compensation which includes Differential Wage Payments)

(7)     [   ]    Leased Employees (1.22(B)). (Choose one or both of a. and b. if applicable.) :

a.       [   ]    Inclusion of Leased Employees (1.22(B)). The Employer for purposes of the following Contribution Types, does not exclude Leased Employees __________   (specify Contribution Types) .

b .       [   ]    Offset if contributions to leasing organization plan (1.22(B)(2)). The Employer will reduce allocations to this Plan for any Leased Employee to the extent that the leasing organization contributes to or provides benefits under a leasing organization plan to or for the Leased Employee and which are attributable to the Leased Employee's services for the Employer. The amount of the offset is as follows :   __________

[ Note: The election of an offset under this Election 56(b)(7)b. may require that the Employer aggregate its plan with the leasing organization's plan for coverage and nondiscrimination testing. ]

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

1


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

(8)     [   ]    Inclusion of Reclassified Employees (1.22(D)(3)). The Employer for purposes of the following Contribution Types, does not exclude Reclassified Employees (or the following categories of Reclassified Employees ): _______   ( specify Contribution Types and/or categories of Reclassified Employees) .

(c)   [   ]    Rule of parity - participation (Article II) override (2.03(D)). For purposes of Plan participation, the Plan applies the "rule of parity" under Code §410(a)(5)(D).

(d)   [   ]    Contribution/allocation (Article III) overrides. (Choose one or more of (1) through (9) as applicable.) :  

(1)     [   ]    Roth overrides. (Choose one or more of a., b., c., or d. as applicable.) :

a.       [   ]    Treatment of Automatic Deferrals as Roth Deferrals (3.02(B)).  The Employer elects to treat Automatic   Deferrals as Roth Deferrals in lieu of treating Automatic Deferrals as Pre-Tax Deferrals.

b .       [   ]    In-Plan Roth Rollovers limited to In-Service only (3.08(E)(2)(a)). Only Participants who are Employees may elect to make an In-Plan Roth Rollover Contribution.

c .       [   ]    Vested In-Plan Roth Rollovers (3.08(E)(2)(b)). Distributions related to In-Plan Roth Rollovers may only be made from accounts which are fully Vested.

d .       [   ]    Source of In-Plan Roth Rollover Contribution (3.08(E)(3)(b)). The Plan permits an In-Plan Roth Rollover only from the following qualifying sources (Choose one or more.) :

(i)      [   ]    Elective Deferrals

(ii)     [   ]    Matching Contri butions (including any Safe H arbor Matching Contributions and Additional Matching   Contributions)

(iii)   [   ]    Nonelective Contributions

(iv)    [   ]    QNECs (including any Safe Ha rbor Nonelective Contributions)

(v)     [   ]    Rollovers

(vi)    [   ]    Transfers

(vii)  [   ]    Other _______________   (specify account(s) and conditions in a manner that is definitely determinable and not subject to Employer discretion)

( 2 )     [   ]    No offset of Safe Harbor Contributions to other allocations (3.05(E)(12)). Any Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions allocated to a Participant's account will not be applied toward (offset) any allocation to the Participant of a non-Safe   Harbor Nonelective Contribution.

( 3 )     [   ]    Short Plan Year or allocation period (3.06(B)(1)(c)). The Plan Administrator (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a.       [   ]    No pro-ration. Will not pro-rate Hours of Service in any short allocation period.

b.        [   ]    Pro-ration based on months. Will pro-rate any Hour of Service requirement based on the number of months in the   short allocation period.

(4)     [   ]    Limited waiver of allocation conditions for rehired Participants (3.06(G)). The allocation conditions the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement do not apply to rehired Participants in the Plan Year they resume participation, as described in Section 3.06(G).

(5)     [   ]    Associated Match forfeiture timing (3.07(A)(1)(c)).  Forfeiture of associated matching contributions occurs in the   Testing Year.

(6)     [   ]    Safe Harbor top-heavy exempt fail-safe (3.07(A)(4)). In lieu of ordering forfeitures as (a), (b), and (c) under Section

3.07(A)(4), the Employer establishes the following forfeiture ordering rules (Specify the ordering rules, for example, (b), (c), and (a).) :                                           .

(7)     [   ]    HEART Act continued benefit accrual (3.11(K)).  The Employer elects to apply the benefit accrual provisions of Section 3.11(K). The provisions are effective as of (Choose one of a. or b.; and choose c. if the provisions no longer are effective.) :

a.       [   ]    2007 Effective Date. The first day of the 2007 Plan Year.

b.       [   ]    Other Effective Date .                                            (may not be earlier than the first day of the 2007 Plan Year) .  

c.       [   ]    No longer effective. The provisions no longer apply effective as of                                         .

(8)     [   ]    Classifications allocation formula (3.04(B)(3)). If a Participant shifts from one classification to another during a Plan

Year, the Plan Administrator will apportion the Participant's allocation during that Plan Year (Choose one of a., b., or c.) :

a.       [   ]    Months in each classification. Pro rata based on the number of months the Participant spent in each classification.

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

2


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

b.       [   ]    Days in each classification. Pro rata based on the number of days the Participant spent in each classification.

c .       [   ]    One classification only. The Employer in a nondiscriminatory manner will direct the Plan Administrator to place the Participant in only one classification for the entire Plan Year during which the shift occurs.

(9)     [   ]    Suspension (3.06(F)(3)). The Plan Administrator in applying Section 3.06(F) will (Choose one or more of a., b., and c. as applicable.) :

a.       [   ]    Re-order tiers.   Apply the suspension tiers in Section 3.06(F)(2) in the following order:                                        (specify order) .

b .       [   ]    Hours of Service tie-breaker. Apply the greatest Hours of Service as the tie-breaker within a suspension tier in lieu of applying the lowest Compensation.

c .       [   ]    Additional/other tiers. Apply the following additional or other tiers:                                            (specify suspension tiers and ordering) .

(e)   [X]    Testing (Article IV) overrides. (Choose one or both of (1) and (2) as applicable.) :

(1)     [   ]    First few weeks rule for Code §415 testing Compensation (4.05(F)(1)). The Plan applies the first few weeks rule in   Section 4.05(F)(1).

(2)     [X]    Post-Severance Compensation for Code §415 testing Compensation (4.05(F)). The Employer elects the following adjustments to Post-Severance Compensation for purposes of determining 415 testing Compensation (Choose one or more of a. through d.) :

[ Note: Under the basic plan document, if the Employer does not elect any adjustments, post-severance compensation includes leave cashouts and deferred compensation, and excludes military and disability continuation payments. ]

a.       [X]    Exclude leave cash-outs. See Section 1.11(I)(1)(b).

b .       [X]    Exclude deferred compensation. See Section 1.11(I)(1)(c).

c .       [X]    Include salary continuation for military service. See Section 1.11(I)(2).

d .       [X]    Include salary continuation for disabled Participants. See Section 1.11(I)(3). (Choose one of (i) or (ii).) :

(i)      [   ]    For Nonhighly Compensated Employees only.

(i i)         [X]    For all Participants. In which case the salary continuation will continue for the following fixed or determinable period: as determined by the Employer                                                                                         .

(f)    [   ]    Vesting (Article V) overrides. (Choose one or more of (1) through (6) as applicable.) :

(1)     [   ]    Application of non-top-heavy vesting and top-heavy vesting (5.03(A)(2)).  The Employer makes the following elections regarding the application of non - top - heavy vesting and top-heavy vesting (Choose a., b., and c. as applicable.) :

a.       [   ]    Election of non-top-heavy vesting. As to Plan Years where permitted and in such Plan Years when the Plan is not   top - heavy, the following vesting schedule(s) apply. See Section 5.03(B). (Choose one or more of (i), (ii), or (iii) as   applicable and complete (iv) and (v).) :

(i)      [   ]    5-year cliff.

(i i)       [   ]    7-year graded.

( iii)     [   ]    Modified non-top-heavy. A modified non-top-heavy schedule as follows: _________________

[ Note: A modified non-top-heavy schedule must satisfy Code §411(a)(2). ]

( iv)     Application to Contribution Types. Apply the elected non-top-heavy vesting schedule (Choose one of A. or B.) :

A.    [   ]    All. To all Contribution Types subject to vesting (other than QACA Safe Harbor Contributions).

B.    [   ]    Describe application to affected Contribution Type(s ):  ________________

(v)     Application of top - heavy and non - top - heavy schedules. (Choose one of A. or B.) :

A.    [   ]    Apply top - heavy schedule in all Plan Years once top-heavy.

B.    [   ]    Apply top - heavy schedule only in top - heavy Plan Years.

b .       [   ]    Election to eliminate HOS requirement post - EGTRRA or post - PPA for top - heavy vesting. The top-heavy vesting schedule(s) apply (Choose one or both of (i) and (ii).) :

(i)      [   ]    No post-EGTRRA HOS requirement for Matching. To all Participants even if they do not have one Hour   of Service in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001.

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

3


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

(ii)     [   ]    No post-PPA HOS requirement for affected other Employer Contributions. To all Participants even if they do not have one Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006.

c .       [   ]    Election to apply top-heavy vesting only as to post-EGTRRA or post-PPA contributions.  The top - heavy   vesting schedule(s) apply (Choose one or both of (i) and (ii).) :

(i)      [   ]    Post- EGTRRA Matching Contributions. Only to Regular Matching Contributions and Additional Matching Contributions made in Plan Ye ars beginning after December 31, 2001 and to the associated   Earnings.

(ii)     [   ]    Post-PPA other Employer Contributions.  Only to non - Matching Contributions made in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006, and to the associated Earnings.

(2)     [   ]    Alternative "grossed-up" vesting formula (5.03(C)(2)). The Employer elects the alternative vesting formula described in Section 5.03(C)(2).

(3)     [   ]    Source of Cash-Out forfeiture restoration (5.04(B)(5)). To restore a Participant's Account Balance as described in Section 5.04(B)(5), the Plan Administrator, to the extent necessary, will allocate from the following source(s) and in the following  order (Specify, in order, one or more of the following: Forfeitures, Earnings, and/or Employer Contribution) :                      .

(4)     [   ]    Deemed Cash-Out of 0% Vested Participant (5.04(C)). The deemed cash-out rule of Section 5.04(C) does not apply to the Plan.

(5)     [   ]    Accounting for Cash-Out repayment; Contribution Type (5.04(D)(2)). In lieu of the accounting described in Section   5.04(D)(2), the Plan Administrator will account for a Participant's Account Balance attributable to a Cash -Out repayment   (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a.       [   ]    Nonelective rule. Under the nonelective rule.

b.       [   ]    Rollover rule. Under the rollover rule.

(6)     [   ]    One-year hold-out rule - vesting (5.06(D)). The one-year hold-out Break in Service rule under Code §411(a)(6)(B)   applies.

(g)   [X]    Distribution (Article VI) overrides. (Choose one or more of (1) through (9) as applicable.) :

(1)     [   ]    Restriction on In-Service Rollover Distributions (6.01(C)). A Participant shall be entitled to receive a distribution of   Rollover Contributions, Employee Contributions and DECs (Choose one or more of a. through d. as applicable.) :

a.       [   ]    Deferrals. Under the same provisions which apply to Elective Deferrals.

b.       [   ]    Match. Under the same provisions which apply to Matching Contributions.

c.       [   ]    Nonelective. Under the same provisions which apply to Nonelective Contributions.

d.       [   ]    Other ___________________

[Note : The Employer under Election 56(g)(1)d. may describe In-Service Rollover Distribution restrictions using the options available for In-Service Distributions under Election 47 and/or a combination thereof as to all Participants or as to any: (i) Participant group (e.g., Division A Rollover Accounts are distributable at age 59 1/2 OR Rollover Accounts of Employees hired on/before "x" date are distributable at age 59 1/2. No In-Service Rollover Distributions apply to Division B Employees OR to Employees hired after "x" date). An Employer's election under Election 56(g)(1)d. must: (i) be objectively determinable; (ii) not be subject to Employer discretion; (iii) preserve Protected Benefits as required; (iv) be nondiscriminatory; and (v) not permit an "early" distribution of any Restricted 401(k) Accounts or Restricted Pension Accounts. See Sections 6.01(C)(4) and 11.02(C)(3). ]

(2)     [   ]    Elections related to In-Plan Roth Rollovers (6.01(C)(7)). (Choose one or more of a. through c. as applicable.) :

a.       [   ]    In-Service Roth Rollover events. The Employer elects to permit In-Service Distributions under the following conditions solely for purposes of making an In-Plan Roth Rollover Contribution (Choose one or more of (i) through (iv); select (v) if applicable.) :

(i)      [   ]    Age. The Participant has attained age           .

(ii)     [   ]    Participation. The Participant has            months of participation (specify minimum of 60 months) . Section   6.01(C)(4)(a)(ii).

(iii)   [   ]    Seasoning. The amounts being distributed have accumulated in the Plan for at least           years (at least 2) .   See Section 6.01(C)(4)(a)(i).

(iv)    [   ]    Other (describe ): _____________ ( must be definitely determinable and not subject to Employer discretion (e.g., age 50, but only with respect to Nonelective Contributions, and not Matching Contributions))

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

4


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

[ Note: Regardless of any election above to the contrary, In-Plan Roth Rollover Contributions are not permitted from a Participant's Elective Deferral Account, Qualified Matching Contribution Account, Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account and accounts attributable to Safe Harbor Contributions prior to age 59 1/2. ]

(v)     [   ]  Distribution for withholding.  A Participant may elect to have a portion of the amount that may be distributed as an In-Plan Roth Rollover Contribution distributed solely for purposes of federal or state income tax withholding related to the In-Plan Roth Rollover Contribution.

b .       [   ]    Minimum amount. The minimum amount that may be rolled over is            (may not exceed $1,000) .

c .       [   ]    No transfer of loans. Loans may not be distributed as part of an In-Plan Roth Rollover Contribution. (if not selected, any loans may be transferred)

(3)     [   ]    Elections related to Required Minimum Distributions. (Choose one or more of a. through c. as applicable.) :

a .       [   ]    RMD overrides if Participant dies before DCD (6.02(B)(1)(e)). If the Participant dies before the DCD and the Beneficiary is a designated Beneficiary, the RMD distribution rules are modified as follows (Choose one of (i) through (iv).) :

(i)      [   ]    Election of 5-year rule. If a Designated Beneficiary does not make a timely election, the 5-year rule applies in lieu of the Life Expectancy rule.

(ii)     [   ]    Life Expectancy rule. The Li fe Expectancy rule applies to the Designated Beneficiary. See Section   6.02(B)(1)(d).

(iii)   [   ]    5-year rule. The 5-year rule applies to the Beneficiary. See Section 6.02(B)(1)(c).

(iv)    [   ]    Other :   ____________   ( Describe, e.g., the 5-year rule applies to all Beneficiaries other than a surviving spouse Beneficiary.)

b .       [   ]    RBD definition (6.02(E)(7)(c)).   In lieu of the RBD definition in Section 6.02(E)(7)( a) and (b), the Plan   Administrator (Choose one of (i) or (ii).) :

(i)      [   ]    SBJPA definition indefinitely. Indefinitely will apply the pre-SBJPA RBD definition.

(ii)     [   ]    SBJPA definition to specified date. Will apply the pre-SBJPA definition until                                           (the stated date may not be earlier than January 1, 1997) , and thereafter will apply the RBD definition in Sections   6.02(E)(7)(a) and (b).

c .       [   ]    2009 RMD waiver elections (6.02(F)). In lieu of the 2009 RMDs suspension (subject to a Participant or Beneficiary election to continue), as provided in Section 6.02(F) (Choose one of (i) through (iii) if applicable. Choose (iv) or (v) if applicable.) :

(i)      [   ]    RMDs continued unless election. 2009 RMDs are continued as provided in Section 6.02(F)(2), unless a   Participant or Beneficiary otherwise elects.

(ii)     [   ]    RMDs continued - no election. 2009 RMDs are continued as provided in Section 6.02(F)(3), without regard to a waiver. No election is available to Participants or Beneficiaries.

(iii)   [   ]    Other :   _______________   (Describe, e.g., the Plan suspended 2009 RMDs and did not offer an election or the Plan changed from one treatment of 2009 RMDs to another treatment during 2009.)

Treatment as Eligible Rollover Distribution. For purposes of 2009 RMDs, the Plan also will treat the following distributions as Eligible Rollover Distributions (Choose (iv) or (v), if applicable. If the Employer elects neither (iv) nor (v), then a direct rollover for 2009 will be offered only for distributions that would be Eligible Rollover Distributions without regard to Code §401(a)(9)(H).) :

(iv)    [   ]    2009 RMDs and Extended 2009 RMDs, both as defined in Section 6.02(F).

(v)     [   ]    2009 RMDs, as defined in Section 6.02(F), but only if paid with an additional amount that is an Eligibl e   Rollover Distribution without regard to Code §401(a)(9)(H).

( 4 )     [ X ]    Distribution Methods (Choose one or both of a. and b. if applicable.) :

a .       [   ]    Default Distribution Methods (6.03(B)(2)). If a Participant or Beneficiary does not make a timely election as to   distribution method and timing the Plan Administrator will direct the Trustee to distribute using the following   method and timing :   _________ (Describe, e.g., Installments sufficient to satisfy RMD beginning at the Required Beginning Date. The selected   method and timing must not be discriminatory and must be an option the plan makes available to participants   and/or beneficiaries.)

b.    [X]    Beneficiary Distribution Methods (6.03(A)(2)). The Plan will distribute to the Beneficiary under the following distribution method(s). If more than one method is elected, the Beneficiary may choose the method of distribution:

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

5


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

(i)      [ X ]    Lump-Sum. See Section 6.03(A)(3).

(i i)    [ X ]    Installments sufficient to satisfy RMD. See Section 6.03(A)(4)(a).

(i ii)    [   ]    Ad-Hoc sufficient to satisfy RMD. See Section 6.03(A)(6).

(i v)    [   ]    Other :   _____________   (Des cribe, e.g., Lump-Sum or Installments for surviving spouse Beneficiaries, Lump-Sum only for all other Beneficiaries.)

(5 )     [   ]    Annuity Distributions (6.04). (Choose one or both of a. and b. if applicable.) :

a .       [   ]    Modification of QJSA (6.04(A)(3)). The Survivor Annuity percentage will be              %. (Specify a percentage   between 50% and 100%.)

b.       [   ]    Modification of QPSA (6.04(B)(2)). The QPSA percentage will be           %. (Specify a percentage between 50%   and 100%.)

(6)     [   ]    Hardship Distributions (6.07). (Choose one or both of a. and b. if applicable.) :

a.     [   ]    Restriction on hardship source; grandfathering (6.07(E)). The hardship distribution limit includes grandfathered amounts.

b.       [   ]    Hardship acceleration.  The existence of a hardship occurring aft er Separation from Service/Severance from   Employment will be determined under the non-safe harbor rules of Section 6.07(B).

(7 )     [   ]    Replacement of $5,000 amount (6.09). All Plan references (except in Sections 3.02(D), 3.10 and 3.12(C)(2)) to "$5,000" will be $          .   (Specify an amount less than $5,000.)

( 8 )     [   ]    Beneficiary's hardship need (6.07(H)). Effective                                                (Specify date not earlier than August 17,   2006) , a Participant's hardship includes an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant's primary Designated   Beneficiary under the Plan, as described in Section 6.07(H).

( 9 )     [   ]    Non-spouse beneficiary rollover not permitted before required (6.08(G)). For distributions after December 31, 2006, and before                                                     ( Specify a date not later than January 1, 2010) , the Plan does not permit a Designated Beneficiary other than the Participant's surviving spouse to elect to roll over a death benefit distribution.

(h)   [X]    Administrative overrides (Article VII). (Choose one or more of (1) through (7) as applicable.) :

(1)     [   ]    Contributions  prior  to  accrual  or  precise  determination  (7.04(B)(5)(b)).  The Plan Administrator will allocate   Earnings described in Section 7.04(B)(5)(b) as follows (Choose one of a., b., or c.) :

a .       [   ]    Treat as contribution. Treat the Earnings as an Employer Matching or Nonelective Contribution and allocate accordingly.

b .       [   ]    Balance forward. Allocate the Earnings using the balance forward method described in Section 7.04(B)(4)(b).

c .       [   ]    Weighted average. Allocate the Earnings on Matching Contributions using the weighted average method in a manner similar to the method described in Section 7.04(B)(4)(d).

( 2 )     [   ]    Automatic revocation of spousal designation (7.05(A)(1)). The automatic revocation of a spousal Beneficiary designation in the case of divorce does not apply.

( 3 )     [   ]    Limitation on frequency of Beneficiary designation changes (7.05(A)(4)). Except in the case of a Participant incurring a major life event, a period of at least                                             must elapse between Beneficiary designation changes.   (Specify a period of time, e.g., 90 days OR 12 months.)

( 4 )     [ X ]    Definition of "spouse" (7.05(A)(5)). The following definition of "spouse" applies:  "Spouse" shall mean a person to   whom a Participant is married under applicable law. Effective June 26, 2013, the term "spouse" includes an individual   married to a person of the same sex if the individuals are lawfully married under state law. A marriage of same -sex   individuals that was validly entered into in a state whose laws authorize the marriage of two individuals of the same sex   will be recognized even if the married couple is domiciled in a state that does not recognize the validity of same -sex   marriages. The term "spouse" does not include individuals (whether of the opposite sex or the same sex) who have   entered into a registered domestic partnership, civil union, or other similar formal relationship recognized under state law   that is not denominated as a marriage under the laws of that state, and the term "marriage" does not include such formal   relationships. For purposes of this Section, the term "state" means any domestic or foreign jurisdiction having the legal   authority to sanction marriages.    (Specify a definition.)

( 5 )     [   ]    Administration of default provision; default Beneficiaries (7.05(C)). The following list of default Beneficiaries will apply :   ____________________ (Specify, in order, one or more Beneficiaries who will receive the interest of a deceased Participant.)

( 6 )     [   ]    Subsequent restoration of forfeiture-sources and ordering (7.07(A)(3)). Restoration of forfeitures will come from the following sources, in the following order                                                  (Specify, in order, one or more of the following:   Forfeitures, Employer Contribution, Trust Fund Earnings.)

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

6


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

(7)     [   ]    State law (7.10(H)). The law of the following state will apply:                                             (Specify one of the 50 states or the District of Columbia, or other appropriate legal jurisdiction, such as a territory of the United States or an Indian tribal government.)

(i)    [X]    Trust and insurance overrides (Articles VIII and IX). (Choose one or more of (1) through (3) if applicable.) :

(1)     [X]    Employer securities/real property in Profit Sharing Plans/401(k) Plans (8.02(A)(13)(a)). The Plan limit on investment in qualifying Employer securities/real property is 25%. In addition, any Participant whose job classification   is Vice President or higher may not invest any of his or her account balance in qualifying Employer securities  %. (Specify a percentage which is less than 100%.)

(2)     [   ]    Provisions relating to insurance and insurance company (9.08). The following provisions apply ________

(Specify such language as necessary to accommodate life insurance Contracts the Plan holds.)

[ Note: The provisions in this Election 56(i)(2) may override provisions in Article IX of the Plan, but must be consistent with all other provisions of the Plan. ]

(3)     [   ]    Cross-pay when more than one entity adopts Plan not applicable (8.12). The cross-pay provisions of Section 8.12 do not apply.

(j)    [   ]    Code Section 415 (Article XI) override (11.02(A)(1), 4.02(F)). Because of the required aggregation of multiple plans, to satisfy Code §415, the following overriding provisions apply _________   (Specify such language as necessary to satisfy §415, e.g., the Employer will reduce Additional Additions to this plan before reducing Annual Additions to other plans.)

(k)   [   ]    Code Section 416 (Article XI) override (11.02(A)(1), 10.03(D)). Because of the required aggregation of multiple plans, to satisfy Code §416, the following overriding provisions apply _________   ( Specify such language as necessary to satisfy §416, e.g ., If an Employee participates in this Plan and another Plan t he Employer maintains, the Employer will satisfy any Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation in this Plan and not the other plan.)

(l)    [   ]    Multiple Employer Plan (Article XII) overrides. (Choose (1) if applicable.) :

(1)     [   ]    No involuntary termination for Participating Employer (12.11). The Lead Employer may not involuntarily terminate the participation of any Participating Employer under Section 12.11.

 

 

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

7


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

APPENDIX C

LIST OF GROUP TRUST FUNDS/PERMISSIBLE TRUST AMENDMENTS

 

57.  [X]      INVESTMENT IN GROUP TRUST FUND   (8.09) . The nondiscretionary Trustee, as directed or the discretionary Trustee acting without direction (and in addition to the discretionary Trustee's authority to invest in its own funds under Section 8.02(A)( 3)), may invest in any of the following group trust funds:  The Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. Stock Fund is required to be available to Participants as an   investment choice pursuant to the terms of the Plan. No provision of the Plan is to be constru ed to confer discretion or auth ority in the   Trustee or any fiduciary to remove the Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. Stock Fund as an investment choice or to limit Participants' access to   invest therein. The Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. Stock Fund shall be invested primarily in Employ er Stock. The Employer shall di rect the   Trustee as to the amount of the Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. Stock F und that should be invested in cash or short -term securities to meet the   liquidity needs of the Fund ("Liquidity Component") and the identity of such short -term investments.  The Trustee shall have no discretion   as to the amount or investment of the Liquidity Component.                                                                                                                              . (Specify the names of one or more group trust funds in which the Plan can invest.)

[ Note: A discretionary or nondiscretionary Trustee also may invest in any group trust fund authorized by an independent Named Fiduciary. ]

 

58.  [   ]      DUTY TO COLLECT   (8.02(D)(1)) .                                           is hereby appointed as a Trustee for the Plan, and is referred to as the Special Trustee. The sole responsibility of the Special Trustee is to collect contribution s the Employer owes to the Plan. No other Trustee has any duty to ensure that the contributions received comply with the provisions of the Plan or is obliged to collect any contributions from the Employer. No Trustee, other than the Special Trustee, is obliged to ensure that funds deposited are de posited according to the provisions of the Plan. The Special Trustee will execute a form accepting its position and agreeing to its obligations hereunder.

 

59.  [   ]      PERMISSIBLE TRUST AMENDMENTS   (8.11) . The Employer makes the following amendments to the Trust as permitted under Rev. Proc. 2011-49, Sections 5.09 and 14.04 (Choose one or more of (a) through (c) as applicable.) :

[ Note: Any amendment under this Election 59 must not: (i) conflict with any Plan provision unrelated to the Trust or Trustee; or (ii) cause the Plan to violate Code §401(a). The amendment may override, add to, delete or otherwise modify the Trust provisions. Do not use this Election 59 to substitute another pre-approved trust for the Trust. See Election 5(c) as to a substitute trust. ]

(a)   [   ]    Investments. The Employer amends the Trust provisions relating to Trust investments as follows:

                                                                                                                                                                                                           .  

(b)   [   ]    Duties. The Employer amends the Trust provisions relating to Trustee (or Custodian) duties as follows:

                                                                                                                                                                                                           .  

(c)    [   ]    Other administrative provisions. The Employer amends the other administrative provisions of the Trust as follows:

                                                                                                                                                                                                           .

 

 

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

1


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

 

APPENDIX D

TABLE I: ACTUARIAL FACTORS

UP-1984

Without Setback

 

 

 

 

 

Number of years

 

 

 

from attained age

 

 

 

at the end of Plan Year until

 

 

 

Normal Retirement Age

7.50%

8.00%

8.50%

0

8.458

8.196

7.949

1

7.868

7.589

7.326

2

7.319

7.027

6.752

3

6.808

6.506

6.223

4

6.333

6.024

5.736

5

5.891

5.578

5.286

6

5.480

5.165

4.872

7

5.098

4.782

4.491

8

4.742

4.428

4.139

9

4.412

4.100

3.815

10

4.104

3.796

3.516

11

3.817

3.515

3.240

12

3.551

3.255

2.986

13

3.303

3.014

2.752

14

3.073

2.790

2.537

15

2.859

2.584

2.338

16

2.659

2.392

2.155

17

2.474

2.215

1.986

18

2.301

2.051

1.831

19

2.140

1.899

1.687

20

1.991

1.758

1.555

21

1.852

1.628

1.433

22

1.723

1.508

1.321

23

1.603

1.396

1.217

24

1.491

1.293

1.122

25

1.387

1.197

1.034

26

1.290

1.108

0.953

27

1.200

1.026

0.878

28

1.116

0.950

0.810

29

1.039

0.880

0.746

30

0.966

0.814

0.688

31

0.899

0.754

0.634

32

0.836

0.698

0.584

33

0.778

0.647

0.538

34

0.723

0.599

0.496

35

0.673

0.554

0.457

36

0.626

0.513

0.422

37

0.582

0.475

0.389

38

0.542

0.440

0.358

39

0.504

0.407

0.330

40

0.469

0.377

0.304

41

0.436

0.349

0.280

42

0.406

0.323

0.258

43

0.377

0.299

0.238

44

0.351

0.277

0.219

45

0.327

0.257

0.202

 

Note: A Participant's Actuarial Factor under Table I is the factor corresponding to the number of years until the Participant reaches his/her Normal Retirement Age under the Plan. A Participant's age as of the end of the current Plan Year is his/her age on his/her last birthday. For any Plan Year beginning on or after the Participant's attainment of Normal Retirement Age, the factor for "zero" years applies.

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

1


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

 

APPENDIX D

TABLE II: ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUARIAL FACTORS FOR NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE

OTHER THAN 65

UP-1984

Without Setback

 

 

 

 

 

Normal Retirement Age

7.50%

8.00%

8.50%

55

1.2242

1.2147

1.2058

56

1.2043

1.1959

1.1879

57

1.1838

1.1764

1.1694

58

1.1627

1.1563

1.1503

59

1.1411

1.1357

1.1305

60

1.1188

1.1144

1.1101

61

1.0960

1.0925

1.0891

62

1.0726

1.0700

1.0676

63

1.0488

1.0471

1.0455

64

1.0246

1.0237

1.0229

65

1.0000

1.0000

1.0000

66

0.9752

0.9760

0.9767

67

0.9502

0.9518

0.9533

68

0.9251

0.9274

0.9296

69

0.8998

0.9027

0.9055

70

0.8740

0.8776

0.8810

71

0.8478

0.8520

0.8561

72

0.8214

0.8261

0.8307

73

0.7946

0.7999

0.8049

74

0.7678

0.7735

0.7790

75

0.7409

0.7470

0.7529

76

0.7140

0.7205

0.7268

77

0.6874

0.6942

0.7008

78

0.6611

0.6682

0.6751

79

0.6349

0.6423

0.6494

80

0.6090

0.6165

0.6238

 

Note: Use Table II only if the Normal Retirement Age for any Participant is not 65. If a Participant's Normal Retirement Age is not 65, adjust Table I by multiplying all factors applicable to that Participant in Table I by the appropriate Table II factor.

 

 

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

2


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

PPD ADOPTION AGREEMENT

ADMINISTRATIVE CHECKLIST

December 8, 2014

This Administrative Checklist ("AC") is not part of the Adoption Agreement or Pla n but is for the use of the Pla n Administrator in administering the Plan. Relius software also uses the AC and the following Supporting Forms Ch ecklist ("SFC") in preparing th e Plan's SPD and some administrative forms, such as the Loan Policy, if applicable.

The plan document preparer need not complete the AC but may find it useful to do so. The preparer may modify the AC, including adding items, without affecting reliance on the Plan's opinion or advisory letter since the AC is not part of the approved Plan. Any change to this AC is not a Plan amendment and is not subject to any Plan provision or to Applicable Law regarding the timing or form of Plan amendments. However, the Plan Administrator's administration of any AC item must be in accordance with applicable Plan terms and with Applicable Law.

The AC reflects the Plan policies and operation as of the date set forth above and may also re flect Plan policies and operati on pre-dating the specified date.

 

AC1.   PLAN LOANS   (7.06) . The Plan permits or does not permit Participant Loans as follows (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :  

(a)   [   ]  Does not permit.

(b)   [X]  Permitted pursuant to the Loan Policy. See SFC Election 74 to complete Loan Policy.

 

AC2.   PARTICIPANT DIRECTION OF INVESTMENT   (7.03(B)) . The Plan permits Participant direction of investment or does not permit Participant direction of investment as to some or all Accounts as follows (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

(a)   [   ]  Does not permit. The Plan does not permit Participant direction of investment of any Account.

(b)   [X]  Permitted as follows. The Plan permits Participant direction of investment. (Complete (1) through (4).) :  

(1)   Accounts affected. (Choose a. or choose one or more of b. through f.) :

a.   [X]  All Accounts.

b.   [   ]  Elective Deferral Accounts (Pre-tax and Roth) and Employee Contributions.

c.   [   ]  All Nonelective Contribution Accounts.

d.   [   ]  All Matching Contribution Accounts.

e.   [   ]  All Rollover Contribution and Transfer Accounts.

f.    [   ]   Specify Accounts ________

(2)   Restrictions on Participant direction (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a.   [   ]  None. Provided the inves tment does not result in a prohibited tra nsaction, give rise to UBTI, create administrative problems or violate the Plan terms or Applicable Law.

b.   [X]  Restrictions: No Participant shall be permitted to invest more than 25% of his total account balance in the   Employer's Stock Fund. In addition, any Participant whose job classification is Vice President or higher may not   invest any of his or her account balanc e in the Employer's Stock Fund.

(3)   ERISA §404(c). (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a.   [X]  Applies.

b.   [   ]  Does not apply.

(4)   QDIA (Qualified Default Investment Alternative). (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a.   [   ]  Applies. See SFC Election 122 for details.

b.   [   ]  Does not apply.

 

AC3.   ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS   (3.08) . The Plan permits or does not permit Rollover Contributions as follows (Choose one of   (a) or (b).) :

(a)   [   ]  Does not permit.

(b)   [X]  Permits. Subject to approval by the Plan Administrator and as further described below (Complete (1) and (2).) :  

(1)   Who may roll over. (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a.   [   ]  Participants only.

b.   [X]  Eligible Employees or Participants.

(2)   Sources/Types. The Plan will accept a Rollover Contribution (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a.   [   ]  All. From any Eligible Retirement Plan and as to all Contribution Types eligible to be rolled into this Plan.

b.   [X]  Limited.  Only from the following types of Eligible Retirement Plans and/or as t o the following Contribution Types: From any Eligible Retirement Plan, excluding Roth or Voluntary After-Tax   contributions                                                       .

 

AC4.   PLAN EXPENSES   (7.04(C)) .  The Employer will pay or the Plan will be charged with non-settlor Plan expenses as follows   (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

(a)   [   ]  Employer pays all expenses except those intrinsic to Trust assets which the Plan will pay (e.g.,  brokerage commissions).

(b)   [X]  Plan pays some or all non-settlor expenses. See SFC Election 119 for details.

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

1


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

 

AC5.   RELATED AND PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS/MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLAN   (1.24(C)/(D)) . There are or are not Related   Employers and Participating Employers as follows (Complete (a) through (d).) : (a)   Related Employers. (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1)   [   ]  None.

(2)   [   ]  Name(s) of Related Employers _______________

(b)   Participating (Related) Employers. (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1)   [   ]  None.

(2)   [X]  Name(s) of Participating Employers: Monroe Services Corporation Inc.             See SFC Election 76 for details.

(c)   Former Participating Employers. (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :  

(1)   [   ]  None.

(2)   [   ]  Applies.

 

 

 

 

 

Name(s)

 

Date of cessation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)   Multiple Employer Plan status. (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1)   [X]  Does not apply.

(2)   [   ]  Applies. The Signatory Employer is the Lead Employer and at least one Participating Employer is not a Related

Employer. (Complete a.)

a.    Name(s) of Participating Employers (other than Related Employers described above):                                             .
See SFC Election 76 for details.

 

AC6.   TOP-HEAVY MINIMUM-MULTIPLE PLANS   (10.03) . If the Employer maintains another plan, this Plan provides that the Plan Administrator operationally will determine in which plan the Employer will satisfy the Top -Heavy Minimum Contribution (or benefit) requirement as to Non-Key Employees who participate in such plans and who are entitled to a Top-Heavy Minimum Contribution (or benefit). This Election documents the Plan Administrator's operational election. (Choose (a) or choose one of (b) or (c).) :

(a)   [   ]  Does not apply.

(b)   [   ]  If only another Defined Contribution Plan. Make the Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :  

(1)   [   ]  To this Plan.

(2)   [   ]  To another Defined Contribution Plan:                                                                                          (plan name)

(c)   [X]  If one or more Defined Benefit Plans. Make the Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation or provide the top-heavy minimum benefit (Choose one of (1), (2), or (3).) :

(1)   [X]  To this Plan. Increase the Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation to 5%.

(2)   [   ]  To another Defined Contribution Plan. Increase the Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation to 5% and provide under   the:
                                                                                                              (name of other Defined Contribution Plan).

(3)   [   ]  To a Defined Benefit Plan. Provide the 2% top-heavy minimum benefit under the:                                   (name of
Defined Benefit Plan) and applying the following interest rate and mortality assumptions:                              .

 

AC7.   SELF-EMPLOYED PARTICIPANTS   (1.22(A)) . One or more self-employed Participants with Earned Income benefits in the Plan as follows (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

(a)   [X]  None.

(b)   [   ]  Applies.

 

AC8.   PROTECTED BENEFITS   (11.02(C)) . The following Protected Benefits no longer apply to all Participants or do not apply to designated amounts/Participants as indicated, having been eliminated by a Plan amendment (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

(a)   [   ]  Does not apply. No Protected Benefits have been eliminated.

(b)   [X]  Applies. Protected Benefits have been eliminated as follows (Choose one or more of rows (1) through (4) as applicable.

Choose one of columns (1), (2), or (3), and complete column (4).) :

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

All Participants/ Accounts

(2)

Post-E.D. Contribution Accounts only

(3)

Post-E.D. Participants only

(4)

Effective Date (E.D.)

(1)   [   ]  QJSA/QPSA distributions

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

 

(2)   [   ]  Installment distributions

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

 

(3)   [   ]  In-kind distributions

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

 

(4)   [X]  Specify: The Early Retirement Age for Participants who entered the Plan prior to April 1, 2003 is Age 55.  The   Early Retirement Age for Participants who entered the Plan on or after April 1, 2003 but before December 8,   2014 is Age 55 and 5 Years of Service.

 

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

2


 

V o l u m e   Sub mi t t er   4 0 1 ( k )   P l an

 

AC9.   LIFE INSURANCE   (9.01) . The Trust invests or does not invest in life insurance Contracts as follows (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :  

(a)   [X]  Does not apply.

(b)   [   ]  Applies. Subject to the limitations and other provisions in Article IX and/or Appendix B.

 

AC10. DISTRIBUTION OF CASH OR PROPERTY   (8.04) . The Plan provides for distribution in the form of (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :  

(a)   [X]  Cash only. Except where property distribution is required or permitted under Section 8.04.

(b)   [   ]  Cash or property. At the distributee's election and consistent with any Plan Administrator policy under Section 8.04.

 

AC11. EMPLOYER SECURITIES/EMPLOYER REAL PROPERTY   (8.02(A)(13)) . The Trust invests or does not invest in qualifying   Employer securities and/or qualifying Employer real property as follows (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :  

(a)   [   ]  Does not apply.

(b)   [X]  Applies. Such investments are subject to the limitations of Section 8.02(A)(13) and/or Appendix B.

©   2 014   W e l l s   F a r g o   B an k ,   N . A .   o r   i t s   s u p p l i e r s

3


Exhibit No. 10.79d

CONTRACT FOR THE PURCHASE AND

SALE OF REAL PROPERTY

 

 

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. , a New York corporation, with its principal office at 200 Holleder Parkway, Rochester, New York 14615-3808 ("Buyer") or its Assignee, hereby offers and agrees to purchase from 5910 Liberty Road, LLC , a Maryland limited liability company, with an address of P. O. Box 55, Glenelg, MD  21737 ("Seller") the property described below for the price and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth.

1.      PROPERTY DESCRIPTION

That certain parcel of land improved with an existing approximately 4,400 square foot commercial building (Monro Muffler Shop #750) with an address of 5910 Liberty Road, Baltimore, Baltimore County, Maryland, containing approximately 1/2 acre, more or less, identified on the tax records as Dist. 03, Account Number 1600003960; with a small portion located in Baltimore City, known as 5908 Liberty Heights Avenue, and identified on the tax records as Ward 28, Section 02, Block 4283, Lot 007; together with and including all buildings and other improvements thereon, all rights of Seller in and to any and all streets, roads, highways, easements, and rights-of-way appurtenant thereto (collectively, the "Property").

2.       PRICE

Buyer shall pay to Seller for the Property the sum of EIGHT HUNDRED SIXTY-THREE THOUSAND NINE HUNDRED SEVENTY-THREE DOLLARS ($ 863,973 .00) as follows:

A. A deposit ("Deposit") of Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500.00) with Buyer's attorney to be held in escrow in a non-interest bearing account, in accordance with the terms of this Contract.  Should Buyer terminate the Contract in accordance with its provisions or the Contract fail to close for any reason not the fault of Buyer, then the Deposit shall be returned

 

 


 

 

 

to Buyer.

B. The balance to be paid at closing, by certified check or wired funds.

3.       EXCEPTIONS

Buyer agrees to accept title to the Property subject to the following: water line, sanitary sewer, drainage, gas line and main, electrical and telephone easements of record within five feet (5') of exterior lot lines, provided that the existing improvements, if any, do not encroach upon the easements and the easements will not interfere with the Buyer's use of the Property and/or the operation of Buyer's business (“Permitted Exceptions”).  Seller shall not, without Buyer’s written consent, cause or permit any lien or encumbrance of any kind, recorded or unrecorded, to be placed upon the Property from the date of this Contract until its termination pursuant to its terms or closing of title pursuant to the terms herein.

4.       DEED

At the time of closing, Seller shall deliver to Buyer a fully executed Special Warranty Deed with covenants of nonencumbrances and fu rther assur ances in recordable form (the “Deed”) conveying good and marketable title in fee simple to the Property free and clear from all liens and encumbrances except Permitted Exceptions.

5.       TITLE    

A. Within fifteen (15) days of the full execution of this Contract , Seller shall deliver to Buyer any existing title insurance policies and reports, an abstract of title, title search or other evidence of title which Seller may have in its possession, including deeds into Seller , together with any existing survey maps, site plans or building drawings (the “Title Documentation”). 

B. Buyer shall, at its expense, cause a title company of Buyer's choice (the "Title Company") to issue and deliver to Buyer a title commitment or report (the "Title Commitment")  

- 2 of 11-


 

 

with respect to the Property.  Buyer shall give Seller written notice on or before the expiration of thirty (30 ) days after the receipt of the Title Commitment, but in no event later than ninety (90) days from the date of this Contract, that the condition of title as set forth in such Title Commitment is or is not satisfactory to Buyer, except for the Permitted Exceptions.

C . In the event Buyer notifies Seller of defects in title (except for the Permitted Exceptions) , Seller shall either, at its sole cost and expense, promptly undertake to eliminate or modify all such unacceptable matters, or Seller may notify Buyer that Seller will not satisfy such objections.

D . If Seller elects not to eliminate any such unacceptable matters, Buyer may, at its option, (1) accept title subject to the objections raised by Buyer, without an adjustment in the Purchase Price, in which event such objections shall be deemed to be waived for all purposes or (2) rescind this Contract, whereupon this Contract shall be null and void and of no further force and effect and the Deposit shall be returned to Buyer .

E . In the event Seller elects to eliminate such objections but is unable with the exercise of due diligence to satisfy such objections within thirty (30) days after such notice, Buyer may, at its option, (1) accept title subject to such objections, without an adjustment in the Purchase Price, in which event such objections shall be deemed to be waived for all purposes, or (2) rescind this Contract whereupon this Contract shall be null and void and of no further force and effect and the Deposit shall be returned to Buyer. 

6 .       POSSESSION   AND PROPERTY CONDITION  

A. The parties acknowledge that Buyer currently has and has had exclusive possession of the Property as a tenant pursuant to the terms of a certain lease agreement between F&J Properties, Inc. (Seller’s predecessor in title) as Landlord and Mr. Tire, Inc. (Buyer’s

- 3 of 11-


 

 

predecessor in title by merger) as Tenant dated as of January 1, 1998 , as amended and extended (the “Lease”).  Seller shall deliver sole and actual possession of the Property to Buyer, free and clear of all other tenancies and parties in possession, on the date title passes to Buyer.  Upon the closing of this Contract, Buyer and Seller shall execute a Lease termination agreement.  

B. The Property is sold " as is, where is and with all faults " .  Seller makes no representations or warranties of any kind, express or implied, concerning the seller’s Property, or any portion of it (including the Property), including without limitation as to the following: (a) the condition, value, nature or quality of the Property, including any construction on the Property and any materials incorporated into the improvements thereof; (b) the soil, water, geology, and any other physical or environmental condition relating to the Property; (c) any income derived or to be derived from the Property; (d) the suitability of the Property to any activities or uses which buyer or others may wish to conduct on or relating to the Property; (e) zoning of the Property; (f) compliance of the Property or its operation with any law, ordinance, rule, regulation, or the status of any permits or approvals relating to or required in connection with the Property; (g) the proposed use or (h) any other matter.

C. Upon the closing of this Contract, Buyer does hereby release and forever discharge S eller, its parent companies and affiliates, and their respective agents, employees, officers, successors and assigns (together, "Seller P arties") from any and all claim, obligation and liability (whether based in tort, under contract or otherwise) attributable, in whole or in part, from any representatio n allegedly made by any Seller P arty except as expressly set forth herein.  Upon the closing of this Contract, Buyer hereby releases, acquits and forever discharges Seller from any and all claims, demands and causes of action that Buyer may have against Seller with respect to any costs, losses, expenses or other liabilities incurred in connection with or related in

- 4 of 11-


 

 

any manner to the Property, including, but not limited to, any right of contribution or reimbursement provided under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, or any other federal, state or local environmental law or regulation.

7 .       ESCROW CLOSING AND COSTS

A. This Contract shall be closed in escrow with Buyer’s title company, under a deed and money escrow agreement conforming with this Contract, with sale and conveyance to be effective on   such date as agreed upon by the parties .   Closing shall occur and conclude on a date on or before the date that is thirty (30) days following the receipt of a Title Commitment or such other date as agreed upon by the parties.  Time is of the essence.

B. Buyer currently pays real estate taxes, water, sewer, and all utilities under the Lease; therefore, there shall be no pro - ration or adjustment of these items at closing and rent shall be appropriately adjusted between the parties as of the date of closing. 

C. All transfer and conveyance taxes or documentary stamps shall be equally divided between Seller and Buyer. 

D. The Buyer shall pay all costs on account of the title examination, title commitment, title insurance premium, and all costs and attorneys fees incurred in the preparation of all necessary conveyance papers, including deed, settlement charges, conveyance, notary fees, tax/lien certificate, survey, tests, inspections, a nd recording fees, except those incident to clearing existing encumbrances .

E. The cost of escrow, if any, shall be divided equally between Seller and Buyer, but in no event shall Seller’s share exceed $150.00, with the excess, if any, to be paid by the Buyer. 

F . Each party shall pay for their own legal fees and expenses.

- 5 of 11-


 

 

G. This Contract, and the obligations of Seller to sell the Property and of the Buyer to purchase the Property are made contingent upon both (1) the full execution of a written Contract of Sale, upon identical terms as herein, between Buyer and DiBartolo Development II, LLC, for the purchase and sale of the adjacent property to the east, the portion lying in Baltimore City being known as 5906 Liberty Heights Avenue; and (2) the simultaneous closing of both properties under both Contracts.

8 .       BROKER'S COMMISSION

The parties hereto agree that no broker brought about this sale.  The parties each agree to defend, indemnify and save the other party harmless from and against any action or claim for any broker’s commission or fee.

9 .       RISK OF LOSS

The risk of loss or damage to the Property by fire or other casualty shall be governed by the Lease.

10 .      REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT

A. In the event Buyer breaches or fails to timely perform its obligations under this Contract, and time is of the essence, then upon written notice to Buyer, Seller shall be entitled to terminate this Contract, and as its sole remedy, be entitled to receive the Deposit as liquidated damages (and not as a penalty) in lieu of, and as full compensation for, all other rights or claims of Seller against Buyer by reason of such default, and this Contract shall terminate and the parties shall be relieved of all further obligations and liabilities hereunder, except as expressly set forth herein. 

B. In the event Seller breaches or fails to timely perform its obligations under this Contract, and time is of the essence, then upon written notice to Seller, Buyer shall be entitled to terminate this Contract, and as its sole remedy, be entitled to terminate this Contract and receive

- 6 of 11-


 

 

the return of the Deposit, and the parties shall be relieved of all further obligations and liabilities hereunder, except as expressly set forth herein. 

1 1 .      NOTICES

All notices required or permitted pursuant to any provisions of this Contract shall be in writing, and delivered by either (A) a nationally recognized overnight courier, to the parties at the address given on page one, or any other address which either party may give to the other for such purpose, and shall be effective upon receipt of same; or (B) by email to the addresses below, if any, or any other email address which either party may give to the other for such purpose.  Notices to be given by either party may be given on their behalf by their attorney.  Copies of all notices shall also be sent to the attorney for the other party, as follows:

 

 

 

If to Buyer:

Monro Muffler Brake, Inc.

200 Holleder Parkway

Rochester, NY  14615-3808

Attention:  Director of Development

Email address(es) for notice: Mindi.Collom@monro.com

 

 

 

 

Copy to: 

Underberg & Kessler LLP

300 Bausch & Lomb Place

Rochester, NY  14604

Attention:  Real Estate Department Chairperson

Email address(es) for notice:   kkarl@underbergkessler.com ;

jheisman@underbergkessler.com

 

 

 

 

If to Seller:

5910 Liberty Road, LLC

P.O. Box 55

Gle nelg, MD

Email address ( es ) for notice: ________________________

 

 

 

 

Copy to:

James B. Larrimore, Esq.

Serio & Higdon, P.A.

1300 York Road, Suite 110

Lutherville, MD  21093

Email address for notice:  jblarrimore@seriohigdon.com

 

- 7 of 11-


 

 

12 .      GOVERNING LAW; PARTIES IN INTEREST    

This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland and shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, permitted assigns and personal representatives.   The parties agree that any court of competent jurisdiction of the State of Maryland shal l have exclusive jurisdiction over any proceeding instituted to enforce this Agreement, and that all such proceedings shall be instituted exclusively in Baltimore County, Maryland , and any objections to such venue are hereby waived.    

13 .      ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS  

This Contract sets forth all of the promises, covenants, agreements, conditions and undertakings between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, inducements or conditions, express or implied, oral or written, except as contained herein.  This Contract may not be changed orally but only by an agreement in writing, duly executed by or on behalf of the party or parties against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, consent or discharge is sought.  A digital copy or a fax of the signatures of the parties shall constitute an original.

1 4 .      AUTHORITY

The parties hereto represent and warrant that they have the full right, power and authority to enter into this Contract.

1 5 .      RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

The following rules shall govern the interpretation of this Contract:  (A) Drafter - the fact that this Contract was initially drafted by one party or the other shall have no bearing in its interpretation or construction;  (B) Headings - the captions and section numbers appearing in this Contract are inserted only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit, construe, or

- 8 of 11-


 

 

describe the scope or intent of such sections of this Contract; (C) Counterparts - this Contract may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument; (D) Severability - in the event any provision of this Contract is held by any court having jurisdiction over any dispute arising hereunder to be invalid or unenforceable, then such court shall reinterpret such provision so as to carry out the intent of the parties hereto in a valid and enforceable manner, and the invalidity or unenforceability of such provision, and the remainder of this Contract, including any reinterpretation of such provision, shall remain in full force and effect; and (E) Number and Gender – all terms and words used in this Contract, regardless of the number and gender in which they are used, shall be deemed and construed to include any other number, singular or plural and any other gender, masculine, feminine or neuter, as the context or sense of this Contract may require, the same as if such words had been fully and properly written in the number and gender .

- 9 of 11-


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Contract to be signed by their duly authorized agents or officers, effective on the 19 th   day of January , 2015 .

 

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

MONRO   MUFFLER   BRAKE,   INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/   Mindi   S.   Collom

 

BY:   /s/   John   W.   Van   Heel

 

 

 

 

Print   Name   and   Title:   John   W.   Van   Heel,   President   &   CEO

 

 

 

 

 

Date:   January   19,   2015

 

 

 

 

 

“Buyer”

 

 

 

 

ATTEST/WITNESS:

 

5910   LIBERTY   ROAD ,   LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/   Linda   Anfrist

 

BY:   /s/   Fredric   A.   Tomarchio

 

 

       Fredric   A.   Tomarchio,   Authorized   Member

 

 

 

 

Date:   January   15,   2015

 

 

 

 

 

“Seller”

 

 

- 10 of 11-


 

 

STATE OF NEW   YORK  )

COUNTY OF MONROE )  ss:

 

On the 19 th   day of January , 201 5 , before me, personally appeared John W. Van Heel , personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/   Mindi   S.   Collom

 

 

Notary   Public

 

 

 

 

 

My   Commission   Expires:

11/5/17

 

 

 

STATE OF MARYLAND , COUNTY OF BALTIMORE ,          to wit:

 

I HEREBY CERTIFY , that on this 15 th   day of January , 201 5 , before me, the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State aforesaid , personally appeared   FREDRIC A. TOMARCHIO ,   who acknowledged himself to be the duly authorized Member of 5910 LIBERTY ROAD , LLC , a Maryland limited liability company, and that he, being so authorized to do, acknowledged that he executed the same in the capacity stated and for the purposes therein contained, and in my presence signed and sealed the same.

 

AS WITNESS my hand and Notarial Seal.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/   Linda   Anfrist

 

 

Notary   Public

 

 

 

 

 

My   Commission   Expires:

10/8/16

 

 

 

- 11 of 11-


 

Exhibit 10.79e

 

CONTRACT FOR THE PURCHASE AND

SALE OF REAL PROPERTY

 

MONRO MUFFLER BRAKE, INC. , a New York corporation, with its principal office at 200 Holleder Parkway, Rochester, New York 14615-3808 ("Buyer") or its Assignee, hereby offers and agrees to purchase from DIBARTOLO DEVELOPMENT II, LLC , a Maryland limited liability company, with an address of   10508 Willow Vista Way,  Cockeysville, Maryland  21030   ("Seller") the property described below for the price and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth.

1.      PROPERTY DESCRIPTION

That certain p arcel of land   that is commonly known by the parties as Rear 5900 Liberty Heights Avenue, which is located in both Baltimore County and in Baltimore City ; the portion located in Baltimore County being identified as Liberty Heights Avenue, identified on the tax records as Dist. 03, Acct. 1600003275; and th e portion located in Baltimore City being identified as 5906 Liberty Heights Avenue, and identified on the tax records as Ward 28, Section 02, Block 4283, Lot 006;   together with and including all buildings and other improvements thereon, all rights of Seller in and to any and all streets, roads, highways, easements, and rights-of-way appurtenant thereto ,   ( collectively, the "Property").

2.       PRICE

Buyer shall pay to Seller for the Property the sum of ONE HUNDRED SIXTY-SIX THOUSAND, ONE HUNDRED SEVEN DOLLARS ($ 166,107 .00 ) as follows:

A. A deposit ("Deposit") of Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500.00) with Buyer's attorney to be held in escrow in a non-interest bearing account, in accordance with the

 

 

 


 

 

terms of this Contract.  Should Buyer terminate the Contract in accordance with its provisions or the Contract fail to close for any reason not the fault of Buyer, then the Deposit shall be returned to Buyer.

B. The balance to be paid a t closing, by certified check or wired funds.

3.       EXCEPTIONS

Buyer agrees to accept title to the Property subject to the following: water line, sanitary sewer, drainage, gas line and main, electrical and telephone easements of record within five feet (5') of exterior lot lines, provided that the existing improvements, if any, do not encroach upon the easements and the easements will not interfere with the Buyer's use of the Property and/or the operation of Buyer's business (“Permitted Exceptions”).  Seller shall not, without Buyer’s written consent, cause or permit any lien or encumbrance of any kind, recorded or unrecorded, to be placed upon the Property from the date of this Contract until its termination pursuant to its terms or closing of title pursuant to the terms herein.

4.       DEED

At the time of closing, Seller shall deliver to Buyer a fully executed Special Warranty Deed with covenants of nonencumbrances and fu rther assur ances in recordable form (the “Deed”) conveying good and marketable title in fee simple to the Property free and clear from all liens and encumbrances except Permitted Exceptions.

5.       TITLE    

A. Within fifteen (15) days of the full execution of this Contract , Seller shall deliver to Buyer any existing title insurance policies and reports, an abstract of title, title search or other evidence of title which Seller may have in its possession, including deeds into Seller , together with any existing survey maps, site plans or building drawings (the “Title Documentation”). 

- 2 of 11-


 

 

B. Buyer shall, at its expense, cause a title company of Buyer's choice (the "Title Company") to issue and deliver to Buyer a title commitment or report (the "Title Commitment")   with respect to the Property.  Buyer shall give Seller written notice on or before the expiration of thirty (30 ) days after the receipt of the Title Commitment, but in no event later than ninety (90) days from the date of this Contract, that the condition of title as set forth in such Title Commitment is or is not satisfactory to Buyer, except for the Permitted Exceptions.

C . In the event Buyer notifies Seller of defects in title (except for the Permitted Exceptions) , Seller shall either, at its sole cost and expense, promptly undertake to eliminate or modify all such unacceptable matters, or Seller may notify Buyer that Seller will not satisfy such objections.

D . If Seller elects not to eliminate any such unacceptable matters, Buyer may, at its option, (1) accept title subject to the objections raised by Buyer, without an adjustment in the Purchase Price, in which event such objections shall be deemed to be waived for all purposes or (2) rescind this Contract, whereupon this Contract shall be null and void and of no further force and effect and the Deposit shall be returned to Buyer .

E . In the event Seller elects to eliminate such objections but is unable with the exercise of due diligence to satisfy such objections within thirty (30) days after such notice, Buyer may, at its option, (1) accept title subject to such objections, without an adjustment in the Purchase Price, in which event such objections shall be deemed to be waived for all purposes, or (2) rescind this Contract whereupon this Contract shall be null and void and of no further force and effect and the Deposit shall be returned to Buyer. 

6 .       POSSESSION   AND PROPERTY CONDITION  

A. The parties acknowledge that Buyer currently has and has had exclusive

- 3 of 11-


 

 

possession of the Property as a tenant pursuant to the terms of a certain lease agreement between DiBartolo Development, LLC (tenant of Seller’s predecessor in title) as sublandlord and Mr. Tire, Inc. (Buyer’s predecessor in title by merger) as subtenant dated as of   September 1, 2002, as amended and extended (the “Lease”).  Seller shall deliver sole and actual possession of the Property to Buyer, free and clear of all other tenancies and parties in possession, on the date title passes to Buyer.  Upon the closing of this Contract, Buyer and Seller shall execute a Lease termination agreement.     

B. The Property is sold " as is, where is and with all faults " .  Seller makes no representations or warranties of any kind, express or implied, concerning the seller’s Property, or any portion of it (including the Property), including without limitation as to the following: (a) the condition, value, nature or quality of the Property, including any construction on the Property and any materials incorporated into the improvements thereof; (b) the soil, water, geology, and any other physical or environmental condition relating to the Property; (c) any income derived or to be derived from the Property; (d) the suitability of the Property to any activities or uses which buyer or others may wish to conduct on or relating to the Property; (e) zoning of the Property; (f) compliance of the Property or its operation with any law, ordinance, rule, regulation, or the status of any permits or approvals relating to or required in connection with the Property; (g) the proposed use or (h) any other matter.

C. Upon the closing of this Contract, Buyer does hereby release and forever discharge S eller, its parent companies and affiliates, and their respective agents, employees, officers, successors and assigns (together, "Seller P arties") from any and all claim, obligation and liability (whether based in tort, under contract or otherwise) attributable, in whole or in part, from any representatio n allegedly made by any Seller P arty except as expressly set forth herein. 

- 4 of 11-


 

 

Upon the closing of this Contract, Buyer hereby releases, acquits and forever discharges Seller from any and all claims, demands and causes of action that Buyer may have against Seller with respect to any costs, losses, expenses or other liabilities incurred in connection with or related in any manner to the Property, including, but not limited to, any right of contribution or reimbursement provided under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, or any other federal, state or local environmental law or regulation.

7 .       ESCROW CLOSING AND COSTS

A. This Contract shall be closed in escrow with Buyer’s title company, under a deed and money escrow agreement conforming with this Contract, with sale and conveyance to be effective on   such date as agreed upon by the parties .     Closing shall occur and conclude on a date on or before the date that is thirty (30) days following the receipt of a Title Commitment or such other date as agreed upon by the parties.  Time is of the essence .

B. Buyer currently pays real estate taxes, water, sewer, and all utilities under the Lease; therefore, there shall be no pro - ration or adjustment of these items at closing and rent shall be appropriately adjusted between the parties as of the date of closing. 

C. All transfer and conveyance taxes or documentary stamps shall be equally divided between Seller and Buyer. 

D. The Buyer shall pay all costs on account of the title examination, title commitment, title insurance premium, and all costs and attorneys fees incurred in the preparation of all necessary conveyance papers, including deed, settlement charges, conveyance, notary fees, tax/lien certificate, survey, tests, inspections, a nd recording fees, except those incident to clearing existing encumbrances .

- 5 of 11-


 

 

E. The cost of escrow, if any, shall be divided equally between Seller and Buyer, but in no event shall Seller’s share exceed $150.00, with the excess, if any, to be paid by the Buyer. 

F . Each party shall pay for their own legal fees and expenses.

G. This Contract, and the obligations of Seller to sell the Property and of the Buyer to purchase the Property are made contingent upon both (1) the full execution of a written Contract of Sale, upon identical terms as herein, between Buyer and 5910 Liberty Road, LLC , for the purchase and sale of the adjacent property to the west ,   located primarily in Baltimore County and known as 5910 Liberty Road, and the portion lying in Baltimore City being known as 5908 Liberty Heights Avenue; and (2) the simultaneous closing of both properties under both Contracts.

8 .       BROKER'S COMMISSION

The parties hereto agree that no broker brought about this sale.  The parties each agree to defend, indemnify and save the other party harmless from and against any action or claim for any broker’s commission or fee.

9 .       RISK OF LOSS

The risk of loss or damage to the Property by fire or other casualty shall be governed by the Lease.

10 .      REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT

A. In the event Buyer breaches or fails to timely perform its obligations under this Contract, and time is of the essence, then upon written notice to Buyer, Seller shall be entitled to terminate this Contract, and as its sole remedy, be entitled to receive the Deposit as liquidated damages (and not as a penalty) in lieu of, and as full compensation for, all other rights or claims of Seller against Buyer by reason of such default, and this Contract shall terminate and the parties shall be relieved of all further obligations and liabilities hereunder, except as expressly set

- 6 of 11-


 

 

forth herein. 

B. In the event Seller breaches or fails to timely perform its obligations under this Contract, and time is of the essence, then upon written notice to Seller, Buyer shall be entitled to terminate this Contract, and as its sole remedy, be entitled to terminate this Contract and receive the return of the Deposit, and the parties shall be relieved of all further obligations and liabilities hereunder, except as expressly set forth herein. 

1 1 .      NOTICES

All notices required or permitted pursuant to any provisions of this Contract shall be in writing, and delivered by either (A) a nationally recognized overnight courier, to the parties at the address given on page one, or any other address which either party may give to the other for such purpose, and shall be effective upon receipt of same; or (B) by email to the addresses below, if any, or any other email address which either party may give to the other for such purpose.  Notices to be given by either party may be given on their behalf by their attorney.  Copies of all notices shall also be sent to the attorney for the other party, as follows:

 

 

 

If to Buyer:

Monro Muffler Brake, Inc.

200 Holleder Parkway

Rochester, NY  14615-3808

Attention:  Director of Development

Email address(es) for notice: Mindi.Collom@monro.com

 

 

Copy to:

Underberg & Kessler LLP

300 Bausch & Lomb Place

Rochester, NY  14604

Attention:  Real Estate Department Chairperson

Email address(es) for notice:   kkarl@underbergkessler.com ;

jheisman@underbergkessler.com

 

 

If to Seller:

DiBartolo Development II , LLC

c/o Angela A. Barone

10508 Willow Vista Way

Cockeysville, MD  21030

Email addresses for notice: ________________________

 

- 7 of 11-


 

 

 

 

 

And to ______________________

 

 

Copy to:

James B. Larrimore, Esq. Serio & Higdon, P.A.

1300 York Road, Suite 110

Lutherville, MD  21093

Email address for notice:  jblarrimore@seriohigdon.com

 

 

 

12 .      GOVERNING LAW; PARTIES IN INTEREST    

This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland and shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, permitted assigns and personal representatives.   The parties agree that any court of competent jurisdiction of the State of Maryland shal l have exclusive jurisdiction over any proceeding instituted to enforce this Agreement, and that all such proceedings shall be instituted exclusively in Baltimore County, Maryland , and any objections to such venue are hereby waived.    

13 .      ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS  

This Contract sets forth all of the promises, covenants, agreements, conditions and undertakings between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, inducements or conditions, express or implied, oral or written, except as contained herein.  This Contract may not be changed orally but only by an agreement in writing, duly executed by or on behalf of the party or parties against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, consent or discharge is sought.  A digital copy or a fax of the signatures of the parties shall constitute an original.

1 4 .      AUTHORITY

The parties hereto represent and warrant that they have the full right, power and authority to enter into this Contract.

1 5 .      RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

- 8 of 11-


 

 

The following rules shall govern the interpretation of this Contract:  (A) Drafter - the fact that this Contract was initially drafted by one party or the other shall have no bearing in its interpretation or construction;  (B) Headings - the captions and section numbers appearing in this Contract are inserted only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit, construe, or describe the scope or intent of such sections of this Contract; (C) Counterparts - this Contract may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument; (D) Severability - in the event any provision of this Contract is held by any court having jurisdiction over any dispute arising hereunder to be invalid or unenforceable, then such court shall reinterpret such provision so as to carry out the intent of the parties hereto in a valid and enforceable manner, and the invalidity or unenforceability of such provision, and the remainder of this Contract, including any reinterpretation of such provision, shall remain in full force and effect; and (E) Number and Gender – all terms and words used in this Contract, regardless of the number and gender in which they are used, shall be deemed and construed to include any other number, singular or plural and any other gender, masculine, feminine or neuter, as the context or sense of this Contract may require, the same as if such words had been fully and properly written in the number and gender .

- 9 of 11-


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF ,   the parties have caused this Contract to be signed by their duly authorized agents or officers, effective on the 19 th   day of January ,   20 15 .

 

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

MONRO   MUFFLER   BRAKE,   INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/   Mindi   S.   Collom

 

BY:   /s/   John   W.   Van   Heel

 

 

 

 

Print   Name   and   Title:   John   W.   Van   Heel,   CEO   &   President

 

 

Date:   January   19,   2015

 

 

 

 

 

“Buyer”

 

 

 

 

ATTEST/WITNESS:

 

DIBARTOLO   DEVELOPMENT   II ,   LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/   Linda   Anfrist

 

BY:   /s/   Angela   A.   Barone

 

 

        Angela   A.   Barone,   Managing   Member

 

 

 

 

Date:   January   16,   2015

 

 

 

 

 

“Seller”

 

 

- 10 of 11-


 

 

STATE OF NEW   YORK  )

COUNTY OF MONROE )  ss:

 

On the 19 th   day of January , 201 5 , before me, personally appeared John W. Van Heel , personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/   Mindi   S.   Collom

 

 

Notary   Public

 

 

 

 

 

My   Commission   Expires:

11/5/17

 

 

STATE OF MARYLAND , COUNTY OF BALTIMORE ,          to wit:

 

I HEREBY CERTIFY , that on this 16 th   day of January , 2015 , before me, the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State aforesaid , personally appeared   ANGELA A. BARONE ,   who acknowledged h er self to be the duly authorized Managing Member of DIBARTOLO DEVELOPMENT II, LLC , a Maryland limited liability company, and that s he, being so authorized to do, acknowledged that s he executed the same in the capacity stated and for the purposes therein contained, and in my presence signed and sealed the same.

 

AS WITNESS my hand and Notarial Seal.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Linda   Anfrist

 

 

Notary   Public

 

 

 

 

 

My   Commission   Expires:

10/8/16

 

 

 

- 11 of 11-


Exhibit 21.01

 

 

 

SUBSIDIARY OF THE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

Monro Service Corporation

Delaware

 

 

Car-X, LLC

Delaware

 


Exhibit 23.01

 

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

May 27, 2015

 

Monro Muffler Brake, Inc.

200 Holleder Parkway

Rochester, New York 14615

 

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (File Nos. 333-34290, 333-57432, 333-133044, 333-151196, 333-63880 ,   333-173129 and 333-196783 ) of Monro Muffler Brake, Inc . of our report dated May 28, 2014 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporti ng, which appears in this Form 10-K.

 

 

 

 

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopersLLP

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Rochester, New York

May 27, 2015


Exhibit 24.01

 

 

 

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned directors of Monro Muffler Brake, Inc., a New York corporation (the "Corporation"), do constitute and appoint JOHN W. VAN HEEL to be their true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full powers of substitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities in connection with the filing of the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Corporation for the fiscal year ended March 28, 2015 (the "Form 10-K") with the Securities and Exchange Commission, to sign the Form 10-K and any and all amendments related thereto and to file the same, with any exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitutes, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done for all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this power of attorney has been signed by the following directors on M ay 27 , 20 15.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Frederick M. Danziger

Frederick M. Danziger

 

/s/ Donald Glickman

Donald Glickman

 

/s/ Robert G. Gross

Robert G. Gross

 

/s/ Stephen C. McCluski

Stephen C. McCluski

 

/s/ Rob ert E. Mellor

Rob ert E. Mellor

 

/s/ Peter J. Solomon

Peter J. Solomon  

 

/s/ James R. Wilen

James R. Wilen

 

/s/ Elizabeth A. Wolszon

Elizabeth A. Wolszon

 

 


 

Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, John W. Van Heel , certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Monro Muffler Brake, Inc.;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiary, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: May 27 , 201 5

 

 

/s/ John W. Van Heel

 

John W. Van Heel

 

Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 


 

Exhibit 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Catherine D’Amico, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Monro Muffler Brake, Inc.;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))  for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiary, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: May 27 , 20 1 5

 

 

/s/ Catherine D’Amico

 

Catherine D’Amico

 

Executive Vice President – Finance,

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 


 

Exhibit 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

(SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002)

 

Pursuant to, and solely for purposes of, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 (Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002), each of the undersigned hereby certifies in the capacity and on the date indicated below that:

 

1.     The Annual Report of Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. ("Monro") on Form 10-K for the period ended March 2 8 , 201 5 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report") fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2.  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Monro.

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ John W. Van Heel

 

Dated:  May 27, 2015

 

John W. Van Heel

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Catherine D’Amico

 

Dated:  May 27, 2015

 

Catherine D'Amico

 

 

 

Executive Vice President – Finance, Chief Financial Officer   and Treasurer